US20150166992A1 - Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function - Google Patents
Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20150166992A1 US20150166992A1 US14/564,573 US201414564573A US2015166992A1 US 20150166992 A1 US20150166992 A1 US 20150166992A1 US 201414564573 A US201414564573 A US 201414564573A US 2015166992 A1 US2015166992 A1 US 2015166992A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- nucleic acid
- target
- mirna
- loop
- inhibitors
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 title claims abstract description 316
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 79
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title abstract description 94
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 title abstract description 46
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 314
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 314
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 165
- 108091027963 non-coding RNA Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 102000042567 non-coding RNA Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 108700011259 MicroRNAs Proteins 0.000 claims description 378
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 claims description 320
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 314
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 301
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 224
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 claims description 154
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 claims description 154
- -1 alkane diol Chemical class 0.000 claims description 69
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 65
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 55
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims description 50
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 49
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 49
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 47
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 claims description 41
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 41
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 36
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 29
- 108091007412 Piwi-interacting RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 208000035657 Abasia Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 22
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 20
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- 108091046869 Telomeric non-coding RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 19
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 17
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 15
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 13
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000001924 cycloalkanes Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 9
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N Stilbene Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 235000021286 stilbenes Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940124447 delivery agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- IIRDTKBZINWQAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexaethylene glycol Chemical group OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO IIRDTKBZINWQAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- JLFNLZLINWHATN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO JLFNLZLINWHATN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidic acid Chemical class NP(O)(O)=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002328 sterol group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 108091070501 miRNA Proteins 0.000 abstract description 8
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 470
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 130
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 113
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 96
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 81
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 59
- 108091062762 miR-21 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 54
- 108091041631 miR-21-1 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 54
- 108091044442 miR-21-2 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 54
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 49
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 48
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 41
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-FPRJBGLDSA-N beta-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-FPRJBGLDSA-N 0.000 description 34
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 34
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 34
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 33
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 31
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 31
- 108091007780 MiR-122 Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 27
- 108091051828 miR-122 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 26
- 108091091807 let-7a stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 108091057746 let-7a-4 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 108091028376 let-7a-5 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 108091024393 let-7a-6 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 108091091174 let-7a-7 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 108091073704 let-7c stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 20
- 101001024605 Homo sapiens Next to BRCA1 gene 1 protein Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 102100037001 Next to BRCA1 gene 1 protein Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 18
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 17
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 229940107161 cholesterol Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 16
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 102000049982 HMGA2 Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108700039143 HMGA2 Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 101150073387 Hmga2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 15
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 14
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 14
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 12
- 101000604197 Homo sapiens Neuronatin Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102100038816 Neuronatin Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 235000001508 sulfur Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 229940122938 MicroRNA inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 9
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 9
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 9
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 108091035591 miR-23a stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 8
- 108020004418 ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108091032955 Bacterial small RNA Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108091007772 MIRLET7C Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 7
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102000005936 beta-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000000816 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000009149 molecular binding Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000004700 cellular uptake Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 108091091751 miR-17 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005199 ultracentrifugation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- KXSKAZFMTGADIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)propoxy]ethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCCOCCO KXSKAZFMTGADIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101000693243 Homo sapiens Paternally-expressed gene 3 protein Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100025757 Paternally-expressed gene 3 protein Human genes 0.000 description 5
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 5
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 5
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 5
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000012096 transfection reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- WKGZJBVXZWCZQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1-benzyltriazol-4-yl)-n,n-bis[(1-benzyltriazol-4-yl)methyl]methanamine Chemical compound C=1N(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)N=NC=1CN(CC=1N=NN(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C=1)CC(N=N1)=CN1CC1=CC=CC=C1 WKGZJBVXZWCZQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101150037140 Aldoa gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000012099 Alexa Fluor family Substances 0.000 description 4
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 101150024039 Hjv gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091060585 Mir-31 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000012228 RNA interference-mediated gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 101150023797 SLC35A4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000003957 anion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012925 biological evaluation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 4
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 4
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002960 margaryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 108091064157 miR-106a stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091069239 miR-17-2 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091050874 miR-19a stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091086850 miR-19a-1 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091088468 miR-19a-2 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091092825 miR-24 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091032978 miR-24-3 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108091064025 miR-24-4 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 4
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- BAZAXWOYCMUHIX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium perchlorate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O BAZAXWOYCMUHIX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229910001488 sodium perchlorate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012622 synthetic inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 4
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001731 2-cyanoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C#N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004493 2-methylbut-1-yl group Chemical group CC(C*)CC 0.000 description 3
- 125000005916 2-methylpentyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000005917 3-methylpentyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101001073409 Homo sapiens Retrotransposon-derived protein PEG10 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- CAHGCLMLTWQZNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nerifoliol Natural products CC12CCC(O)C(C)(C)C1CCC1=C2CCC2(C)C(C(CCC=C(C)C)C)CCC21C CAHGCLMLTWQZNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100035844 Retrotransposon-derived protein PEG10 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000001204 arachidyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- DTPCFIHYWYONMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N decaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO DTPCFIHYWYONMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoxycholic acid Natural products C1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003651 drinking water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020188 drinking water Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- XPJRQAIZZQMSCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO XPJRQAIZZQMSCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091064399 miR-10b stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001196 nonadecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- YZUUTMGDONTGTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO YZUUTMGDONTGTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002958 pentadecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQPPJGMMIYJVBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (10S)-3c-Acetoxy-4.4.10r.13c.14t-pentamethyl-17c-((R)-1.5-dimethyl-hexen-(4)-yl)-(5tH)-Delta8-tetradecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren Natural products CC12CCC(OC(C)=O)C(C)(C)C1CCC1=C2CCC2(C)C(C(CCC=C(C)C)C)CCC21C BQPPJGMMIYJVBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OILXMJHPFNGGTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N (22E)-(24xi)-24-methylcholesta-5,22-dien-3beta-ol Natural products C1C=C2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(C)C=CC(C)C(C)C)C1(C)CC2 OILXMJHPFNGGTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RQOCXCFLRBRBCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (22E)-cholesta-5,7,22-trien-3beta-ol Natural products C1C(O)CCC2(C)C(CCC3(C(C(C)C=CCC(C)C)CCC33)C)C3=CC=C21 RQOCXCFLRBRBCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3alpha,5alpha,7alpha,12alpha)-3,7,12-trihydroxy-cholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CHGIKSSZNBCNDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,5alpha)-4,4-Dimethylcholesta-8,24-dien-3-ol Natural products CC12CCC(O)C(C)(C)C1CCC1=C2CCC2(C)C(C(CCC=C(C)C)C)CCC21 CHGIKSSZNBCNDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-beta-D-Xylofuranosyl-NH-Cytosine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XYTLYKGXLMKYMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 14alpha-methylzymosterol Natural products CC12CCC(O)CC1CCC1=C2CCC2(C)C(C(CCC=C(C)C)C)CCC21C XYTLYKGXLMKYMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020005345 3' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FPTJELQXIUUCEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3beta-Hydroxy-lanostan Natural products C1CC2C(C)(C)C(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1(C)CCC(C(C)CCCC(C)C)C1(C)CC2 FPTJELQXIUUCEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020003589 5' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QGXBDMJGAMFCBF-HLUDHZFRSA-N 5α-Androsterone Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC[C@H]21 QGXBDMJGAMFCBF-HLUDHZFRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQMZNAMGEHIHNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Dehydrostigmasterol Natural products C1C(O)CCC2(C)C(CCC3(C(C(C)C=CC(CC)C(C)C)CCC33)C)C3=CC=C21 OQMZNAMGEHIHNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100034297 Ankyrin repeat domain-containing protein 13C Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000005427 Asialoglycoprotein Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004380 Cholic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N Cytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- DNVPQKQSNYMLRS-NXVQYWJNSA-N Ergosterol Natural products CC(C)[C@@H](C)C=C[C@H](C)[C@H]1CC[C@H]2C3=CC=C4C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]4(C)[C@@H]3CC[C@]12C DNVPQKQSNYMLRS-NXVQYWJNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGXBDMJGAMFCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Etiocholanolone Natural products C1C(O)CCC2(C)C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)=O)C4C3CCC21 QGXBDMJGAMFCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BKLIAINBCQPSOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gluanol Natural products CC(C)CC=CC(C)C1CCC2(C)C3=C(CCC12C)C4(C)CCC(O)C(C)(C)C4CC3 BKLIAINBCQPSOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100036702 Glucosamine-6-phosphate isomerase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100036327 Glucose-6-phosphatase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 101000780039 Homo sapiens Ankyrin repeat domain-containing protein 13C Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001072480 Homo sapiens Glucosamine-6-phosphate isomerase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000930935 Homo sapiens Glucose-6-phosphatase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000999322 Homo sapiens Putative insulin-like growth factor 2 antisense gene protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091070493 Homo sapiens miR-21 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000006736 Huisgen cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- LOPKHWOTGJIQLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lanosterol Natural products CC(CCC=C(C)C)C1CCC2(C)C3=C(CCC12C)C4(C)CCC(C)(O)C(C)(C)C4CC3 LOPKHWOTGJIQLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMEROWZSTRWXGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithocholsaeure Natural products C1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)CC2 SMEROWZSTRWXGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020005198 Long Noncoding RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091008065 MIR21 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091028049 Mir-221 microRNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012124 Opti-MEM Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N Progesterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100036485 Putative insulin-like growth factor 2 antisense gene protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004688 Small Nuclear RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000039471 Small Nuclear RNA Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003224 Small Nucleolar RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000042773 Small Nucleolar RNA Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical group [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N Testostosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150027978 UMOD gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 108010006523 asialoglycoprotein receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010084541 asialoorosomucoid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000010462 azide-alkyne Huisgen cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 210000004671 cell-free system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N cholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019416 cholic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002471 cholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000366 copper(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M cyanate group Chemical group [O-]C#N XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- QBSJHOGDIUQWTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrolanosterol Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)C1CCC2(C)C3=C(CCC12C)C4(C)CCC(C)(O)C(C)(C)C4CC3 QBSJHOGDIUQWTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000004662 dithiols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 2
- DNVPQKQSNYMLRS-SOWFXMKYSA-N ergosterol Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H](CC[C@]3([C@H]([C@H](C)/C=C/[C@@H](C)C(C)C)CC[C@H]33)C)C3=CC=C21 DNVPQKQSNYMLRS-SOWFXMKYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940014144 folate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003633 gene expression assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexol Chemical compound OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000012750 in vivo screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- CAHGCLMLTWQZNJ-RGEKOYMOSA-N lanosterol Chemical compound C([C@]12C)C[C@@H](O)C(C)(C)[C@H]1CCC1=C2CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]([C@H](CCC=C(C)C)C)CC[C@@]21C CAHGCLMLTWQZNJ-RGEKOYMOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940058690 lanosterol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- SMEROWZSTRWXGI-HVATVPOCSA-N lithocholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 SMEROWZSTRWXGI-HVATVPOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- UEGPKNKPLBYCNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium acetate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O UEGPKNKPLBYCNK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000011654 magnesium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011285 magnesium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940069446 magnesium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091044046 miR-17-1 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091065423 miR-17-3 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091049679 miR-20a stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091024082 miR-32 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091074487 miR-34 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091092493 miR-34-1 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091059780 miR-34-2 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000003253 miRNA assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 2
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002560 nitrile group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- GLZWNFNQMJAZGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO GLZWNFNQMJAZGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002972 pentoses Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008196 pharmacological composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000011056 potassium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002112 pyrrolidino group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003161 ribonuclease inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000870 ultraviolet spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 2
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N (+)-Neomenthol Chemical group CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical group C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N (+)-propylene glycol Chemical group C[C@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- REPVLJRCJUVQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (-)-isopinocampheol Chemical group C1C(O)C(C)C2C(C)(C)C1C2 REPVLJRCJUVQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PROQIPRRNZUXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (16alpha,17betaOH)-Estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-3,16,17-triol Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(C(O)C4)O)C4C3CCC2=C1 PROQIPRRNZUXQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIMATHOGWXZHFX-WCTZXXKLSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)oxolane-2,4-diol Chemical compound COCCO[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O YIMATHOGWXZHFX-WCTZXXKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,5beta,7alpha)-3,7-Dihydroxycholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)CC2 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VCZFRZZSMOLJBN-GPTVBQDDSA-N (8R,9S,10S,13R,14S,17R)-17-ethyl-16,16-dihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,17-dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-15-one Chemical compound C1CCC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@]4(C)[C@@H](CC)C(O)(O)C(=O)[C@H]4[C@@H]3CCC21 VCZFRZZSMOLJBN-GPTVBQDDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJFGLPBXLYRFEJ-INGDRISUSA-N (8r,9s,10s,13r,14s,17s)-17-ethyl-10,13-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,16,17-tetradecahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-15-one Chemical compound C1CC2CCCC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C(=O)C[C@H](CC)[C@@]1(C)CC2 IJFGLPBXLYRFEJ-INGDRISUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-propanediol Chemical group OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035437 1,3-propanediol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZMNEDXVUJLQAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-o-tert-butyl 2-o-methyl 4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1CC(O)CN1C(=O)OC(C)(C)C MZMNEDXVUJLQAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBWYBJGLSOHAAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phosphonooxyhexyl dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCC(OP(O)(O)=O)OP(O)(O)=O PBWYBJGLSOHAAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTTPEMNAIJWMLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phosphonooxypropyl dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)OC(CC)OP(O)(O)=O HTTPEMNAIJWMLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-dehydrocorticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NVKAWKQGWWIWPM-ABEVXSGRSA-N 17-β-hydroxy-5-α-Androstan-3-one Chemical compound C1C(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC[C@H]21 NVKAWKQGWWIWPM-ABEVXSGRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 17alpha-ethynyl estradiol Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C#C)C4C3CCC2=C1 BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004463 18S ribosomal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OAKPWEUQDVLTCN-NKWVEPMBSA-N 2',3'-Dideoxyadenosine-5-triphosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1CC[C@@H](CO[P@@](O)(=O)O[P@](O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 OAKPWEUQDVLTCN-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTSRFWQUFVRIHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-phosphonooxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OCCOCCOCCOP(O)(O)=O LTSRFWQUFVRIHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPCXMJKQZQPYLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-(2-phosphonooxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOP(O)(O)=O FPCXMJKQZQPYLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGAVAKDHAITTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-(2-phosphonooxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOP(O)(O)=O YGAVAKDHAITTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-GASJEMHNSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-galactopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RQDKNFDEXBVLPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azidobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCC(C(O)=O)N=[N+]=[N-] RQDKNFDEXBVLPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKDFYOWSKOHCCO-YPVLXUMRSA-N 20-hydroxyecdysone Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@H](CC[C@@]3([C@@H]([C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O)CCC(C)(O)C)CC[C@]33O)C)C3=CC(=O)[C@@H]21 NKDFYOWSKOHCCO-YPVLXUMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHXPGWPVLFPUSM-KLRNGDHRSA-N 3,7,12-trioxo-5beta-cholanic acid Chemical compound C1CC(=O)C[C@H]2CC(=O)[C@H]3[C@@H]4CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]4(C)C(=O)C[C@@H]3[C@]21C OHXPGWPVLFPUSM-KLRNGDHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIAJCGFYHIANNA-QIZZZRFXSA-N 3b-Hydroxy-5-cholenoic acid Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HIAJCGFYHIANNA-QIZZZRFXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZEUYTKSAYNYPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3beta-29-Norcycloart-24-en-3-ol Natural products C1CC2(C)C(C(CCC=C(C)C)C)CCC2(C)C2CCC3C(C)C(O)CCC33C21C3 XZEUYTKSAYNYPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAROVGXVMKGQLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(1h-imidazol-2-yl)morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1C1=NC=CN1 NAROVGXVMKGQLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940090248 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RPKLZQLYODPWTM-LVVAJZGHSA-N 5beta-cholanic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)CCC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 RPKLZQLYODPWTM-LVVAJZGHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MLVSYGCURCOSKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N AK066327 Natural products CC1(C)C(O)CCC2(C)C3=CCC4(C)C(C(CCC=C(C)C)C)CCC4(C)C3CCC21 MLVSYGCURCOSKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-ZVIOFETBSA-N Aldosterone Chemical compound C([C@@]1([C@@H](C(=O)CO)CC[C@H]1[C@@H]1CC2)C=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@]1(C)C2=CC(=O)CC1 PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-ZVIOFETBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aldosterone Natural products C1CC2C3CCC(C(=O)CO)C3(C=O)CC(O)C2C2(C)C1=CC(=O)CC2 PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000008682 Argonaute Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088141 Argonaute Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- VOVIALXJUBGFJZ-KWVAZRHASA-N Budesonide Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(CCC)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O VOVIALXJUBGFJZ-KWVAZRHASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028026 C-DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YWLUTKGHWCWKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCC(OP(O)(O)=O)OP(O)(O)=O Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC(OP(O)(O)=O)OP(O)(O)=O YWLUTKGHWCWKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Corticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N Cortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortisone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- RRTBTJPVUGMUNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cycloartanol Natural products C12CCC(C(C(O)CC3)(C)C)C3C2(CC)CCC2(C)C1(C)CCC2C(C)CCCC(C)C RRTBTJPVUGMUNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Chemical group CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091027757 Deoxyribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AHCYMLUZIRLXAA-SHYZEUOFSA-N Deoxyuridine 5'-triphosphate Chemical compound O1[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 AHCYMLUZIRLXAA-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WKRLQDKEXYKHJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Equilin Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)=O)C4C3=CCC2=C1 WKRLQDKEXYKHJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSVJYFLQYMVBDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ergosterin Natural products C1C(O)CCC2(C)C3=CCC4(C)C(C(C)C=CC(C)C(C)C)CCC4C3=CC=C21 QSVJYFLQYMVBDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-CBZIJGRNSA-N Estrone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 DNXHEGUUPJUMQT-CBZIJGRNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-SLHNCBLASA-N Ethinyl estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-SLHNCBLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- CAHGCLMLTWQZNJ-WZLOIPHISA-N Euphol Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)C[C@H](O)C(C)(C)[C@@H]1CCC1=C2CC[C@@]2(C)[C@H]([C@@H](CCC=C(C)C)C)CC[C@@]21C CAHGCLMLTWQZNJ-WZLOIPHISA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFPQAPVPUNXXDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Euphol Natural products CC(=CCCCC1CCC2(C)C3=C(CCC12C)C4(C)CCC(O)C(C)(C)C4CC3)C QFPQAPVPUNXXDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010015866 Extravasation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WJOHZNCJWYWUJD-IUGZLZTKSA-N Fluocinonide Chemical compound C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@]1(F)[C@@H]2[C@@H]2C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]1O WJOHZNCJWYWUJD-IUGZLZTKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fusicsaeure Natural products C12C(O)CC3C(=C(CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)C(OC(C)=O)CC3(C)C1(C)CCC1C2(C)CCC(O)C1C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDXRGPWQVHZTQJ-AUKWTSKRSA-N Guggulsterone Natural products C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC(=O)/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 WDXRGPWQVHZTQJ-AUKWTSKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDXRGPWQVHZTQJ-NRJJLHBYSA-N Guggulsterone E Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC(=O)C(=CC)[C@@]1(C)CC2 WDXRGPWQVHZTQJ-NRJJLHBYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- MUQNGPZZQDCDFT-JNQJZLCISA-N Halcinonide Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CCl)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O MUQNGPZZQDCDFT-JNQJZLCISA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDFZYGLOIJNNRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Helvolic Acid Natural products C1CC2C(=C(CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)C(OC(C)=O)CC2(C)C2(C)C(=O)C(OC(C)=O)C3C(C)C(=O)C=CC3(C)C12 MDFZYGLOIJNNRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100395337 Homo sapiens HMGA2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091069016 Homo sapiens miR-122 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003996 Interferon-beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000467 Interferon-beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HVXLSFNCWWWDPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocycloartenol Natural products C1CC(O)C(C)(C)C2C31CC13CCC3(C)C(C(CCCC(C)=C)C)CCC3(C)C1CC2 HVXLSFNCWWWDPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M Methylprednisolone sodium succinate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)COC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)CC[C@H]21 FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108091081013 MiR-33 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MTMZZIPTQITGCY-OLGWUGKESA-N Moxestrol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3[C@@H](OC)C[C@]4(C)[C@@](C#C)(O)CC[C@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MTMZZIPTQITGCY-OLGWUGKESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010085220 Multiprotein Complexes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007474 Multiprotein Complexes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N N-Acetyl-D-Galactosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC(C=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MZAJNTCUEDVASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N OP(O)(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOP(O)(O)=O Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOP(O)(O)=O MZAJNTCUEDVASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005891 Pancreatic ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- MKPDWECBUAZOHP-AFYJWTTESA-N Paramethasone Chemical compound C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]1O MKPDWECBUAZOHP-AFYJWTTESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049937 Pgp inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HXQRIQXPGMPSRW-UHZRDUGNSA-N Pollinastanol Natural products O[C@@H]1C[C@H]2[C@@]3([C@]4([C@H]([C@@]5(C)[C@@](C)([C@H]([C@H](CCCC(C)C)C)CC5)CC4)CC2)C3)CC1 HXQRIQXPGMPSRW-UHZRDUGNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002730 Poly(butyl cyanoacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000148 Polycarbophil calcium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000009572 RNA Polymerase II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009460 RNA Polymerase II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004389 Ribonucleoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010081734 Ribonucleoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091027967 Small hairpin RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000855453 Vespa orientalis Histamine-releasing peptide 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000962654 Vespa orientalis Mastoparan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MECHNRXZTMCUDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vitamin D2 Natural products C1CCC2(C)C(C(C)C=CC(C)C(C)C)CCC2C1=CC=C1CC(O)CCC1=C MECHNRXZTMCUDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-XFEUOLMDSA-N Vitamin D3 Natural products C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)=C/C=C1\C[C@@H](O)CCC1=C QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-XFEUOLMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WERKSKAQRVDLDW-ANOHMWSOSA-N [(2s,3r,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexyl] (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO WERKSKAQRVDLDW-ANOHMWSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISLUIHYFJMYECW-BSMCXZHXSA-N [(3s,5r,6r,8s,9s,10r,13r,14s,17r)-5,6-dibromo-10,13-dimethyl-17-[(2r)-6-methylheptan-2-yl]-1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl] acetate Chemical compound C([C@]1(Br)[C@H](Br)C2)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 ISLUIHYFJMYECW-BSMCXZHXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMNZFMSWFCAGGW-XPWSMXQVSA-N [3-[hydroxy(2-hydroxyethoxy)phosphoryl]oxy-2-[(e)-octadec-9-enoyl]oxypropyl] (e)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCCO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC HMNZFMSWFCAGGW-XPWSMXQVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZJLCKAEZFNJDI-DJLDLDEBSA-N [[(2r,3s,5r)-5-(4-aminopyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] phosphono hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1=CC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 AZJLCKAEZFNJDI-DJLDLDEBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDRRAMINWIWTNU-NTSWFWBYSA-N [[(2s,5r)-5-(2-amino-6-oxo-3h-purin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] phosphono hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N=CN1[C@H]1CC[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HDRRAMINWIWTNU-NTSWFWBYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARLKCWCREKRROD-POYBYMJQSA-N [[(2s,5r)-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] phosphono hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)CC1 ARLKCWCREKRROD-POYBYMJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXZIQGYRHQJWSY-NKWVEPMBSA-N [hydroxy-[[(2s,5r)-5-(6-oxo-3h-purin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy]phosphoryl] phosphono hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound O1[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)O)CC[C@@H]1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 ZXZIQGYRHQJWSY-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950006487 acebrochol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XVIYCJDWYLJQBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;adamantane Chemical compound CC(O)=O.C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 XVIYCJDWYLJQBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150084233 ago2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960002478 aldosterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003473 androstanolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940061641 androsterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002537 betamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-DVTGEIKXSA-N betamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-DVTGEIKXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CKDOCTFBFTVPSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N borneol Chemical group C1CC2(C)C(C)CC1C2(C)C CKDOCTFBFTVPSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940116229 borneol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004436 budesonide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- OQMUOVSEPOBWMK-BWLMZZBKSA-N cedrelone Chemical compound C=1([C@@H]2C[C@H]3O[C@@]43[C@]3(C)C(=O)C(O)=C5C(C)(C)C(=O)C=C[C@]5(C)[C@H]3CC[C@]42C)C=COC=1 OQMUOVSEPOBWMK-BWLMZZBKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UJMKAKNNEZRXMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cedrelone Natural products CC1(C)C(=O)C(=CC2(C)C3CCC4(C)C(=CCC4(O)c5cocc5)C3(C)C(=O)C=C12)O UJMKAKNNEZRXMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000011712 cell development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940106189 ceramide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001783 ceramides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NYOXRYYXRWJDKP-GYKMGIIDSA-N cholest-4-en-3-one Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 NYOXRYYXRWJDKP-GYKMGIIDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NYOXRYYXRWJDKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cholestenone Natural products C1CC2=CC(=O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(C)CCCC(C)C)C1(C)CC2 NYOXRYYXRWJDKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124301 concurrent medication Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-HJTSIMOOSA-N corticosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-HJTSIMOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004544 cortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- ONQRKEUAIJMULO-YBXTVTTCSA-N cycloartenol Chemical compound CC(C)([C@@H](O)CC1)[C@H]2[C@@]31C[C@@]13CC[C@]3(C)[C@@H]([C@@H](CCC=C(C)C)C)CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@H]1CC2 ONQRKEUAIJMULO-YBXTVTTCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNBJLDSWFGUFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloartenol Natural products CC(CCC=C(C)C)C1CCC2(C)C1(C)CCC34CC35CCC(O)C(C)(C)C5CCC24C YNBJLDSWFGUFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FODTZLFLDFKIQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloartenol trans-ferulate Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC(C=CC(=O)OC2C(C3CCC4C5(C)CCC(C5(C)CCC54CC53CC2)C(C)CCC=C(C)C)(C)C)=C1 FODTZLFLDFKIQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PDRGHUMCVRDZLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-equilenin Natural products OC1=CC=C2C(CCC3(C4CCC3=O)C)=C4C=CC2=C1 PDRGHUMCVRDZLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dATP Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1CC(O)C(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J dCTP(4-) Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-J 0.000 description 1
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFJPAQSLHAGEBL-RRKCRQDMSA-N dITP Chemical compound O1[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1N1C(N=CNC2=O)=C2N=C1 UFJPAQSLHAGEBL-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URGJWIFLBWJRMF-JGVFFNPUSA-N ddTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)CC1 URGJWIFLBWJRMF-JGVFFNPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007123 defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002997 dehydrocholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QSVJYFLQYMVBDR-CMNOFMQQSA-N dehydroergosterol Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)C3=CC[C@]4(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)/C=C/[C@H](C)C(C)C)CC[C@H]4C3=CC=C21 QSVJYFLQYMVBDR-CMNOFMQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N deoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003964 deoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005549 deoxyribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFDFQCUYFHCNBW-SCGPFSFSSA-N dienestrol Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1\C(=C/C)\C(=C\C)\C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NFDFQCUYFHCNBW-SCGPFSFSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003839 dienestrol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZGSPNIOCEDOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium [3-[2,3-di(octadeca-9,12-dienoyloxy)propoxy-oxidophosphoryl]oxy-2-hydroxypropyl] 2,3-di(octadeca-9,12-dienoyloxy)propyl phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].CCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCC)COP([O-])(=O)OCC(O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCC ZGSPNIOCEDOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-isoborneol Chemical group C1CC2(C)C(O)CC1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002308 embryonic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003372 endocrine gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PDRGHUMCVRDZLQ-WMZOPIPTSA-N equilenin Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2C(CC[C@]3([C@H]4CCC3=O)C)=C4C=CC2=C1 PDRGHUMCVRDZLQ-WMZOPIPTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKRLQDKEXYKHJB-HFTRVMKXSA-N equilin Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4C3=CCC2=C1 WKRLQDKEXYKHJB-HFTRVMKXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002061 ergocalciferol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005309 estradiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- PROQIPRRNZUXQM-ZXXIGWHRSA-N estriol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H]([C@H](O)C4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 PROQIPRRNZUXQM-ZXXIGWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001348 estriol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CAPAZTWTGPAFQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OCCO.OCCO CAPAZTWTGPAFQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002568 ethinylestradiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003499 exocrine gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010195 expression analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036251 extravasation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003889 eye drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012356 eye drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002190 fatty acyls Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000785 fluocinonide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001048 fluorometholone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FAOZLTXFLGPHNG-KNAQIMQKSA-N fluorometholone Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@]2(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 FAOZLTXFLGPHNG-KNAQIMQKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006815 folate receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005243 folate receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000002224 folic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OSVMTWJCGUFAOD-KZQROQTASA-N formestane Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1O OSVMTWJCGUFAOD-KZQROQTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004421 formestane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N fusidic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]([C@@H]12)C[C@H]3\C(=C(/CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]3(C)[C@@]2(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H]2C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004675 fusidic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003827 glycol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002748 glycoprotein P inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003714 granulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036433 growing body Effects 0.000 description 1
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical class O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000700 guggulsterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002383 halcinonide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- MDFZYGLOIJNNRM-OAJDADRGSA-N helvolic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@H]2\C(=C(/CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@]2(C)C(=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]3[C@H](C)C(=O)C=C[C@]3(C)[C@H]12 MDFZYGLOIJNNRM-OAJDADRGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008073 immune recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000937 inactivator Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006882 induction of apoptosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013101 initial test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001388 interferon-beta Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002601 intratumoral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000030776 invasive breast carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091023663 let-7 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091063478 let-7-1 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091049777 let-7-2 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003593 megakaryocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IMSSROKUHAOUJS-MJCUULBUSA-N mestranol Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@](C#C)(O)CC[C@H]2[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(OC)=CC=C3[C@H]21 IMSSROKUHAOUJS-MJCUULBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001390 mestranol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091057645 miR-15 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091027943 miR-16 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091061917 miR-221 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091063489 miR-221-1 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091055391 miR-221-2 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091031076 miR-221-3 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091080321 miR-222 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091053008 miR-23 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091061970 miR-26a stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091029119 miR-34a stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001241 moxestrol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000107 myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- OOVXZFCPCSVSEM-NADOGSGZSA-N mytatrienediol Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C[C@H]2[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(OC)=CC=C3[C@H]21 OOVXZFCPCSVSEM-NADOGSGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPAGDVCDWIYMMC-IZPLOLCNSA-N nandrolone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 NPAGDVCDWIYMMC-IZPLOLCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004719 nandrolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- QTNLALDFXILRQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonadecane-1,2,3-triol Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)C(O)CO QTNLALDFXILRQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000002414 normal-phase solid-phase extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GYCKQBWUSACYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-hydroxybenzoic acid ethyl ester Natural products CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O GYCKQBWUSACYIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001117 oleyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000287 oocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000014207 opsonization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- MLVSYGCURCOSKP-FXCPCPCLSA-N parkeol Chemical compound CC1(C)[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)C3=CC[C@]4(C)[C@@H]([C@@H](CCC=C(C)C)C)CC[C@@]4(C)[C@@H]3CC[C@H]21 MLVSYGCURCOSKP-FXCPCPCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005544 phthalimido group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950005134 polycarbophil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004618 prednisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003135 prenol lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001566 pro-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000186 progesterone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003387 progesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M propidium iodide Chemical compound [I-].[I-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CCC[N+](C)(CC)CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ODYKCPYPRCJXLY-PZORDLPLSA-N quinestradol Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@@H](C2=CC=3)CC[C@]4([C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O)C)CC2=CC=3OC1CCCC1 ODYKCPYPRCJXLY-PZORDLPLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004726 quinestradol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PWZUUYSISTUNDW-VAFBSOEGSA-N quinestrol Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@@H](C2=CC=3)CC[C@]4([C@H]1CC[C@@]4(O)C#C)C)CC2=CC=3OC1CCCC1 PWZUUYSISTUNDW-VAFBSOEGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001424 quinestrol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003014 reinforcing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003571 reporter gene assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000946 retinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])/C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[H])/C([H])=C([H])/C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[H])/C([H])=C([H])/C1=C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002342 ribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010583 slow cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012089 stop solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001308 synthesis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003604 testosterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005100 tissue tropism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WDXRGPWQVHZTQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-guggulsterone Natural products C1CC2=CC(=O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CC(=O)C(=CC)C1(C)CC2 WDXRGPWQVHZTQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium borate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]B([O-])[O-] BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UZVSRGJWSA-N ursodeoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UZVSRGJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001661 ursodiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003934 vacuole Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017613 viral reproduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- MECHNRXZTMCUDQ-RKHKHRCZSA-N vitamin D2 Chemical compound C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@H](C)/C=C/[C@H](C)C(C)C)=C\C=C1\C[C@@H](O)CCC1=C MECHNRXZTMCUDQ-RKHKHRCZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001892 vitamin D2 Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011653 vitamin D2 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005282 vitamin D3 Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011647 vitamin D3 Substances 0.000 description 1
- QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-YRZJJWOYSA-N vitamin D3 Chemical compound C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)=C\C=C1\C[C@@H](O)CCC1=C QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-YRZJJWOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940021056 vitamin d3 Drugs 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
- A61K31/713—Double-stranded nucleic acids or oligonucleotides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/111—General methods applicable to biologically active non-coding nucleic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/11—Antisense
- C12N2310/113—Antisense targeting other non-coding nucleic acids, e.g. antagomirs
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/14—Type of nucleic acid interfering N.A.
- C12N2310/141—MicroRNAs, miRNAs
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
- C12N2310/321—2'-O-R Modification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
- C12N2310/322—2'-R Modification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
- C12N2310/323—Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure
- C12N2310/3231—Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure having an additional ring, e.g. LNA, ENA
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/33—Chemical structure of the base
- C12N2310/332—Abasic residue
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
- C12N2310/351—Conjugate
- C12N2310/3515—Lipophilic moiety, e.g. cholesterol
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
- C12N2310/351—Conjugate
- C12N2310/3519—Fusion with another nucleic acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/50—Physical structure
- C12N2310/51—Physical structure in polymeric form, e.g. multimers, concatemers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/50—Physical structure
- C12N2310/53—Physical structure partially self-complementary or closed
- C12N2310/531—Stem-loop; Hairpin
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2330/00—Production
- C12N2330/30—Production chemically synthesised
- C12N2330/31—Libraries, arrays
Definitions
- the invention relates generally to compositions and methods for inhibiting the function of target nucleic acids by sequence specific binding.
- the compositions and methods can be used for inhibition of micro RNAs and other short non-coding RNAs.
- RNA transcriptome is not only significantly larger than previously recognized but also it is primarily composed of functional RNA transcripts which are not translated into proteins known as non-coding RNAs (ENCODE Project Consortium, Nature 2007, v.447, p.799-816).
- miRNAs micro-RNAs
- Mature miRNAs are relatively small (21-23 nucleotides) RNA duplexes that act as translational repressors of protein expression.
- the guide strand of a miRNA unites with Argonaute family proteins (Ago) to form RNA-Induced Silencing Complexes (RISC) in the cell.
- Ago Argonaute family proteins
- RISC RNA-Induced Silencing Complexes
- sequence-specific ribonucleoprotein complexes bind target mRNAs typically in the 3′UTR and can subsequently silence gene expression either through directed mRNA degradation or by simply sequestering the target mRNA in an ineffectual form (Lee et al., Cell 1993, v.75, p.843-854; Bartel, Cell 2009 v. 136, p. 215-233). It has been demonstrated that miRNA based regulation plays a significant role in routine cellular processes including metabolism (Esau et al, Cell Met.
- miRNAs Given the range and degree of effects that miRNAs have on cellular processes and that a single miRNA can modulate multiple gene products (Selbach et al., Nature 2008, v.455, p.58-63), miRNAs have become attractive targets both for loss of function studies in vitro (to study miRNA function and mechanism) and potential therapeutic applications in vivo.
- antisense oligos which bind to complementary miRNAs and selectively block silencing in cell extracts, in cultured cells, and in vivo
- AS antisense
- oligonucleotides that employ chemically modified sugars, bases, phosphate backbones, and/or terminal conjugates
- 2′ O-Me oligonucleotides have been produced to be resistant to cleavage by RISC and other cellular ribonucleases (Hutvagner, et al., PloS Biol. 2004, v. 2, p. E98; Meister, et al., RNA 2004, v.10, p. 544-550). Oligonucleotides have also been made that combine 2′-deoxy and locked nucleic acid (LNA) nucleotides (Lecellier et al., Science 2005, v. 308, p.557-560).
- LNA locked nucleic acid
- Oligonucleotides have been made that contain all 2′-O-methoxyethyl nucleotides and oligonucleotides incorporating pyrimidines bearing 2′-O-fluoromodifications (Essau et al., Cell Metab. 2006, v. 3, p.87-89; Davis et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 2006, v. 34, p.2294-2304). Further, nuclease resistant phosphorothioate backbone linkages in combination with ribose modifications have also been employed in cultured cells and in vivo in mice and non-human primates (Essau et al., Cell Metab. 2006, v. 3, p.87-89; Elmén et al., Nature, 2008, v. 452, p. 896-899).
- compositions and methods for inactivating nucleic acid molecules involve, in part, the use of molecules with nucleic acid regions with sequence complementarity to the nucleic acid molecules which is the subject of desired inactivation (i.e., a target nucleic acid molecule).
- Methods of the invention can be used for inactivation of relatively short regulatory non-coding RNAs, such as micro RNAs (miRNAs), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNAs), snoRNAs, snRNAs, moRNAs, PARs, sdRNAs, tel-sRNAs, crasiRNAs, and small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
- Methods of the invention can also be used for long non-coding RNAs (long ncRNAs), traditional non-coding tRNAs and ribosomal RNA (rRNA).
- methods of the invention include those which comprise one or more of the following steps: contacting the target RNA or DNA molecule with one or more of the composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecules set out below:
- Some embodiments of the invention are directed to composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecules which comprise one or more of the following regions: (a) a first homologous region, (b) a loop, (c) a second homologous region, and (d) a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the loop connects the first homologous region and the second homologous region and is of sufficient length to allow for the first homologous region and the second homologous region to hybridize to one another to form a double-stranded structure, and wherein the first homologous region and the second homologous region share sufficient sequence homology to allow for hybridization under physiological conditions.
- the target is a long non-coding RNA or a short non-coding RNA.
- the short non-coding RNA is chosen from a microRNA (miRNA), a Piwi-interacting RNA (piRNA), and a small interfering RNA (siRNA).
- the loop is a non-nucleotide loop.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is about 60 to about 100% complementary to all or a portion of at least one target nucleic acid.
- the first homologous region or the second homologous region is between from about 3 nucleotides to about 30 nucleotides in length.
- the first homologous region is between about 4 and about 10 nucleotides in length.
- the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon and oxygen atoms.
- the loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol, C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, derivatives thereof and any combination thereof.
- the homologous region is separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by at least one nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (abasic).
- the nucleotides that comprise the target-binding nucleic acid segment are modified and those modifications are chosen from, DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′OAllyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′fluoro, 2′ arabino, 2′ xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroamidates, 2′Amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, LNA-like molecules and derivatives thereof.
- the polyethylene glycol is a polyethylene glycol derivative and wherein the polyethylene glycol derivative is hexa-ethylene glycol or penta-ethylene glycol.
- the loop is C12 alkane diol.
- the molecule is modified and the modification adds at least one amine, imine, guanidine, or aromatic amino heterocycle.
- the nucleotides in the homologous region and/or spacer comprises at least one 2′ O-alkyl, LNA, 2′fluoro, arabino, 2′ xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′ amino, bicyclic nucleotide, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, or halo-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, and derivatives thereof.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is between from about 10 nucleotides to about 100 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between from about 15 to about 25 nucleotides in length.
- the first homologous region, the second homologous region and the loop form a stem loop structure and the stem loop structure is on the 5′ end of the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule. In some embodiments, the first homologous region, the second homologous region and the loop form a stem loop structure and the stem loop structure is on the 3′ end of the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule.
- the composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule also includes a second stem loop structure at the 5′ end of the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule.
- the entire molecule is between about 20 and about 150 nucleotides in length.
- the inhibitory molecule is modified and the modification is a covalently linked conjugate that enhances cell penetration, endocytosis, facilitated diffusion, tissue localization, inhibitor detection, or cellular trafficking of the modified nucleic acid inhibitory molecule.
- the inhibitory molecule further comprises one or more nucleotides on either end of the molecule.
- Some embodiments of the invention are directed to multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecules which comprises at least one or more of the following regions: (a) a first oligonucleotide and (b) a second oligonucleotide, wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region, and two regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions.
- the sequence that will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule is separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by at least one nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (abasic).
- the target nucleic acid molecule is a long non-coding RNA or a short non-coding RNA.
- the first oligonucleotide is between from about 30 nucleotides to about 200 nucleotides in length.
- the second oligonucleotide is between from about 6 nucleotides to about 50 nucleotides in length.
- the single-stranded region is capable of binding a target nucleic acid molecule under physiological conditions.
- the single-stranded region is complementary to all or a portion of the target nucleic acid.
- the short non-coding RNA is chosen from a microRNA (miRNA), Piwi-interacting RNA, and small interfering RNA, a messenger RNA, and a ribosomal RNA.
- the nucleic acid molecule comprises at least one modification chosen from, DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′OAllyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′fluoro, 2′ arabino, 2′ xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′ amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, and derivatives thereof.
- the molecule further comprises one or more nucleotides on either end of the molecule.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is about 60 to about 100% complementary to all or a portion of at least one target nucleic acid.
- a further aspect of the invention is a method for inhibiting the function of a target RNA or DNA molecule, the method comprising contacting the target RNA or DNA molecule with at least one composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which comprises the following regions: a first homologous region, a loop, a second homologous region, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the loop connects the first homologous region and the second homologous region and is of sufficient length to allow for the first homologous region and the second homologous region to hybridize to one another to form a double-stranded structure, and wherein the first homologous region and the second homologous region share sufficient sequence homology to allow for hybridization under physiological conditions.
- a further aspect of the invention is a method for inhibiting the function of a target RNA or DNA molecule, the method comprising contacting the target RNA or DNA molecule with at least one multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule having at least a first oligonucleotide and a second oligonucleotide.
- the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region and two regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule
- the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule
- the multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions.
- a further aspect of the invention is a method for producing a multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule, including obtaining at least a first oligonucleotide and a second oligonucleotide, wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region, and two or more regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two or more regions of the first oligonucleotide which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule; admixing equal amounts of the first and second oligonucleotides in an appropriate buffer and allowing annealing of the two molecules, wherein the resulting multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions.
- a further aspect of the invention is a composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which includes a 5′ and/or 3′ non-nucleotide loop, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the target binding nucleic acid segment is modified to increase binding affinity to its target.
- the non-nucleotide loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol (PEG3-PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, any combination thereof, and derivatives thereof.
- PEG3-PEG10 polyethylene glycol
- C2-C18 alkane diol styrene
- stilbene triazole
- tetrazole nucleic acid
- poly abasic nucleoside polysaccharide
- peptide polyamide
- hydrazone hydrazone
- polyester disulfide
- polyamine polyether
- peptide nucleic acid cycloalkane
- the loop is separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by at least one nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (abasic).
- the target nucleic acid molecule is a long non-coding RNA or a short non-coding RNA.
- the short non-coding RNA is chosen from a microRNA (miRNA), a Piwi-interacting RNA (piRNA), and a small interfering RNA (siRNA), snoRNAs, snRNAs, moRNAs, PARs, sdRNAs, tel-sRNAs, crasiRNAs, and small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
- Methods of the invention can also be used for long non-coding RNAs (long ncRNAs), traditional non-coding tRNAs and ribosomal RNA (rRNA).
- the nucleotides in the target binding nucleic acid segment comprises at least one 2′ O-alkyl, LNA, 2′fluoro, 2′ arabino, 2′ xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′ amino, bicyclic nucleotide, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, or halo-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, and derivatives thereof.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is about 60 to about 100% complementary to all or a portion of at least one target nucleic acid.
- a further aspect of the invention is a method for inhibiting the function of a target RNA or DNA molecule, the method comprising contacting the target RNA or DNA molecule with at least one composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which includes a 5′ and/or 3′ non-nucleotide loop, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the target binding nucleic acid segment is modified to increase binding affinity to its target.
- a further aspect of the invention is a method for treatment of a disease, comprising administering at least one composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which includes a 5′ and/or 3′ non-nucleotide loop, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the target binding nucleic acid segment is modified to increase binding affinity to its target, in an amount effective to treat a disease, wherein treatment of the disease comprises reducing the symptoms of a disease.
- the method also includes complexing the inhibitory molecule with a cellular delivery agent.
- the disease is chosen from cancer, Alzheimer's disease, diabetes, and viral infections.
- a further aspect of the invention is a method for treatment of a disease, comprising administering at least one composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which comprises the following regions: a first homologous region, a loop, a second homologous region, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the loop connects the first homologous region and the second homologous region and is of sufficient length to allow for the first homologous region and the second homologous region to hybridize to one another to form a double-stranded structure, and wherein the first homologous region and the second homologous region share sufficient sequence homology to allow for hybridization under physiological conditions, in an amount effective to treat a disease, wherein treatment of the disease comprises reducing the symptoms of a disease.
- the method also includes complexing the inhibitory molecule with a cellular delivery agent.
- the disease is chosen from cancer, Alzheimer's disease, diabetes, and viral infections.
- a further aspect of the invention is a method for treatment of a disease, comprising administering at least one a multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule having at least a first oligonucleotide and a second oligonucleotide, wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region, and two regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions, in an amount effective to treat a disease, wherein treatment of the disease comprises reducing the symptoms of a disease.
- the method also includes complexing the molecule with a cellular delivery agent.
- the disease is chosen from cancer, Alzheimer's disease
- FIG. 1 shows schematic structures of the hairpin (HP)-based miRNA inhibitors (anti-miRs) used in Examples 1-6.
- Two types of loops were used: one all nucleotide and the other non-nucleotide (e.g., PEG3).
- the top part of the figure shows the nucleic acid molecules before hybridization.
- the bottom part of the figure shows the structure when bound to the target nucleic acid (e.g., a miRNA).
- type 1 has a 5′ stem loop
- type 2 has both a 5′ and 3′ stem loop
- Type 3 has a 3′ stem loop. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 2 shows a schematic depiction of one of the assays used for evaluation of performance of the miRNA inhibitors (anti-miRs).
- the figure shows the reporter (firefly luciferase) expression in the presence of endogenous microRNAs and exogenous anti-miRs.
- Anti-miRs bind and inhibit the miRNAs and thus increase the firefly luciferase expression. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B show data derived from the Example 1 experiment in which the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#01-HP#09 was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7c target cloned), along with two controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon).
- FIG. 3A miR21 target
- FIG. 3B let7c target.
- the expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B show data derived from the Example 2 experiment in which the efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#05, HP#08, and HP#10-HP#31 was evaluated using pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- FIG. 4A miR21 target. Concentrations of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 3 nM (solid bar) and 0.3 nM (open bar).
- FIG. 4B let7c target.
- FIG. 5 shows data derived from the Example 3 experiment in which the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#05, HP#08, and HP#10-HP#31 targeting let-7c miRNA was evaluated by quantification of the levels of the endogenous HMGA2 mRNA transcript expression using TAQMAN® gene expression assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 0.3, 3 and 30 nM. Increase of the HMGA2 mRNA levels is shown relative to negative control-transfected samples. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B show data derived from the Example 4 experiment in which the potency of the hairpin inhibitor HP#24 was evaluated by quantification of the fraction of the free endogenous miRNA (miR21 or let7c) using a TAQMAN® assay.
- Three inhibitor controls were used: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- FIG. 6A let-7c target.
- FIG. 6B miR-21 target. Concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 3 and 30 nM. Decrease of the free miRNA levels (available for primer hybridization and thus detection) is shown relative to negative control-transfected samples. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 7A-FIG . 7 C show data derived from the Example 5 experiment in which the efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#79-HP#83 was evaluated using a pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21, let7a or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- FIG. 7A miR21 target
- FIG. 7B let7a target
- FIG. 7C let7c target. Concentrations of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 30, 3 and 0.3 nM.
- Average fold change is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 8A-FIG . 8 C show data derived from the Example 6 experiment in which the efficiency of the modified antisense oligonucleotide-based inhibitors BTM#03-BTM#07, and BTM#22 was evaluated using a pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21, let7a or let7c target cloned), along with two controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe) and with miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon).
- FIG. 8A miR21 target
- FIG. 8B let7a target
- FIG. 8C let7c target. Concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 3 nM.
- Average fold change is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 10 shows the formation of inhibitors used in the Example 7 experiment in which the formation of multimeric inhibitor complexes was evaluated.
- the long 2′-OMe modified anti-miRs elongated at 3′ and 5′ ends—11 nt at the 5′ end and 12 nt at the 3′ end
- “bridging” oligonucleotide 21 nt
- the top sequence is the 2′OMe modified long anti-mir21 (SEQ ID NO:139), the middle sequence is the “bridging” oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO:140), the bottom sequence is the multimeric strand containing the target binding sequences (SEQ ID NO:141), and the “bridging” oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO:140). All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 11 shows data derived from the Example 7 experiment assaying the inhibitory activity of antisense oligonucleotide-based multimeric anti-miRs.
- #1, #2, and #3 refer to different annealing buffers.
- Buffer #1 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl.
- Buffer #2 6 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 20 mM potassium acetate, 0.4 mM Magnesium acetate.
- Buffer#3 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 10 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA.
- 1 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , and 4 ⁇ refer to the molar excess of the “bridging” oligonucleotide over the long antisense oligonucleotide.
- concentration of the inhibitor was 10 nM.
- Three controls are: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 12 shows the derepression of miR-122 target genes AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, and Lass6 after miR-122 inhibition in mice.
- mRNA upregulation (%) is normalized to the negative control-injected mice.
- FIG. 13 shows the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#79, HP#85, HP#88, HP#93, and HP#96 targeting let-7a miRNA in Example 9. Potency was evaluated by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression with TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 0.3, 3, 30 nM. Increase of the HMGA2 mRNA levels is shown relative to negative control-transfected samples. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 14 shows the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#81, HP#85, HP#88, HP#93, and HP#96 in Example 9. Potency was evaluated using pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21 target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). Concentrations of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 30, 3 nM.
- FIG. 15 shows the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#81 and HP#89-HP#92 targeting let-7c miRNA in Example 10. Potency was evaluated by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression using a TAQMAN® assay. Three controls were used: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 10 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 16 shows data derived from the Example 13 experiment in which the potency of the hairpin inhibitors with a PEG6 vs a PEG5 loop was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7a target cloned), along with a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe) control.
- the expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition.
- the concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection 0.3 and 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 17 shows data derived from the Example 14 experiment in which the potency of miR122-targeting HP#130 inhibitor (with a PEG5 loop) was evaluated in the exogenous assays.
- Four constructs were used with cloned natural targets for miR122-RIMS1, GNPDA2, ANKRD13C, and G6PC3 fragments.
- the expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average Fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative).
- the concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 18 shows data derived from the Example 15 experiment in which the detection of the hairpin inhibitors with Small RNA TAQMAN® assays was evaluated.
- HP#81 inhibitors (with 5′-stem/loop and 2′-OMe modifications) were compared to the unmodified antisense oligonucleotides (unmod), antisense oligonucleotides with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′OMe), inhibitors with 3′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications (HP#83), and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) featuring both 3′- and 5′-terminal loops and complete 2′-OMe modifications.
- the miRNA inhibitors in the above listed formats were synthesized for miR21 and let7c, and detected with Small RNA TAQMAN® assays in the cell-free system, in triplicates.
- FIG. 19A and FIG. 19B show data derived from the Example 16 experiment in which the specificity of HP#81 inhibitors was studied in the exogenous assays.
- the inhibitor for miR-21 was tested against its intended target, miR-21, as well as miR-31, miR-let-7a, miR-106a, miR-23a, miR-19a, miR-17, and miR-24 targets
- Inhibitor for let-7a was tested against its intended target, miR-let-7a, as well as miR-31, miR-21, miR-106a, miR-23a, miR-19a, miR-17, and miR-24 targets.
- FIG. 19A miR21 target
- FIG. 19B let7a target.
- FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B show data derived from the Example 17 experiment in which the stability of the hairpin inhibitors HP#81 was studied.
- Water solutions (20 ⁇ molar) of the inhibitors targeting miR-21 and miR-23a were stored at +4° C. for 1 week, 2 months and 1 year. Their potency was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or miR23a target cloned), along with miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon).
- FIG. 20A miR23a target
- FIG. 20B miR21 target.
- the expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative).
- concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection 0.3 and 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- FIG. 21 shows data derived from the Example 18 experiment in which the derepression (upregulation) of miR-122 target genes AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, and Lass6 after miR-122 inhibition in mice livers was achieved with the antisense oligonucleotides.
- a separate group of mice was injected with miR122 antagomirs at 50 mg/kg, given in three daily injections.
- the negative control was mice injected with a negative control (non-targeting) miRNA inhibitor, complexed with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 Reagent.
- FIG. 22 shows a number of exemplary structures of miRNA inhibitors with cholesterol attachments for use in self-delivery applications.
- FIG. 23 shows data derived from the Example 17 experiment in which the derepression (upregulation) of miR-122 target genes AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, and Lass6 was achieved after miR-122 inhibition in mice livers with the antisense oligonucleotides.
- Three daily injections of 50 mg/kg of HP#115 inhibitors were used.
- siRNA and “short interfering RNA” are interchangeable and refer to unimolecular nucleic acids and to nucleic acids comprised of two separate strands that are capable of inducing RNA interference.
- SiRNA molecules typically have a duplex region that is between 18 and 30 base pairs in length.
- microRNA refers to endogenous non-coding RNAs that are capable of regulating gene expression. It is believed that miRNAs function via RNA interference. When used herein in the context of inactivation, the use of the term microRNAs is intended to include also long non-coding RNAs, piRNAs, siRNAs, and the like. Endogenous (e.g., naturally occurring) miRNAs are typically expressed from RNA polymerase II promoters and are generated from a larger transcript.
- RNAs refer to Piwi-interacting RNAs, a class of small RNAs that are believed to be involved in transcriptional silencing.
- microRNA inhibitors As used herein “microRNA inhibitors,” “miRNA inhibitors,” “antisense inhibitors” “anti-miRs” and “anti-miRNAs” are interchangeable and refer to molecules that inhibit the action of miRNAs and the like.
- alkyl refers to a hydrocarbyl moiety that can be saturated or unsaturated (alkenyl or alkynyl), and substituted or unsubstituted. It can comprise moieties that are linear, branched, cyclic and/or heterocyclic, and contain functional groups such as ethers, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, etc.
- alkyl groups include but are not limited to substituted and unsubstituted groups of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodcecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl and alkyl groups of higher number of carbons as well as 2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylbutyl, 2,4-diethylpropyl, 3-propylbutyl, 2,8-dibutyldecyl, 6,6-dimethyloctyl, 6-propyl-6-butyloctyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl
- homologous region refers to a region of nucleic acid with homology to another nucleic acid region. Thus, whether a “homologous region” is present in a nucleic acid molecule is determined with reference to another nucleic acid region in the same or different molecule. Further, since nucleic acid is often double-stranded, the term “homologous, region”, as used herein refers to the ability of nucleic acid molecules to be capable of hybridizing to each other. As an example, a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule can have two homologous regions which are capable of hybridizing to each other. Thus, the term “homologous region” includes nucleic acid segments with complementary sequence.
- Homologous regions may be of a variety of lengths but will typically be between 4 and 40 (e.g., from about 4 to about 40, from about 5 to about 40, from about 5 to about 35, from about 5 to about 30, from about 5 to about 20, from about 6 to about 30, from about 6 to about 25, from about 6 to about 15, from about 7 to about 18, from about 8 to about 20, from about 8 to about 15, etc.) nucleotides in length.
- 4 and 40 e.g., from about 4 to about 40, from about 5 to about 40, from about 5 to about 35, from about 5 to about 30, from about 5 to about 20, from about 6 to about 30, from about 6 to about 25, from about 6 to about 15, from about 7 to about 18, from about 8 to about 20, from about 8 to about 15, etc.
- chimeric refers to a mixture of parts from different origins.
- the term can refer to an inhibitor having combined parts of the formats shown herein, including at least one or more of any of parts designated as, but not limited to, BR's, NBR's, S's, HR1 and HR2's, NBR1 and NBR2's, and loops.
- chimeric can refer to various types of nucleic acids combined into an inhibitor (such as deoxy-, ribo- or various modified nucleotides).
- a chimera may also refer to combinations of hairpin inhibitors, conjugated antisense inhibitors and multimeric inhibitors.
- Another example would be a nucleic acid molecule which contains one region from a mouse chromosome and another region generated by chemical synthesis and representing a nucleotide sequence not known to exist in nature.
- sequence identity refers to the extent to which two sequences have the same nucleotide at equivalent positions in a comparison of nucleic acid usually expressed as a percentage. Thus, two nucleic acid molecules which differ by one nucleotide over a stretch of 100 nucleotides would be said to share 99% sequence identity.
- hybridization refers to the formation of a double-stranded nucleic acid (or region) from two single-stranded nucleic acid molecules or two regions of one nucleic acid molecule.
- physiological conditions refers to environmental conditions which are not deleterious to cells such as mammalian cells and includes conditions found, for example, in the cytoplasm of cells. Many of the molecules described herein are designed to function inside cells. Examples of conditions which are not considered to be physiological are temperatures above 45° C. and pH levels above 9 and below 4. Thus, conditions inside some cellular vacuoles would not necessarily be considered to be “physiological”, as that term is used herein.
- stem-loop can be used interchangeably and refer to stem-loop structures.
- the stem results from two sequences of nucleic acid or modified nucleic acid annealing together to generate a duplex.
- the loop lies between the two strands comprising the stem.
- loop refers to the part of the stem-loop between the two homologous regions (the stem) that can loop around to allow base-pairing of the two homologous regions.
- the loop can be composed of nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA) or non-nucleic acid material(s), referred to herein as nucleotide or non-nucleotide loops.
- a non-nucleotide loop can also be situated at the end of a nucleotide molecule with or without a stem structure.
- target refers to a range of molecules including but not limited to a miRNA (or pre-miRNAs), an siRNA, a piRNA, a long non-coding RNA, an mRNA, rRNA, tRNA, hnRNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, and long noncoding RNA (ncRNA).
- miRNA or pre-miRNAs
- siRNA siRNA
- piRNA a long non-coding RNA
- mRNA mRNA
- rRNA tRNA
- hnRNA hnRNA
- cDNA long noncoding RNA
- Complementary and “complementarity” are interchangeable and refer to the ability of polynucleotides to form base pairs with one another.
- Base pairs are typically formed by hydrogen bonds between nucleotide units in antiparallel polynucleotide strands or regions.
- Complementary polynucleotide strands or regions can base pair in the Watson-Crick manner (e.g., A to T, A to U, C to G).
- 100% complementary refers to the situation in which each nucleotide unit of one polynucleotide strand or region can hydrogen bond with each nucleotide unit of a second polynucleotide strand or region.
- Less than perfect complementarity refers to the situation in which some, but not all, nucleotide units of two strands or two regions can hydrogen bond with each other and can be expressed as a percentage.
- the “reverse complement” or “RC” refers to a sequence that will anneal/basepair or substantially anneal/basepair to a second oligonucleotide according to the rules defined by Watson-Crick base pairing and the antiparallel nature of the DNA-DNA, RNA-RNA, and RNA-DNA double helices.
- the reverse complement of the RNA sequence 5′-AAUUUGC-3′ (SEQ ID NO:142) would be 5′GCAAAUU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:143).
- Alternative base pairing schemes including but not limited to G-U pairing can also be included in reverse complements.
- multimeric refers to a nucleic acid molecule composed of several identical or different subunits held together. As used herein, the term refers to a multimeric nucleic acid molecule made up of several different sections, some single-stranded, and some double stranded.
- composite refers to a structure or an entity made up of distinct components, such as distinct sections of nucleic acid.
- nucleotide refers to a base-sugar-phosphate combination. Nucleotides are monomeric units of a nucleic acid molecule (DNA and RNA). The term nucleotide includes ribonucleoside triphosphates ATP, UTP, CTG, GTP and deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates such as dATP, dCTP, dITP, dUTP, dGTP, dTTP, or derivatives thereof.
- nucleotide as used herein also refers to dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (ddNTPs) and their derivatives.
- dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphates include, but are not limited to, ddATP, ddCTP, ddGTP, ddITP, and ddTTP.
- nucleic acid molecule refers to a sequence of contiguous nucleotides (riboNTPs, dNTPs or ddNTPs, or combinations thereof) of any length which can encode a full-length polypeptide or a fragment of any length thereof, or which can be non-coding.
- riboNTPs riboNTPs, dNTPs or ddNTPs, or combinations thereof
- polynucleotide can be used interchangeably and include both RNA and DNA.
- oligonucleotide refers to a synthetic or natural molecule comprising a covalently linked sequence of nucleotides which are joined by a phosphodiester bond between the 3′ position of the pentose of one nucleotide and the 5′ position of the pentose of the adjacent nucleotide.
- binding affinity refers to the affinity between two complementary nucleic acid molecules or regions within one nucleic acid molecule. Binding affinity between two complementary nucleic acids will vary with a number of factors including, length, and AT/CG content.
- compositions and methods for inactivating nucleic acid targets involve, in part, the use of molecules (e.g., composite inhibitory molecules) with nucleic acid regions with sequence complementarity to the nucleic acid molecule which is the subject of desired inactivation (e.g., a target nucleic acid molecule).
- molecules e.g., composite inhibitory molecules
- nucleic acid regions with sequence complementarity to the nucleic acid molecule which is the subject of desired inactivation e.g., a target nucleic acid molecule.
- Compositions described herein can be used for inactivation of targets that are relatively short non-coding RNAs including regulatory RNAs.
- Compositions described herein can be used for the inactivation of short non-coding RNAs and long non-coding RNAs.
- compositions described herein can be used for the inactivation of short non-coding RNAs, such as microRNAs (miRNAs), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNAs), and small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
- short non-coding RNAs such as microRNAs (miRNAs), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNAs), and small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
- compositions of the invention can include the composite nucleic acid molecules that are microRNA inhibitors (anti-miRs).
- compositions of the invention include at least one miRNA inhibitor and the miRNA inhibitor is produced to target all or a portion of a target nucleic acid. Though they will be referred to as miRNA inhibitors (and anti-miRs), composite nucleic acids can also act to inhibit any target including miRNAs, siRNAs, piRNAs, mRNAs, and rRNAs. Either strand of a duplexed target RNA can be targeted by miRNA inhibitor
- methods of the invention include the use of nucleic acid molecules (e.g., composite nucleic acid molecules) that inactivate and/or inhibit miRNAs and other short non-coding RNAs.
- methods of the invention involve using inhibitors of three distinct formats: hairpin inhibitors, conjugated antisense inhibitors and multimeric inhibitors. Also envisioned are mixtures and chimera thereof. In many instances, all of the formats can be specific for one or more target nucleic acid molecules (e.g., miRNA).
- target nucleic acid molecules can be obtained from a sample.
- Samples can be derived from any number of sources. Since methods and compositions described herein can be used to inhibit the activity of miRNAs and the like, most samples will either be known or suspected to contain one or more target nucleic acid segments (i.e., miRNAs).
- Samples can be from viruses, virally infected cells or eukaryotic sources such as protozoa, algae, fungi (yeast and molds), plants, invertebrates (worms), insects (flies), vertebrates, fish, mammals, rodents and primates. Other sources include culture media, either cell free or cell containing as well as cell storage media.
- nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., miRNA inhibitors
- mixtures of different nucleic acid molecules of the invention that target one or more specific targets can be used.
- mixtures of different formats disclosed herein can be used to target one or multiple targets (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight targets and/or from about two to about fifteen, from about two to about twelve, from about two to about ten, from about two to about eight, from about two to about six, from about three to about fifteen, from about three to about seven, etc. targets).
- targets e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight targets and/or from about two to about fifteen, from about two to about twelve, from about two to about ten, from about two to about eight, from about two to about six, from about three to about fifteen, from about three to about seven, etc. targets.
- a mixture including a hairpin inhibitory molecule and a mixture that includes a conjugated antisense inhibitory molecule can be used.
- RNA inhibitors can also include other types of miRNA inhibitors known in the art.
- a mixture of various hairpin inhibitors (5′ hairpin, 3′ hairpin, and 5′ and 3′ hairpin), conjugated antisense inhibitors, and/or multimeric inhibitors can be used to target a single target.
- a mixture of various hairpin inhibitors (5′ hairpin and 3′ hairpin) and/or multimeric inhibitors can be used to target multiple targets.
- a single miRNA inhibitor can be used that is a chimera of a hairpin inhibitor and a multimeric inhibitor, for example, having some multimeric regions and a 3′ or 5′ hairpin on the same miRNA inhibitory molecule.
- a single miRNA inhibitor can be used for multiple targets.
- the target binding region can include sequences complementary to two different targets.
- a multimer can include numerous target binding regions that are complementary to one or more targets.
- similar embodiments of the invention may comprise or employ inhibitory molecules which do not inhibit the function of miRNAs.
- the invention includes inhibitors of other classes of nucleic acid molecules.
- inhibitory molecules will associate a corresponding target by hybridization.
- the invention includes methods by which a first molecule (e.g., a nucleic acid molecule) binds to a second molecule (e.g., a target nucleic acid molecule) and inhibits a function (e.g., transcription, translation, RNA interference, etc.) of the second nucleic acid molecule, as well as compositions of matter used in such methods.
- the miRNA inhibitors, and other inhibitory molecules of the invention reduce the amount and/or activity of one or more targets. In some embodiments, the miRNA inhibitors reduce the amount and/or activity of one or more miRNAs. In some embodiments, the miRNA inhibitors, and other inhibitory molecules of the invention, reduce the amount and/or activity of the target from about 10% to about 100%, 20% to about 100%, 30% to about 100%, 40% to about 100%, 50% to about 100%, 60% to about 100%, 70% to about 100%, 10% to about 90%, 20% to about 85%, 40% to about 84%, 60% to about 90%, including but not limited to 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99%.
- the miRNA inhibitors, and other inhibitory molecules of the invention act to reduce the symptoms of a disease. In some embodiments, the miRNA inhibitors, and other inhibitory molecules of the invention, act to change a phenotype of a cell, such as a developmental phenotype.
- inhibitory molecule formats including hairpin inhibitors, multimeric inhibitors, conjugated antisense inhibitors, mixtures thereof, and chimeric inhibitors thereof are explained in more detail with reference to FIG. 1 and FIG. 9 .
- Table 1A Codes for Formats in Tables 1B-1D
- RNA A A RNA C C RNA G G RNA U U DNA A a DNA C c DNA G g DNA T t 2′Ome A A (ital) 2′Ome C C (ital) 2′Ome G G (ital) 2′Ome U U (ital) LNA A A (bold) LNA methyl C C (bold) LNA G G (bold) LNA T T (bold) 2′F C C f 2′F U U f phosphorothioate A C G t (underlined) C6 amino N 2′O-Propargyl G Y
- Embodiments of inhibitory molecule formats can include hairpin inhibitors, conjugated inhibitors, multimeric inhibitors, mixtures and chimera thereof. With reference to FIG. 9 , the inhibitors and chimera will be discussed generally. Then each format will be discussed in more detail in the following sections A-D.
- FIG. 9 shows a schematic of certain formats of the inventions as well as the inter-relationships of the formats.
- the formats include a hairpin inhibitor (format B1 and C1), a conjugated antisense inhibitor (format A conjugated to at least one non-nucleic acid moiety, for example), and a multimeric inhibitor (format C2). All of the formats are based on a generic structure “A” in FIG. 9 , including at least one binding region (BR), an optional spacer (S), and at least one non-binding region (NBR or loop).
- the at least one non-binding region (NBR) may also be a nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop and can be at the 5′ and/or 3′ end of the binding region (BR) or both the 5′ and 3′ end.
- the binding region is the region that binds to the target and is also referred to as the target binding region, the target binding nucleic acid segment, the target binding segment and the target binding nucleic acid.
- the target can be any nucleic acid discussed herein as a target, including any short, non-coding nucleic acid (e.g., microRNA).
- the binding region can be a reverse complement (RC) to one or more target molecule(s) of interest (e.g., miRNA).
- the length of the target binding region is optimized to obtain maximum specificity for the target (e.g., the miRNA) while retaining potency.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to all or a portion of at least one target, such that it will bind to the target (See FIG. 9 , Target NA in format B1).
- the portion of the target includes at least a part of the 5′ UTR or the 3′ UTR.
- the portion of the target includes at least a part of a coding region.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to two or more targets.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment can have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including but not limited to 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99% complementarity.
- the target binding region can have 80-100% complementarity with one target and 60% or more complementarity with at least a second target.
- the target binding region can have 100% complementarity to a portion of a single target and 60% complementarity to the rest of the target.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is at least 6 or more nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and about 200 nucleotides in length.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 9 and 25 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to: 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt and 25 nt in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 15 nt and about 25 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 and about 23 nucleotides in length.
- the target binding region can be modified in any way known in the art and/or discussed herein (see section entitled “Modification”). In some embodiments, the target binding region is between about 20 and about 200 nucleotides in length and the target is a long non-coding RNA.
- a spacer can be used to separate the stem loop, loop or NBR from the target binding nucleic acid segment.
- the spacer can be one or more nucleotides.
- the spacer is one or more nucleotides having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (e.g., abasic).
- the spacer is a single nucleotide with the base A, C, G, U or T.
- the spacer is at least one universal and/or a modified base.
- the spacer is at least one nucleotide but can be between 0 and 10 nucleotides, including, but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 nucleotides.
- the spacer is one or more nucleotides and can include purine bases, a pyrimidine bases, and/or no base (e.g., abasic).
- One or more nucleotides in the spacer can also be modified (see “Modification” section below).
- a conjugated antisense inhibitor can include a spacer to separate the binding region (BR) from the non-nucleotide loop (See A in FIG. 9 ).
- the spacer can separate the stem loop from the binding region (see B1 and C1 in FIG. 9 ).
- the spacer can separate the binding regions from one or more non-binding regions (see NBR in FIG. 9 ).
- the spacer can function to reduce or eliminate the charge repulsion of the 5′ end of the NBR or stem (homology region 1) in the respective formats for the target nucleic acid.
- B1 the 5′ end of the target nucleic acid-bearing phosphate when bound to the binding region (BR) may be repulsed.
- a spacer can reduce this repulsion.
- the sequence of spacer S1 may be the same as the sequence of spacer S2 or the sequences may be different.
- the non-binding region (NBR) in FIG. 9 can be any nucleic acid segment that does not bind to the target (a loop, a homology region, a stem loop, or a homology region for the double-stranded part of the multimeric inhibitor).
- the NBR can be a non-nucleotide loop (see format A in FIG. 9 ) and the loop can be attached directly to the inhibitory molecule (with or without a spacer).
- the non-binding region can be a stem loop (see format B1 and C1 in FIG. 9 ).
- the loop of the stem loop can be a non-nucleotide loop or a nucleotide loop.
- the NBR non binding region
- the NBR can be the part of the multimeric inhibitory molecule that is double-stranded (see NBR1 and NBR2 in FIG. 9 , B2A).
- the NBR can bind to a reverse complement NBR (NBR2C and NBR1C) to create the final multimeric molecule with single stranded regions (BR) and double stranded regions (NBR1 bound to NBR1C and NBR2 bound to NBR2C).
- a chimeric version of a multimeric inhibitory molecule can also be envisioned to contain one or more loops—either stem loops or non-nucleotide loops as non-binding regions.
- the loop in the hairpin inhibitor functions to connect the two homology regions (HR1 and HR2 in FIG. 9 ) or stem regions to produce a stem loop.
- the inhibitor contains 2 or more loops.
- the 2 or more loops can be nucleotide loops, non-nucleotide loops and/or mixtures thereof.
- this nucleic acid can be chemically modified and can be DNA or RNA. Further, the length of the loop can be adjusted to allow for association and binding between homologous regions (e.g., “HR1” and “HR2” in FIG. 1 “C1”).
- nucleotide loops will be between about 3 and about 50 nucleotides in length (e.g., from about 4 to about 50, from about 6 to about 50, from about 8 to about 50, from about 10 to about 50, from about 4 to about 40, from about 4 to about 30, from about 4 to about 25, from about 4 to about 20, from about 4 to about 15, from about 5 to about 30, from about 5 to about 15, from about 6 to about 50, from about 6 to about 20, from about 8 to about 20, etc. nucleotides).
- nucleotides e.g., from about 4 to about 50, from about 6 to about 50, from about 8 to about 50, from about 10 to about 50, from about 4 to about 40, from about 4 to about 30, from about 4 to about 25, from about 4 to about 20, from about 4 to about 15, from about 5 to about 30, from about 5 to about 15, from about 6 to about 50, from about 6 to about 20, from about 8 to about 20, etc. nucleotides).
- the loop in the hairpin inhibitor is composed of non-nucleotide polymers and derivatives thereof.
- the non-nucleotide loop can be of sufficient length and/or of sufficient materials to enable effective intramolecular hybridization between the homologous regions (to form a stem).
- the length of the loop will typically be a length which is at least the length spanned by at least 8-50 atoms (e.g., from about 8 to about 50, from about 8 to about 40, from about 8 to about 30, from about 8 to about 25, from about 8 to about 20, from about 10 to about 30, from about 12 to about 30, etc. atoms), while not being so long as to interfere with the pairing of the oligonucleotides capable of hybridizing to each other.
- the length of the loop is the length spanned by between about 18 and about 22 atoms.
- the loop has a backbone of covalently bonded atoms chosen from: carbon, oxygen, sulfur, phosphate, and nitrogen.
- the non-nucleotide loop has a backbone composed of covalently bonded carbon atoms.
- the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon and oxygen atoms.
- the loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol (PEG3-PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, derivatives thereof and any combination thereof.
- the non-nucleotide loop is a fluorescent dye.
- the fluorescent dye is CYANINETM 5 dye, CYANINETM 3 dye, or an Alexa Fluor emitter.
- the non-nucleotide loop is selected from one of the structures in Table 2.
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of polyethylene glycol (PEG).
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative.
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative and the polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative is penta-ethylene glycol or hexa-ethylene glycol.
- the non-nucleotide loop is modified by attaching an amine, thiol, NGS ester, alkyne or other functional handle that could partake in a reaction post synthesis, such as labeling with a dye or biotin.
- an amine, thiol, NGS ester, alkyne or other functional handle that could partake in a reaction post synthesis, such as labeling with a dye or biotin.
- Other modifications can be found in references such as: Beaucage, et al, 1992, Tetrahedron, v. 48, p. 2223-2311; Beaucage, et al, 1993, Tetrahedron, v. 49, p. 1925-1963, p6123-6194, and p.10441-10488, herein incorporated by reference.
- Derivatives of non-nucleotide loops can include modified non-nucleotide loops, sidechains, and cycloalkanes addition.
- the conjugated antisense inhibitor the non-nucleotide loop (NBR or loop in format A, FIG. 9 ) can be any material without limitation and the size is not limiting as long as it does not interfere with binding of the binding region (BR) to its target.
- the loop when the loop is on the 5′ or 3′ end of the conjugated antisense inhibitor, it can be composed of any of the materials used for a nucleotide loop or for a non-nucleotide loop on the hairpin inhibitor.
- the basic format A inhibitory molecule can also include a second non-binding region (NBR2) and can be separated from the binding region (BR) by an optional spacer (S) (see format B2A).
- NBR1 and NBR2 can be any sequence as long as it does not interfere with binding of the target to the binding region (BR).
- the NBR1 and NBR2 can be any sequence as long as NBR1 does not hybridize to NBR2.
- the NBR1 and/or NBR2 is between from about 30 nucleotides to about 200 nucleotides in length, including about 30 to about 100 nucleotides in length, and about 30 to about 50 nucleotides in length.
- the NBR1 and/or NBR2 is from 5 nts to 100 nts in length, or from 5 nts to 50 nts in length or from 5 to 20 nts in length.
- the length of NBR1 can be the same as or different than the length of NBR2.
- Inhibitory molecules can also include a second oligonucleotide (see B2B in FIG. 9 ) that is capable of binding to the B2A oligonucleotide as follows.
- the B2B oligonucleotide can contain a region that is capable of hybridizing to NBR1 (NBR1C) and a region that is capable of hybridizing to NBR2 (NBR2C).
- NBR1C NBR1
- NBR2C NBR2C
- the B2B segment will be the reverse complement of these sequences and, as such, will be approximately the same length as the sequences. However, the B2B segment can be any length as long as it does not interfere with the target binding to the binding region (BR).
- the B2A molecules can be multimerized in a head to tail manner to create the top strand in the final C2 molecule.
- the B2B segments can be added to a mixture containing the B2A molecule and allowed to hybridize such that the resulting C2 molecule has some single-stranded regions (the BR with or without the spacer) and some double stranded regions (the B2A segment and the B2B segment). Any of the regions within the multimeric inhibitor (C2) can be modified as discussed in the section below entitled “Modification”.
- the binding region can be modified to enhance binding to its target, and the NBR1 and NBR2 can be modified to promote binding to the NBR1C and NBR2C regions. Modifications can also be included in any part of the multimeric inhibitor, for example, to increase stability or to enhance cell uptake.
- the length of the B2A portion of a multimeric miRNA inhibitor is from about 30 to about 150 nt in length, including about 30 to about 100 nt in length, including about 30 to about 45 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to, about 31 nt, 32 nt, 33 nt, 34 nt, 35 nt, 36 nt, 37 nt, 38 nt, 39 nt, 40 nt, 41 nt, 42 nt, 43 nt, 44 nt, and 45 nt.
- the length of the B2A portion of a multimeric miRNA inhibitor is from 30 nt, 40 nt, 50 nt, 60 nt, 66 nt, 70 nt, 80 nt, 90 nt, 100 nt, or more nucleotides to 175 nt, 200 nt, 250 nt, 300 nt, 350 nt, 400 nt, 500 nt, or 660 nucleotides, or any range therebetween.
- the length of the miRNA inhibitor may be from 30 nt to 250 nt, from 45 to 150 nt, from 50 to 100 nt, from 66 nt to 660 nt, from 80 to 500 nt, from 90 to 400 nt, from 100 to 300 nt, from 100 to 200 nt, or about 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 100 nucleotides.
- a multimeric miRNA inhibitor is made by mixing B2A and B2B molecules in various molar ratios and allowing the molecules to anneal. Because of this, the length of the final multimeric inhibitor can vary dramatically, from a single B2A molecule to hundreds of B2A molecules long. In some embodiments, the multimeric molecules are a pool of various lengths.
- chimeric molecules can be envisioned which contain various parts of the formats shown herein, including but not limited to, BR's, NBR's, S's, HR1 and HR2's, NBR1 and NBR2's, and loops.
- the formats can include nucleotide loops or non-nucleotide loops as part of a stem-loop structure or attached at the 3′ or 5′ ends directly.
- the formats can also include multimers of any of the above formats and can include single and double-stranded regions such as those shown in format C2.
- the chimeric molecules of the invention can also include any of the modifications discussed herein and/or under the heading “Modifications” below.
- the miRNA inhibitors can include a composition comprising mixtures of various formats shown in FIG. 1 , FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 and/or discussed herein.
- MiRNA inhibitors can target one or more targets.
- each specific binding region can be complementary to one or more targets.
- multimers can be made that contain mixtures of B2A molecules with multiple binding regions each complementary to one or more targets.
- the hairpin structure acts to “stabilize” one terminus and makes the antisense region more accessible for hybridization.
- the double-stranded stem region of the hairpin inhibitor provides an opportunity for a thermodynamically favorable base-stacking interaction between the inhibitory molecule and the target miRNA. This feature can enhance the ability of inhibitory molecules to retain the hybridization to the target brought about by the canonical Watson-Crick complementarity of the strands.
- base stacking is not the only and may not be the major factor. miRNA guide strands are contained within Ago2 proteins or more sophisticated protein complexes of the RNAi machinery.
- Hairpin inhibitors with non-nucleotide loops have the added advantage that they are less expensive to produce than those with nucleotide loops, because during oligonucleotide synthesis, one coupling reaction is needed for a non-nucleotide loop whereas nucleotide based loops need multiple (e.g., 4-5) coupling reactions.
- embodiments of hairpin inhibitors include at least one loop (either nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop), a first homologous region (HR1), a second homologous region (HR2), and a target binding nucleic acid segment (BR) which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length (a composite nucleic acid).
- the loop (L) functions to connect the first nucleotide (HR1) and second nucleotide homologous regions (HR2) to form a double-stranded structure (a stem loop) (see C1 in FIG. 9 ).
- the loop can be composed of nucleotides. Alternatively, the loop can be composed of any type of non-nucleotide material.
- the loop is of sufficient length to allow for the first and the second homologous region to hybridize to one another to form the double stranded structure (a stem).
- the first and second homologous regions are able to hybridize under physiological conditions.
- the stem-loop is on the 3′ end of the nucleic acid molecule (3′ hairpin).
- the stem-loop is on the 5′ end of the nucleic acid molecule (5′ hairpin).
- the hairpin inhibitors include at least a second loop (either nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop), and a second stem region (including a third homologous region, and a fourth homologous region).
- the hairpin inhibitor has a single stem-loop region either at the 3′ end or the 5′ end of the molecule.
- the stem-loop is on the 5′ end and there is an addition of at least one nucleotide between the stem and the target binding nucleic acid segment (a spacer).
- the stem-loop is on the 3′ end and there is an addition of at least one nucleotide between the stem and the target binding nucleic acid segment (a spacer).
- the hairpin inhibitors are asymmetric structures including a single stem-loop.
- this nucleic acid can be chemically modified and can be DNA or RNA. Further, the length of the loop can be adjusted to allow for association and binding between homologous regions (e.g., “HR1” and “HR2” in FIG. 1 and FIG. 9 ).
- nucleotide loops will be between 4 and 50 nucleotides in length (e.g., from about 4 to about 50, from about 6 to about 50, from about 8 to about 50, from about 10 to about 50, from about 4 to about 40, from about 4 to about 30, from about 4 to about 25, from about 4 to about 20, from about 4 to about 15, from about 5 to about 30, from about 5 to about 15, from about 6 to about 50, from about 6 to about 20, from about 8 to about 20, etc. nucleotides).
- the loop has a 2′ position substituted with a molecule chosen from O-alkyl, fluoro, OH and H.
- the nucleic acid loop can include any of the modifications discussed herein (see section entitled “Modifications”)
- the non-nucleotide loops can be used to connect the homologous nucleic acid segments (HR1 and HR2 in FIG. 9 , C1).
- the non-nucleotide loop can be of sufficient length and/or have a sufficient number of monomers and/or a sufficient number of atoms to enable effective intramolecular hybridization between the homologous regions (to form a stem).
- the loop (see “loop” in FIG. 9 , C1) is composed of non-nucleotide polymers.
- the length of the loop will typically be a length which is at least the length spanned by at least 8-50 atoms (e.g., from about 8 to about 50, from about 8 to about 40, from about 8 to about 30, from about 8 to about 25, from about 8 to about 20, from about 10 to about 30, from about 12 to about 30, etc. atoms), while not being so long as to interfere with the pairing of the oligonucleotides capable of hybridizing to each other.
- the length of the loop is the length spanned by between about 18 and about 22 atoms.
- the loop has a backbone of covalently bonded atoms chosen from: Carbon, Oxygen, sulfur, phosphate, and nitrogen.
- the non-nucleotide loop has a backbone composed of covalently bonded carbon atoms.
- the loop is composed of one of the molecules listed in Table 2.
- the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon and oxygen atoms.
- the loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG3, PEG4, PEG5, PEG6, PEG7, PEG5, PEG9, or PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, derivatives thereof and any combination thereof.
- the non-nucleotide loop is a fluorescent dye.
- the fluorescent dye is CYANINETM 5 dye, CYANINETM 3 dye, or an Alexa Fluor emitter.
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of polyethylene glycol (PEG).
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative.
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative and the polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative is tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa-, hepta-, octa-, nona-, or deca-, ethylene glycol ethylene glycol.
- the non-nucleotide loop is C12 alkane diol.
- the loop can be separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by one or more nucleotide spacers (see FIG. 9 , format A, designated as an S).
- the spacer can be one or more nucleotides.
- the spacer is a single nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (e.g., abasic).
- the spacer is a single nucleotide with the base A, C, G, U or T.
- the spacer is at least one nucleotide but can be between 0 and 10 nucleotides, including, but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 nucleotides.
- the spacer is one or more nucleotides and can include universal bases, purine bases, a pyrimidine bases, and/or no base (e.g., abasic).
- One or more nucleotides in the spacer can also be modified (see “Modification” section below).
- the spacer can function to reduce the possibility that when the target strand binds to the binding region of the inhibitor, there will be charge repulsion between the end of the homologous region (the 3′phosphate) and the 5′ end of the target.
- the first and second homologous regions are of an equivalent length such that a stem-like structure can be formed when the two regions bind (see FIG. 1 and FIG. 9 , HR1 and HR2).
- the length of the first and second homologous regions is between about 3 and 30 nt in length, including but not limited to 4 nt, 5 nt, 6 nt, 7 nt, 8 nt, 9 nt, 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt, 25 nt, 26 nt, 27 nt, 28 nt, 29 nt and 30 nt in length.
- the length of the first and second homologous regions is between about 4 and about 10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the length of the first and second homologous regions is between about 4 and about 8 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the first and second homologous regions are complementary to each other such that they can hybridize under physiological conditions. In some embodiments, the first and second homologous regions have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% and 99%. In some embodiments, the first and second homologous regions are not the same length.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment shown as “BR” in FIG. 1 and FIG. 9 can be a reverse complement (RC) to the target molecule of interest (e.g., miRNA).
- the length of the target binding region is optimized to obtain maximum specificity for the target (e.g., the miRNA) while retaining potency.
- the target can be any nucleic acid discussed herein as a target, including any short, non-coding nucleic acid (e.g., microRNA).
- the binding region can be a reverse complement (RC) to one or more target molecule(s) of interest (e.g., miRNA).
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to all or a portion of at least one target, such that it will bind to the target (see FIG. 9 , Target NA in format B1).
- the target binding nucleic acid segment can have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including but not limited to 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99% complementarity.
- the target binding region can be complementary to more than one target. In some embodiments, the binding region can be complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments the target binding region is 100% complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 80-100% complementarity with one target and 60% or more complementarity with at least a second target. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 100% complementarity to a portion of the target and 60% complementarity to the rest. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is at least 6 or more nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and about 200 nucleotides in length.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 9 and 25 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to: 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt and 25 nt in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 15 nt and about 25 nucleotides in length In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 nt and about 23 nucleotides in length.
- the target binding region can be modified in any way known in the art and/or discussed herein (see section entitled “Modification”). In some embodiments, the target binding region is between about 20 and about 200 nucleotides in length and the target is a long non-coding RNA.
- the composite nucleic acid inhibitor (hairpin) molecule can include one or more nucleotides on the 5′ or 3′ end.
- the extra nucleotides can be selected from a purine base, a pyrimidine base or no base (e.g., abasic).
- the extra nucleotides can be from 0 to 30 nucleotides, including but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29 nucleotides.
- the composite nucleic acid inhibitory (hairpin) molecule can include a non-nucleotide loop on the 5′ or 3′ end. The non-nucleotide loop can be any material discussed herein as long as it does not interfere with binding to the target nucleic acid.
- the total composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule (hairpin inhibitor) in total is between about 28 and about 200 nucleotides in length, including between about 28 and about 100 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid molecule is between about 28 and about 40 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the composite nucleic acid molecule is between about 34 and about 36 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the length does not include the non-nucleotide loop.
- the composite nucleic acid molecule includes modifications in any part of the hairpin inhibitor, including the target binding nucleic acid (“BR” in FIG. 9 ), the stem (“HR1” and “HR2” in FIG. 9 ), the loop (“Loop” in FIG. 9 ), the spacer (“S” in FIG. 9 ), the 5′ end and the 3′ end.
- modifications can be any modifications that do not preclude binding to the target (e.g., the miRNA).
- the modifications increase binding to the target. Modifications can include, without limitations, an alkyl, an amine, imine, guanidine, aromatic amino heterocycle.
- Modifications can include DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′OAllyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′fluoro, arabino, 2′-xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′ amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, ENA (e.g. aza-ENA and carbo-ENA), combinations thereof and derivatives thereof. Modifications of these types, as well as other modifications, are disclosed in US Patent Publ. Nos. 2008/0146788, 2009/0192302, and 2010/0087387, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- modifications can include modifications to the nucleotides in the target binding region, particularly modifications that increase binding of the nucleotides to their target.
- LNA-like molecules are sugar structures that are 3′ endo and are fixed in a certain conformation that is effective to bind to RNA.
- Exemplary modifications include at least one 2′ O-alkyl, LNA (and LNA-like molecules), 2′fluoro, phosphorothioate, phosphoroamidates, 5-alkyl- or halo substituted pyrimidines and alkyl or halo-substituted purine bases.
- modifications include DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′OAllyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′-xylo, 2′fluoro, 2′ arabino, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′Amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, combinations thereof and modifications thereof.
- the modifications can include addition of a 3′ alkyl amino group.
- the addition of the 3′ alkyl amino group enhances potency of the microRNA inhibitor at lower concentrations.
- Exemplary modifications include LNA (and LNA-like molecules) and 2′-OMe, but many other modifications can be included.
- the nucleotides are LNA modified at every position. In some embodiments the nucleotides are LNA modified at every other position. In some embodiments, the target binding region is 2′OMe modified. See more about modification in the section entitled “Modifications” below.
- the hairpin inhibitors can be included in a composition as 3′hairpins (having the stem loop at the 3′ end), 5′ hairpins (having the stem loop at the 5′ end), 3′ and 5′ double hairpins and/or combinations of the three.
- hairpin inhibitors of the invention can be included in compositions with other types of inhibitors, including multimeric and/or conjugated antisense inhibitors of the invention.
- the asymmetric design can also allow for specificity modulation.
- the ability to have two (5′ loop or 3′ loop) highly potent inhibitory molecules for each target miRNA provides not only a means for target validation but also a mechanism for studies of specificity within and among members of closely related miRNA families.
- 5′ inhibitors reinforce duplex formation at the 3′ end of the miRNA which can contribute to inter-familial specificity.
- 3′ inhibitors reinforce duplex formation at the 5′ end of the miRNA presumably reinforcing intra-familial specificity.
- mixtures can have a number of advantages.
- the first 3′-nucleotide for hairpin inhibitors is unmodified as shown in tables and drawings herein.
- conjugated antisense inhibitors are envisioned.
- the conjugated antisense inhibitors include a target binding nucleic acid segment (BR) and at least one loop (NBR or loop), wherein the loop is not nucleic acid.
- the loop is located at the 3′ end of the antisense inhibitor.
- the loop is located at the 5′ end of the antisense inhibitor.
- the loop is located at both ends of the antisense inhibitor.
- when there are two loops they are the same non-nucleotide loop. In some embodiments, when there are two loops, they are different non-nucleotide loops.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment can be a reverse complement (RC) to the target molecule of interest (e.g., miRNA).
- the length of the target binding region is optimized to obtain maximum specificity for the target (e.g., the miRNA) while retaining potency.
- the target can be any nucleic acid discussed herein as a target, including any short, non-coding nucleic acid (e.g., microRNA).
- the binding region can be a reverse complement (RC) to one or more target molecule(s) of interest (e.g., miRNA).
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to all or a portion of at least one target, such that it will bind to the target (see FIG. 9 , Target NA in format B1).
- the target binding nucleic acid segment can have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including but not limited to 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99% complementarity.
- the target binding region can be complementary to more than one target. In some embodiments, the binding region can be complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments the target binding region is 100% complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 80-100% complementarity with one target and 60% or more complementarity with at least a second target. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 100% complementarity to a portion of the target and 60% complementarity to the rest.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is at least 6 or more nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and about 200 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 9 and 25 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to: 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt and 25 nt in length.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 15 nt and about 25 nucleotides in length In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 nt and about 23 nucleotides in length.
- the target binding region (BR) can be modified in any way known in the art and/or discussed herein (see section entitled “Modification”). In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 and about 200 nucleotides in length and the target is a long non-coding RNA.
- the loop (see NBR or Loop in FIG. 9 , format A) can be separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by a one or more nucleotide spacer (see FIG. 9 , format A, designated as an “S”).
- the spacer can be one or more nucleotides.
- the spacer is a single nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (e.g., abasic).
- the spacer is a single nucleotide with the base A, C, G, U or T.
- the spacer is at least one nucleotide but can be between 0 and 10 nucleotides, including, but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 nucleotides.
- the spacer is one or more nucleotides and can include universal bases, purine bases, a pyrimidine bases, and/or no base (e.g., abasic).
- One or more nucleotides in the spacer can also be modified (see “Modification” section below).
- the composite nucleic acid molecule in total is between about 15 and about 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 20 and about 40 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid molecule is between about 20 and about 30 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the composite nucleic acid molecule is between about 20 and about 25 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the length does not include the non-nucleotide loop.
- the loop (see “NBR” in FIG. 9 , format A) is composed of one or more non-nucleotide polymers.
- the loop is composed of one of the compounds listed in Table 2.
- the non-nucleotide loop has a backbone composed of covalently bonded carbon atoms.
- the loop has a backbone of covalently bonded atoms chosen from: carbon, oxygen, sulfur, phosphate, and nitrogen.
- the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon and oxygen atoms.
- the loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG3, PEG4, PEG5, PEG6, PEG7, PEG8, PEG9, and PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl derivatives thereof and any combination thereof.
- the non-nucleotide loop is a fluorescent dye.
- the fluorescent dye is CYANINETM 5 dye, CYANINETM 3 dye, or an Alexa Fluor emitter.
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of polyethylene glycol (PEG).
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative.
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative and the polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative is a tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa-, hepta-, octa-, nona-, or deca-, ethylene glycol.
- the non-nucleotide loop is C12 alkane diol.
- the composite nucleic acid inhibitory (conjugated antisense) molecule can include one or more nucleotides on the 5′ or 3′ end.
- the extra nucleotides can be selected from a purine base, a pyrimidine base or no base (e.g., abasic).
- the extra nucleotides can be from 0 to 30 nucleotides, including but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29 nucleotides.
- a multimeric inhibitor can act by mimicking the mRNA and thus, promoting stronger interaction with the microRNA.
- Multimeric inhibitors have the further advantage of not having secondary structure (in contrast to long single-stranded tandem anti-miRs, which could be chemically synthesized or transcribed in vitro) which can complicate complex formation with miRNAs.
- the termini of multimeric inhibitors will inherently have extra protection from RNases, and packaging and in vitro delivery of these multimers will be more efficient with many commercially available reagents because the complexes are long and rigid.
- Embodiments of multimeric inhibitors include at least a first oligonucleotide (e.g., B2A in FIG. 9 ) and a second oligonucleotide (e.g., B2B in FIG. 9 ), wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region, and two or more regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two or more regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions.
- a first oligonucleotide e.g., B2A in FIG. 9
- a second oligonucleotide e.g., B2B in FIG. 9
- the single-stranded region is capable of binding to a target nucleic acid molecule under physiological conditions.
- the target nucleic acid is a short non-coding RNA.
- the target nucleic acid molecule is chosen from a microRNA, a piwi-interacting RNA, a small interfering RNA, a messenger RNA, and a ribosomal RNA.
- a multimeric inhibitory molecule C2 is shown that is made up of a multimer of molecules B2A with three molecules of B2B hybridized thereto.
- a multimeric inhibitor can be made up of at least one first oligonucleotide (B2A) that comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region (BR), and two or more regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule (NBR1 and NBR2) and at least one second oligonucleotide (B2B) that comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions (NBR2C and NBR1C) to at least two of the two or more regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule (NBR1 and NBR2), and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid molecule (C2) comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions.
- B2A first oligonucleotide
- NBR1 and NBR2 target nucleic acid molecule
- Multimeric nucleic acid molecule inhibitors are therefore comprised of individual molecules that assemble into a multimeric structure.
- the number of individual molecules may be from 2, 3, 4, 5, to 20 or to 100 or more, or any integer range therebetween.
- Multimeric inhibitors may contain nicks where hybridization of two ends to a complementary nucleic acid occurs.
- the first oligonucleotide B2A comprises at least one binding region (BR), and at least two non-binding regions (NBR1 and NBR2).
- the non-binding regions while they do not bind to the target nucleic acid, can bind to other regions of the second oligonucleotide (B2B).
- the NBR1 is complementary to the NBR1C of the second oligonucleotide (B2B)
- the NBR2 is complementary to the NBR2C of the second oligonucleotide.
- the length of the non-binding regions is between about 3 and 30 nt in length, including but not limited to 4 nt, 5 nt, 6 nt, 7 nt, 8 nt, 9 nt, 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt, 25 nt, 26 nt, 27 nt, 28 nt, 29 nt and 30 nt in length.
- the length of the non-binding regions is between about 4 and about 10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the length of the non-binding regions is between about 4 and about 8 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the non-binding regions of the first oligonucleotide are complementary to the non-binding regions on the second oligonucleotide such that they can hybridize under physiological conditions. In some embodiments, the non-binding region for the first oligonucleotide and the non-binding region on the second oligonucleotide are about 80% to about 100% complementary to each other. In some embodiments, the non-binding regions on the first oligonucleotide are complementary to the non-binding regions on the second oligonucleotide but are not the same length.
- the binding region (BR) of the first oligonucleotide can be separated from the one or more non-binding regions (NBR1 and/or NBR2) of the first oligonucleotide by a one or more nucleotide spacer (see FIG. 9 , B2A, designated as an “S1” and “S2”).
- the spacer can be one or more nucleotides.
- the spacer is a single nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (e.g., abasic).
- the spacer is a single nucleotide with the base A, C, G, U or T. In some embodiments, the spacer is at least one nucleotide but can be between 0 and 10 nucleotides, including, but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is one or more nucleotides and can include universal bases, purine bases, a pyrimidine bases, and/or no base (e.g., abasic). One or more nucleotides in the spacer can also be modified (see “Modification” section below). The spacer can function in this inhibitory molecule to ensure that there is no charge repulsion from the 3′ phosphate of the second oligonucleotide when the target binds to the binding region (BR).
- BR binding region
- the binding region binds one or more targets.
- the target can be any nucleic acid discussed herein as a target, including any short, non-coding nucleic acid (e.g., microRNA).
- the binding region can be a reverse complement (RC) to one or more target molecule(s) of interest (e.g., miRNA).
- the length of the target binding region is optimized to obtain maximum specificity for the target (e.g., the miRNA) while retaining potency.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to all or a portion of at least one target, such that it will bind to the target (See FIG. 9 , Target NA in format B1).
- the target binding nucleic acid segment can have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including but not limited to 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99% complementarity.
- the target binding region can be complementary to more than one target.
- the binding region can be complementary to two or more targets.
- the target binding region is 100% complementary to two or more targets.
- the target binding region can have 80-100% complementarity with one target and 60% or more complementarity with at least a second target. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 100% complementarity to a portion of the target and 60% complementarity to the rest. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is at least 6 or more nucleotides in length.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 9 and 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 10 and 25 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to: 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt and 25 nt in length.
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 15 nt and about 25 nucleotides in length
- the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 nt and about 23 nucleotides in length.
- the target binding region (BR) can be modified in any way known in the art and/or discussed herein (see section entitled “Modification”).
- multimers of B2A are linked to form the multimeric top strand of the multimeric inhibitor C2 in FIG. 9 .
- the multimers of the B2A molecule include binding regions (BR) separated from other binding regions (BR) by one or more non-binding regions (NBR1, NBR2, and NBR1NBR2).
- the binding regions may also be separated from the non-binding regions by at least one spacer.
- C2 shows one exemplary format of a multimeric top strand, but other embodiments can be envisioned that contain more or fewer B2A molecules and/or spacers.
- some of the B2A molecules linked to create the multimeric top strand in C2 can contain spacers and some may not contain spacers.
- the first oligonucleotide is between from about 30 nucleotides to about 200 nucleotides in length, including about 30 to about 100 nucleotides in length, and about 30 to about 50 nucleotides in length.
- the second oligonucleotide is between from about 10 nucleotides to about 50 nucleotides in length, including about 10 to about 30 nucleotides in length, and about 10 to about 20 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the second oligonucleotide does not overlap the binding region of the first oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, the second oligonucleotide is the same length as the one or more non-binding regions of the first oligonucleotide that it binds to.
- the second oligonucleotide could be one or two nucleotides longer (could bind partially to the spacer region and would not interfere with binding of the target molecule.
- the total length of the multimeric anti-microRNA molecule (not including the second oligonucleotide) can vary from the length of a single B2A molecule to the length of 100-300 B2A molecules.
- the number of monomers (B2A and B2B molecules) that multimerize can vary.
- the number that multimerize can vary. While the difference in size should not affect the performance, the size can be controlled, if desired, by addition of “stoppers/blockers”.
- the “stoppers/blockers” can be oligonucleotides that are added with the B2A and B2B molecules during annealing.
- the “stoppers/blockers” can contain only one part of the bridging oligo (e.g., only NBR2C without NBR1C).
- a “stopper/blocker” can be a hairpin structure at the 5′ or 3′ end of the B2A molecule. Such blockers could be added to the complexes at different concentrations and restrict the average length of the complexes formed.
- FIG. 10 shows a schematic of the production of a multimeric inhibitor.
- the top strand is the B2A molecule shown in FIG. 9 .
- the middle strand is the B2B molecule shown in FIG. 9 and the bottom molecule is C2 in FIG. 9 .
- the single-stranded regions of multimeric inhibitors are believed to hybridize to the active miRNA strands loaded onto the Ago protein.
- the multimeric inhibitor in FIG. 10 shows two binding regions (the single-stranded regions), but could contain many more depending on how many B2A molecules multimerize.
- modifications are included that allow for strong interactions with the target and/or strong interactions between the first and second oligonucleotides (B2A and B2B in FIG. 9 ).
- exemplary modifications include LNA (and LNA-like molecules) and 2′-OMe, but many other modifications can be included.
- the nucleotides are LNA modified at every other position.
- the first oligonucleotide and/or the target binding region is 2′OMe modified.
- the composite nucleic acid inhibitory (multimeric inhibitor) molecule can include one or more nucleotides on the 5′ or 3′ end.
- the extra nucleotides can be selected from a purine base, a pyrimidine base or no base (e.g., abasic).
- the extra nucleotides can be from 0 to 30 nucleotides, including but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29 nucleotides.
- the composite nucleic acid inhibitory (multimeric inhibitor) molecule can include a non-nucleotide loop on the 5′ or 3′ end. The non-nucleotide loop can be any material discussed herein as long as it does not interfere with binding to the target nucleic acid.
- the multimeric molecules are formed by mixing various amounts of the long strand containing the target molecule binding region (the first oligonucleotide) with the smaller oligonucleotide (the second oligonucleotide).
- the first and second oligonucleotides are mixed in an appropriate buffer (such as an annealing buffer) at a temperature for a time long enough to anneal.
- the first and second oligonucleotides are denatured followed by a cool down for an amount of time to allow annealing of the two molecules.
- a typical annealing buffer includes 10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl.
- a typical denaturing temperature is 95° C. for 3 min.
- a typical cool down temperature is 37° C. for 1 hour.
- the first and second oligonucleotides are added in equal amounts.
- the two are added such that there is a molar excess of the first oligonucleotide.
- the two are added such that there is a molar excess of the second oligonucleotide.
- the multimers spontaneously anneal to produce the final multimerized inhibitory molecules.
- the multimers anneal to form molecules having a variety of sizes (a pool of sizes).
- the sizes can be, from a single multimer (the length of one B2A molecule) to 100s of multimers (100s of B2A molecules in length).
- chimeric molecules can be envisioned which contain various parts of the formats shown herein, including but not limited to, BR's, NBR's, S's, HR1 and HR2's, NBR1 and NBR2's, and loops (see FIG. 9 ).
- the formats can include nucleotide loop or non-nucleotide loops as part of a stem-loop structure or attached at the 3′ or 5′ ends directly.
- the formats can be produced as multimers and can include single and double-stranded regions such as those shown in format C2.
- the chimeric molecules of the invention can also include any of the modifications discussed herein and/or under the heading “Modifications”.
- chimeric miRNA inhibitors are produced that have parts of conjugated antisense inhibitors coupled with parts of multimeric inhibitors.
- parts of the multimeric inhibitor can be combined with a 3′ or 5′ non-nucleotide loop.
- chimeric inhibitors having parts of the hairpin inhibitors mixed with parts of the multimeric inhibitors are envisioned.
- multimeric inhibitors having 5′ or 3′ hairpin structures can be produced and used for inhibition of the microRNAs in the cell.
- chimeric inhibitors can target one or more targets within a cell or sample.
- compositions of miRNA inhibitors for use in miRNA inhibition can include any combinations or mixtures of the formats discussed herein.
- combinations can include hairpin inhibitors (with nucleotide or non-nucleotide loops) mixed with conjugated antisense inhibitors and/or multimeric inhibitors.
- combinations can include mixtures of different types of hairpin inhibitors that are complementary to the same target.
- mixtures of miRNA inhibitors with a 5′ loop (5′ hairpin) and miRNA inhibitors with a 3′ loop (3′ hairpin) can be used. Having the loop at the 5′ end of the hairpin inhibitors can provide certain advantages over having the loop at the 3′ end of the hairpin inhibitor (and vice versa). Thus, having a mixture of the two can be particularly advantageous in some circumstances.
- composition of the nucleic acid inhibitory molecules of the invention can vary greatly and can include homogeneous nucleic acids (e.g., all RNA), heterogeneous nucleic acids, (e.g., RNA and DNA), modified nucleic acids, and unmodified nucleic acids.
- nucleic acid molecules of the invention include a mixture of modified and unmodified RNA and/or DNA.
- any modification without limitation can be used for the nucleic acid inhibitory molecules of the invention provided they do not inactivate the inhibitory molecules.
- the position of the modification can vary with respect to the following: The position or positions within the strand (i.e., the nucleotide position or positions within the strand or strands), the positions of the nucleotide(s) that are modified (e.g. the sugar and/or the base), the region of the inhibitory nucleic acid that is modified (e.g., the target binding region), the number of modifications in a specific nucleic acid molecule, and what the modification accomplishes (e.g., increased binding, stability, resistance to RNase, etc.).
- modifications can enhance binding of nucleic acid inhibitory molecules to their target sequences.
- modifications can enhance cellular uptake (e.g., endocytosis) of the nucleic acid inhibitor.
- modifications can cause specific cellular uptake to a specific cell or tissue.
- modifications can enhance cell penetration of the nucleic acid inhibitor.
- modifications can enhance cell or tissue localization of the nucleic acid inhibitor.
- modifications can enhance facilitated diffusion of the nucleic acid inhibitor.
- modifications can enhance cellular trafficking of the nucleic acid inhibitor.
- modifications can enhance binding of the stem structure, thus creating a stable stem loop structure.
- modifications can reduce the chance of degradation of the nucleic acid inhibitor within a cell or tissue. In some embodiments, modifications can reduce non-specific binding of the nucleic acid inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance binding of the double stranded regions of a multimeric inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance inhibitor detection of the nucleic acid inhibitor, for example, by adding a tag or detection agent, such as a fluorophore or a radioactive moiety.
- a tag or detection agent such as a fluorophore or a radioactive moiety.
- modifications can be found on any one or more regions on the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule. With reference to FIG. 9 , these can include, but are not limited to: a non-binding region (NBR), a binding region (BR), a spacer (S), a homology region (HR), or a loop (nucleotide or non-nucleotide).
- NBR non-binding region
- BR binding region
- S spacer
- HR homology region
- modifications are a 5′ and/or 3′ modification.
- modifications are nucleoside modifications.
- modifications are base modifications.
- modifications are modifications to a non-nucleotide loop.
- modifications are to 1 or more nucleotides within one or more regions within the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule.
- the modification may be to between 1 and 25 nucleotides, including 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24 nucleotides.
- modifications are to every other nucleotide.
- every nucleotide in the specified region is modified.
- all of the nucleotides of the spacer region are modified.
- all of the nucleotides that comprise both the homologous regions and the target binding regions are modified.
- all of the nucleotides that comprise both the homologous regions and the target binding regions are 2′OMe modified.
- modifications include the addition of a nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop.
- a nucleotide loop when added, it is included as a stem-loop structure.
- a non-nucleotide loop is composed of one or more of the following: polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG3, PEG4, PEG5, PEG6, PEG7, PEG8, PEG9, or PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, derivatives thereof and any combination thereof.
- polyethylene glycol e.g., PEG3, PEG4, PEG5, PEG6, PEG7, PEG
- the non-nucleotide loop contains a fluorescent dye.
- the fluorescent dye is CYANINETM 5 dye, CYANINETM 3 dye, or an Alexa Fluor emitter.
- the non-nucleotide loop is composed of polyethylene glycol (PEG), fluorescent dye, and a steroid.
- nucleic acid molecules of the invention can include one or more modifications, including but not limited to: 2′-O-alkyl modifications such as 2′-O-methyl modifications, 2′-orthoester modifications, 2′ halogen modifications (2′-fluoro), LNAs (locked nucleic acids), LNA derivatives (LNA-like molecules), dithiol, amino acids, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, sugars, carbohydrates, lipids (e.g., cholesterol) polymers (e.g., PEG), nucleotides, polynucleotides, phosphorothioates, targeted small molecules, fluorescent tags, radioactive labels, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
- 2′-O-alkyl modifications such as 2′-O-methyl modifications, 2′-orthoester modifications, 2′ halogen modifications (2′-fluoro), LNAs (locked nucleic acids), LNA derivatives (LNA-like molecules), dithiol, amino acids, peptides, polypeptides,
- nucleic acid molecules can include modifications chosen from DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′Oallyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′fluoro, 2′arabino, 2′xylo, 2′fluoroarabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, combinations thereof and derivatives thereof.
- the modification comprises at least one or more alkyl groups.
- Alkyl groups can comprise moieties that are linear, branched, cyclic and/or heterocyclic, and contain functional groups such as ethers, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, etc.
- alkyl groups include but are not limited to substituted and unsubstituted groups of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodcecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl and alkyl groups of higher number of carbons as well as 2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylbutyl, 2,4-diethylpropyl, 3-propylbutyl, 2,8-dibutyldecyl, 6,6-dimethyloctyl, 6-propyl-6-butyloctyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl
- substitutions within alkyl groups can include any atom or group that can be tolerated in the alkyl moiety, including but not limited to halogens, sulfurs, thiols, thioethers, thioesters, amines (primary, secondary, or tertiary), amides, ethers, esters, alcohols and oxygen.
- the alkyl groups can by way of example also comprise modifications such as azo groups, keto groups, aldehyde groups, carboxyl groups, nitro, nitrosos or nitrile groups, heterocycles such as imidazole, hydrazino or hydroxylamino groups, isocyanate or cyanate groups, and sulfur containing groups such as sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfide, and disulfide.
- alkyl groups do not comprise halogens, sulfurs, thiols, thioethers, thioesters, amines, amides, ethers, esters, alcohols, oxygen, derivatives thereof and/or the modifications listed above.
- alkyl groups can also contain hetero substitutions, which are substitutions of carbon atoms, by for example, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
- Heterocyclic substitutions refer to alkyl rings having one or more heteroatoms. Examples of heterocyclic moieties include but are not limited to morpholine, imidazole, and pyrrolidino.
- modifications can enhance binding to the target nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, such modifications are within the target binding region of the inhibitory molecules of the invention. In some embodiments, the binding of the nucleic acid inhibitor is enhanced as compared to binding of the unmodified nucleic acid inhibitory molecule to its target. In some embodiments, binding is increased compared to binding to its RNA target. In some embodiments, binding is increased compared to binding to its DNA target.
- RNA or DNA examples include but are not limited to: 2′-O-alkyl modified ribonucleotides, 2′-O-methyl ribonucleotides, 2′-orthoester modifications (including but not limited to 2′-bis(hydroxyl ethyl), and 2′ halogen modifications and locked nucleic acids (LNAs and LNA-like molecules).
- binding can be enhanced by changing the sequence of a region, for example, by including more G and C bases.
- binding can be increased by increasing the CG content of a region.
- the sequence can be changed to include more cytosines and more guanines.
- modifications can enhance cellular uptake of the nucleic acid inhibitor, specifically or nonspecifically.
- a 3′-terminal cholesterol group appears to aid delivery of inhibitors to cells (Forstemann, et al., 2007 , Cell, v. 130, p.287-29′7).
- cholesterol conjugation may also have properties that further enhance inhibitor activity, such as improved intracellular escape from lipsomes, relocalization of the targeted miRNAs or enhancement of inhibitor stability.
- Exemplary modifications that can enhance cellular uptake include but are not limited to: 3′Chl A (3′ cholesterol), 3′ Chl P (3′ cholesterol), or phosphorothioates.
- Antisense inhibitors with complete phosphorothioate backbones have been used previously and show no toxicity in mice or primates (Elmén et al, 2008, Nature, v. 452, p.896-900; Elmén et al, 2008 , Nucl. Acids Res., v. 36, p.1153-1162).
- the invention thus includes inhibitory molecules which are capable of crossing cell membranes.
- Such molecules will typically be nucleic acid molecules that are associated with one or more non-nucleic acid molecules.
- nucleic acid molecules with a double-stranded region wherein the complementary regions are connected by a hydrophilic chemical group or collection of groups.
- a loop region of a miRNA inhibitor may (1) be hydrophilic and/or (2) contain hydrophilic groups and/or regions.
- the loop may be composed of polyethylene glycol covalently linked to one or more (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, etc.) steroid molecules (e.g., cholesterol, ergosterol, lanosterol, etc., as well as derivatives thereof).
- steroid molecules e.g., cholesterol, ergosterol, lanosterol, etc., as well as derivatives thereof.
- other hydrophobic molecules may be present (e.g., lipids such as fatty acyls, sphingolipids, prenol lipids, etc.).
- the invention includes methods for delivering inhibitory molecules to cells, as well as the inhibitory molecules themselves. Typically, such inhibitory molecules will contain a hydrophobic group and/or region.
- Additional lipophilic moieties which can be used for delivery of inhibitory molecules include oleyl, retinyl, cholesteryl residues, cholic acid, adamantane acetic acid, 1-pyrene butyric acid, dihydrotestosterone, 1,3-Bis-O(hexadecyl)glycerol, geranyloxyhexyl group, hexadecylglycerol, borneol, menthol, 1,3-propanediol, heptadecyl group, palmitic acid, myristic acid, O3-(oleoyl)lithocholic acid, O3-(oleoyl)cholenic acid, dimethoxytrityl, or phenoxazine. Additional compounds, and methods of use, are set out in US Patent Publication Nos. 2010/0076056, 2009/0247608 and 2009/0131360, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- modifications can enhance resistance to cellular enzymes, such as RNases and DNases.
- RNases and DNases For example, 2′-O-Me oligonucleotides have been shown to be resistant to cleavage by RNase A, RISC and other cellular ribonucleases (Hutvagner et al., 2004 , PLoS Biol. v. 2, p. E98; Meister et al., 2004 , RNA, v. 10, p.544-550).
- Modifications providing resistance of the nucleic acid inhibitors to nucleases include, but are not limited to, 2′-O-Me, phosphorothioates, LNA (LNA-like molecules), ENA, 2′-MOE, 2′-F, and FANA.
- one or more nucleotide and/or nucleic acid molecules can be detectably labeled by well known techniques.
- Detectable labels include, for example, radioactive isotopes, fluorescent labels, chemiluminescent labels, bioluminescent labels and enzyme labels.
- Such labeled nucleic acid molecules can be used as controls to determine uptake efficiency.
- the detectable label is a fluorescent molecule.
- the detectable label is a fluorescent (e.g., FITC) or chemiluminescent fluorophore.
- fluorescent labels, nucleic acid molecules, and methods suitable for determining, for example, transfection efficiency are disclosed in US Patent Publication No. 2006/0009409, the entire disclosures of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- inhibitory molecules can act as miRNA inhibitors and/or inactivators in a variety of ways. Without being bound by any one theory as to why inhibitors of the invention perform as inhibitors, they can act by preventing transcription cleavage and/or by inhibiting translation attenuation.
- a target miRNA can silence its respective target gene by inducing either transcript cleavage (e.g., in cases where the mature miRNA and target sequence are 100% complementary) or translation attenuation (e.g., in cases where the mature miRNA and target sequence are less than 100% complementary).
- the miRNA inhibitors of the invention can act by inhibiting either of these actions by the miRNA.
- inhibitory molecules e g., inhibitory nucleic acid molecules
- the inhibitory molecules can be synthesized by any method that is now known, will be identified in the future, or is included in this disclosure a person of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate would be useful to synthesize the embodiments taught herein.
- inhibitory molecules of the invention can be chemically synthesized using compositions and methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,889,136, 6,008,400, 6,111,086, and 6,590,093, which are all incorporated by reference herein.
- Synthesis methods can include nucleoside base protected 5′-O-silyl-2′-O-orthoester-3′-O-phosphoramidites to assemble the desired unmodified oligonucleotide sequences on a solid support in the 3′ to 5′ direction.
- miRNA inhibitors can be chemically synthesized using standard phosphoramidite-based nucleoside monomers and established solid phase oligomerization cycles according to Beaucage, S. L. and Iyer, R. P. ( Tetrahedron, 1993 (49) 6123 ; Tetrahedron, 1992 (48) 2223). Purification of the individual oligonucleotides for in vitro screening can be carried out using high throughput desalting and alcohol precipitation techniques.
- oligonucleotides Purification of the individual oligonucleotides for in vivo screening can be performed with either anion exchange or reverse-phase prep HPLC and oligonucleotides can be desalted using a semi-permeable membrane.
- Analytical HPLC ion exchange or reverse-phase
- MALDI mass spectrometry can be used for determining oligonucleotide identity
- UV spectroscopy can be used for quantitative determination of inhibitors.
- C cytidine
- the substituted nucleobase can be a 5′methylated cytidine residue.
- uridine (U) nucleoside When a uridine (U) nucleoside is modified as a bicyclo-sugar, the substituted nucleobase can be a thymine (T) residue.
- inhibitory molecules can be synthesized with an array of conjugates for enhancing delivery or allowing visualization of the molecule in a cell or organism.
- exemplary conjugates for delivery include, but are not limited to: cholesterol, folate, PET, peptides, proteins, sugars, carbohydrates, and moieties or combinations of moieties that enhance cellular uptake.
- Additional conjugates can include fluorescent labels, such as fluoroscein, lissamine, phycoerythrin, etc., radioactive labels, or mass labels. All of the before-mentioned conjugates or labels can be associated with the 5′ or 3′ end of the inhibitory molecule or can be conjugated to internal regions.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used for inhibiting or inactivating short non-coding RNAs.
- inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used for inhibiting or inactivating long non-coding RNAs, and small non-coding RNAs (e.g., miRNAs, piRNAs, and/or siRNAs) in any cell, tissue, or organism
- Inhibitory molecules can be used in basic research, for treatment of a disease, and for modeling a disease.
- Inhibitory molecules can be used to inhibit miRNA and/or piRNAs of the human genome implicated in diseases, such as diabetes, Alzheimer's and cancer, and miRNA and/or piRNAs associated with the genomes of pathogens (e.g., viruses, bacteria, protozoa).
- pathogens e.g., viruses, bacteria, protozoa
- inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used in RNA interference applications, such as diagnostics, prophylactics, and therapeutics. This can include using inhibitors in the manufacture of a medicament for prevention and/or treatment of animals, such as mammals (e.g., humans). In particular, inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used to reverse the action of long non-coding RNAs, siRNAs, miRNAs, or piRNAs in disease or therapy.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used in a diverse set of applications, including basic research.
- inhibitory molecules can be used to validate whether one or more miRNAs or targets of miRNA can be involved in cell maintenance, cell differentiation, development, or a target for drug discovery or development.
- Inhibitory molecules that are specific for inhibiting a particular miRNA are introduced into a cell or organism and the cell or organism is maintained under conditions that allow for specific inhibition of the targeted molecule. The extent of any decreased expression or activity of the target is then measured along with the effect of such decreased expression or activity, and a determination is made that if expression or activity is decreased, then the target is an agent for drug discovery or development. In this manner, phenotyically desirable effects can be associated with inhibition of particular targets, and in appropriate cases toxicity and pharmacokinetic studies can be undertaken and therapeutic preparations developed.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used for loss of function studies in any cell type or tissue to identify if certain targets are involved in disease and/or differentiation.
- Inhibitory molecules can be used with diverse cell types, such as primary cells, germ cell lines, and somatic cells.
- the cell types can be embryonic cells, oocytes, sperm cells, adipocytes, fibroblasts, myocytes, cardiomyocytes, endothelium, neurons, glia, blood cells, megakaryocytes, lymphocytes, macrophages, neutrophyls, eosinophils, basophils, mast cells, leukocytes, granulocytes, keratinocytes, chondrocytes, osteoblasts, osteoclasts, hepatocytes and cells of the endocrine or exocrine glands.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used in vivo using methods and modifications known to those of skill in the art.
- inhibitory molecules can contain modifications that aid delivery, uptake, and/or survival intracellularly. Methods of modifying inhibitory molecules for use in vivo are presented in the section entitled “Modifications.” Further delivery reagents can be used to enhance uptake and/or delivery of the inhibitors, such as cationic lipids, and lipid-like delivery agents (Semple, et al, 2010 , Nature Biotech. January 17, p.1-′7; Love et al, 2010 , PNAS, v. 107, p.1-6).
- Inhibitory molecules can be used as a diagnostic or characterization tool.
- miRNA inhibitors inhibitory molecules which block miRNA function
- miRNA inhibition of a sample of primary cells from a patient can be used to identify the best course of treatment for the specific patient.
- inhibitory molecules can be used to inhibit a broad range of miRNAs, piRNAs, long non-coding RNAs and siRNAs.
- inhibitory molecules can be used to inhibit miRNA and/or piRNAs of the human genome implicated in diseases, such as diabetes (Poy et al., Nature 2004, v.432, p. 226-230), Alzheimer's and cancer, and miRNA and/or piRNAs associated with the genomes of pathogens (e.g., pathogenic viruses).
- inhibitory molecules discussed herein can be used to treat cancers.
- Matsuhara et al. Oncogene 2007, v. 26, p. 6099-6015
- Bommer et al. and colleagues Curr. Biol., 2007, v. 17, p. 1290-1307
- Ma et al. (Nature 2007, v.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used to inhibit single or multiple targets simultaneously. This can be affected by introducing pools of inhibitory molecules targeting different molecules to inhibit different targets. Alternatively, this can be affected by including more than one target in the target binding region of a single inhibitor. Different types of inhibitors can be pooled together, e.g., (i) miRNA inhibitory molecules of one design (e.g., hairpin) can be pooled with miRNA inhibitory molecules of another design (e.g., multimer), (ii) miRNA inhibitors with siRNAs, shRNA, or antisense oligos, or ribozymes, and/or deoxyribozymes can be pooled, (iii) inhibitors targeting microRNAs and inhibitors targeting other short non-coding RNAs can be pooled Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used to inhibit targets including but not limited to: miR-20a, miR-17-5p, miR-34, miR-10b, miR-21, miR-32, miR15, miR34
- HMDD human miRNA-associated disease database
- HMDD is a publicly accessible website (cmbi.bjmu.edu.cn/hmdd).
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be administered to a cell, by any method known to one of skill in the art.
- inhibitory molecules can be passively delivered to cells. Passive uptake can be modulated, for example, by the presence of a conjugate such as a polyethylene glycol moiety or a cholesterol moiety or any other hydrophobic moiety associated with the 5′ terminus, the 3′ terminus, or internal regions of the inhibitor.
- inhibitor delivery include, but are not limited to transfection techniques (e.g., using forward for reverse transfection techniques) employing DEAE-Dextran, calcium phosphate, cationic lipids/liposomes, microinjection, electroporation, immunoporation, and coupling of the inhibitors to specific conjugates or ligands such as antibodies, peptides, antigens, or receptors.
- Other methods include the use of delivery reagents can be enhance uptake and/or delivery of the inhibitors, such as cationic lipids, and lipid-like delivery agents (Semple, et al, 2010, Nature Biotech. January 17, p.1-7; Love et al, 2010, PNAS, v.107, p.1-6).
- Other methods include complexing the inhibitor with a lipid.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be administered in a dosage that is therapeutically effective to reduce symptoms of a disease, to reduce the amount and/or symptoms of a pathogen, and or to reduce the amount of siRNAs, long non-coding RNAs, miRNAs, and/or piRNAs that are being targeted.
- the dosages can vary from micrograms per kilogram to hundreds of milligrams per kilogram of a subject. As is known in the art, dosage will vary according to the mass of the mammal receiving the dose, the nature of the mammal receiving the dose, the severity of the disease or disorder, and the stability of the medicament in the serum of the subject, among other factors well known to persons of ordinary skill in the art.
- Results of the treatment can be ameliorative, palliative, prophylactic, and/or diagnostic of a particular disease or disorder.
- Suitable dosing regimens can be determined by, for example, administering varying amounts of one or more inhibitors in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluents by a pharmaceutically acceptable delivery route, and the amount of drug accumulated in the body of the recipient organism can be determined at various times following administration. Similarly the desired effect can be measured at various times following administration of the inhibitor and this data can be correlated with other pharmacokinetic data such as body or organ accumulation. Those of ordinary skill can determine optimum dosages, dosing regimens, and the like.
- the inhibitors can be administered in combination with other pharmaceuticals for treatment of a disease.
- inhibitory molecules can be administered to a patient that has been exposed to a disease and/or to keep a patient from getting a disease they will be exposed to (proactively).
- Inhibitory molecules can be administered using any route of administration known to one of skill in the art.
- inhibitory molecules can be administered in a cream or ointment topically, an oral preparation such as a capsule or tablet or suspension or solution, and the like.
- the route of administration can be intravenous intramuscular, dermal, subdermal, cutaneous, subcutaneous, intranasal, oral, rectal, by eye drops, by tissue implantation of a device that releases the inhibitor at an advantageous location, such as near an organ or tissue or cell type harboring a target nucleic acid of interest.
- the method of assessing the level of inhibition or inactivation is not limited. Thus, the effects of any inhibitory molecules can be studied by one of any number of procedures. Methods include, but are not limited to, the biological assay 1 or 2 herein (Examples 1-6), Northern analysis, RT PCR, expression profiling, and others. In some methods, a vector or plasmid encoding a reporter whose protein is easily assayed is used. The vector or plasmid is modified to contain the target site (e.g., the reverse complement of the mature long non-coding RNA, miRNA, piRNA, or siRNA) in the 5′ UTR, ORF, or 3′UR of the sequence.
- the target site e.g., the reverse complement of the mature long non-coding RNA, miRNA, piRNA, or siRNA
- Such reporter genes include but are not limited to alkaline phosphatase (AP), beta galactosidease (LacZ), chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), green fluorescent protein (GFP), variants of luciferase (Luc), and deriviatives thereof.
- endogenous (or exogenously added) miRNAs target the reporter mRNA for silencing (e.g., either by transcript cleavage or translation attenuation) thus leading to an overall low level of reporter expression.
- miRNA, piRNA, or siRNA mediated targeting is suppressed, thus giving rise to a heightened level of reporter expression.
- the invention also provides molecules which are capable of “self-delivery”.
- Self-delivery refers to the ability of a molecule to efficiently cross a cell membrane in the absence of the addition of a transfection reagent (e.g., 293FECTINTM, OPTIFECTTM, LIPOFECTIN®, LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000, etc.).
- a transfection reagent e.g., 293FECTINTM, OPTIFECTTM, LIPOFECTIN®, LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000, etc.
- Self-delivery may also be measured based upon a functional effect resulting from entry into a cell by the molecule (e.g., induction of apoptosis).
- Self-delivery may be in vitro or in vivo. Examples of in vitro self-delivery include instances where cells in a well of a microtiter or in a culture medium flask are exposed to molecules which efficiently cross the cell membrane in the absence of a transfection reagent.
- nucleic acid molecules of the invention are generally not desirable to introduce molecules (e.g., nucleic acid molecules of the invention) into multicellular organisms (e.g., animals) in conjunction with a transfection reagent. Further, it is generally desirable to introduce the fewest possible number of compound, for example, into the blood stream of an animal required to achieve the desired goal (e.g., inhibition of miRNA function).
- the invention provides molecules which are designed to allow for in vivo self-delivery.
- molecules which are capable of self-delivery will contain a hydrophobic region, hydrophobic chemical entity or set of hydrophobic chemical entities. Further, when present, hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be located anywhere on the molecules and may be attached to the molecules either covalently or non-covalently.
- hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be located, for examples, on the 3′ terminus (attached to a hydroxyl group or a phosphate group) and/or 5′ terminus (attached to a hydroxyl group or a phosphate group). Further, hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be located in one or more loop region or attached to the sugar backbone of a stem (e.g., any one, two, three or all four stem regions) or the binding region. Thus, as an example, the invention includes molecules which contain hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities located at the 3′terminus, loop 1, and loop 2.
- the number of hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities associated with each molecule capable of self-delivery can vary widely based upon factors such as the desired hydrophobic character of the final molecule and locations which contain the hydrophobic regions or entities. In specific embodiments, from about one to about fifty (e.g., from about one to about forty, from about one to about thirty, from about one to about twenty, from about one to about ten, from about two to about fifteen, from about two to about five, from about three to about eight, from about four to about ten, etc.) hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be present on each molecule capable of self-delivery. These numbers may refer to averages of hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities present on each molecule.
- Hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be either directly or indirectly (e.g., through a linker) linked to a group of a nucleic acid molecule.
- a linker for example, in example 7 multimeric inhibitors are described.
- Sterols or any other hydrophobic groups can be attached for example to the bridging, non-functional oligonucleotide, while the functional oligonucleotide with the antisense region-targeting miRNA-could be unmodified
- One example of such a group is the 2′ OH of ribose.
- multiple (e.g., from about two to about twenty, from about two to about fifteen, from about two to about ten, from about two to about five, from about two to about three, from about three to about ten, from about four to about ten, etc.) groups of a nucleic acid molecule may contain the same or different hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities, some, all or none or which may be connected to the nucleic acid molecule through one or more linkers.
- a specified percentage e.g., from about 10% to about 100%, from about 20% to about 100%, from about 30% to about 100%, from about 40% to about 100%, from about 50% to about 100%, from about 10% to about 20%, from about 10% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 40%, from about 10% to about 50%, etc.
- a specified percentage of the nucleosides present may contain the same or different hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities.
- Hydrophobic chemical entities employed in the practice of the invention include lipids (e.g., steroids).
- lipids can be simple lipids (esters of fatty acids with various alcohols); complex lipids such as phospholipids and glycolipids; derived lipids such as fatty acids, higher alcohols, lipid soluble vitamins, steroids, and hydrocarbons.
- the lipid may be a derived lipid, such as a fatty acid having from about 6 to about 50 (e.g., from about 10 to about 22, from about 12 to about 18, from about 6 to about 22, from about 6 to about 40, from about 10 to about 40, from about 20 to about 40, from about 20 to about 50, etc.) carbon atoms.
- fatty acids which may be used in the practice of the invention include lauric acid, stearic acid, myristic acid, and palmitic acid.
- lipid conjugates such as cardiolipin, ceramides, and sphingolipids which can be attached to oligonucleotides.
- steroids include cholesterol, acebrochol, androsterone, 5-beta-cholanic acid, progesterone, aldosterone, dehydroaldosterone, isoandrosterone, esterone, estradiol, ergosterol, dehydroergosterol, lanosterol, 4-cholesten-3-one, guggulsterone, testosterone, nortestosterone, formestane, hydroxyecdysone, ketoestriol, corticosterone, dienestrol, dihydroxypregnanone, pregnanone, copornmon, equilenin, equilin, estriol, ethinylestradiol, mestranol, moxestrol, mytatrienediol, quinestradiol, quinestrol, helvolic acid, protostadiene, fusidic acid, cycloartenol, tricallol, cu
- Hydrophobic chemical entities employed in the practice of the invention include hydrocarbons with alkyl groups.
- alkyl refers to a hydrocarbyl moiety that can be saturated or unsaturated, and substituted or unsubstituted. It may comprise moieties that are linear, branched, cyclic and/or heterocyclic, and contain functional groups such as ethers, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, etc.
- alkyl groups include but are not limited to substituted and unsubstituted groups of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl and alkyl groups of higher number of carbons, as well as 2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylbutyl, 2,4-diethylpropyl, 3-propylbutyl, 2,8-dibutyldecyl, 6,6-dimethyloctyl, 6-propyl-6-butyloctyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl
- substitutions within alkyl groups can include any atom or group that can be tolerated in the alkyl moiety, including but not limited to halogens, sulfurs, thiols, thioethers, thioesters, amines (primary, secondary, or tertiary), amides, ethers, esters, alcohols and oxygen.
- alkyl groups can, by way of example, also comprise modifications such as azo groups, keto groups, aldehyde groups, carboxyl groups, nitro, nitroso or nitrile groups, heterocycles such as imidazole, hydrazino or hydroxylamino groups, isocyanate or cyanate groups, and sulfur containing groups such as sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfide, and disulfide.
- Alkyl groups may contain halogens, sulfurs, thiols, thioethers, thioesters, amines, amides, ethers, esters, alcohols, oxygen, or the modifications listed above.
- alkyl groups may also contain hetero substitutions, which are substitutions of carbon atoms, by, for example, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
- Heterocyclic substitutions refer to alkyl rings having one or more heteroatoms. Examples of heterocyclic moieties include but are not limited to morpholino, imidazole, and pyrrolidino.
- Alkyl groups may contain hetero substitutions or alkyl rings with one or more heteroatoms (i.e., heterocyclic substitutions).
- Unmodified nucleic acid molecules have some ability to cross cell membranes. Thus, self-delivery refers to an increased ability to enter cells.
- Uptake can be measured from the quantitative perspective of the total amount of a molecule taken up or the qualitative perspective of functional activity associated with uptake.
- Qualitative uptake may not exactly correlate with quantitative uptake because the functional activities of molecules capable of self-delivery may vary from those not capable of self-delivery.
- Functional activities of two molecules can be compared by measurement of (1) total uptake of each molecule and (2) resulting activity. By such methods one can determine quantitative uptake from functional activity.
- nucleic acid molecules capable of self-delivery may be taken up by cells more than 40% (e.g., from about 40% to about 90%, from about 50% to about 90%, from about 60% to about 90%, from about 70% to about 90%, from about 75% to about 90%, from about 50% to about 98%, from about 60% to about 99%, from about 70% to about 99%, etc.) more efficiently than unmodified nucleic acid molecules (e.g., nucleic acid molecules represented in FIG. 1 ).
- the invention provides nucleic acid molecules capable of self-delivery which are taken up at least 75% more efficiently than otherwise identical unmodified nucleic acid molecules. Quantification of uptake will generally be determined by quantification of the numbers of individual molecules (e.g., moles) present in cells.
- the invention provides, in part, molecules which may be administered to a multicellular organism (e.g., a plant or animal) to achieve a specific intracellular effect (e.g., the inhibition of the function of a specific miRNA, such as MiR-122).
- a specific intracellular effect e.g., the inhibition of the function of a specific miRNA, such as MiR-122.
- sterol conjugated molecules of the invention can be administered to animals, with the measurement of effect in a distant organ (i.e., liver in this instance).
- the invention provides methods for the systemic and organ specific delivery of molecules of the invention.
- the invention further provides methods for the treatment of disease.
- the invention thus includes methods for delivering nucleic acid inhibitory molecules of the invention to cells of a multicellular organism. Such delivery may be local or systemic.
- nucleic acid molecules e.g., nucleic acid molecules of the invention
- Local delivery has the advantage of lessening potential side effects resulting from systemic administration. Further, local administration avoids first-pass hepatic clearance making it more likely that the therapeutic concentration is reached at the target site in sufficient concentrations to achieve the desired effect.
- Local delivery can be generally categorized into five main groups: mucosal (intranasal, intratracheal, intravaginal and intrarectal), intraocular, transdermal, intrathecal and intratumoral, any of which may be used in the practice of the invention. Local delivery also has the advantage that transfection reagents can often be readily used with limited effect on multicellular organisms. Thus, self-delivering and non-self-delivering may be easily used.
- Systemic administration may be used to deliver nucleic acid molecules (e.g., nucleic acid molecules of the invention). In many instances, such delivery would be for the treatment of diseases (e.g., cancer, metabolic disorders, etc.) where the target sites are not easily accessible to local administration.
- Systemic administration can be performed through, for examples, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injections. Intravenous administration, as an example, is the widely used, simple with respect to procedure, and results in rapid distribution of administered agent to various tissue sites.
- the invention thus includes methods for administering and method involving administration of molecules of the invention to multicellular organisms (e.g., animals), as well as composition used in such administration.
- methods include method of treating afflictions/diseases.
- the invention further includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising molecules of the invention, as well as admixtures comprising molecules of the invention and additional compounds for administration to multicellular organisms (e.g., buffers, excipients, etc).
- additional compounds for administration to multicellular organisms e.g., buffers, excipients, etc.
- the invention includes compositions comprising (1) one or more molecules of the invention and (2) an excipient formulation, as well as methods for preparing such compositions and methods for administering such compounds to multicellular organisms.
- excipients include polymers such as cyclodextrins, lipids, cationic lipids, polyamines, phospholipids, nanoparticles, receptors, ligands, and others.
- molecules of the invention as delivered to multicellular organisms as components of compositions including, for example, aqueous and nonaqueous gels, creams, multiple emulsions, microemulsions, liposomes, ointments, aqueous and nonaqueous solutions, lotions, aerosols, hydrocarbon bases and powders, and can contain excipients such as solubilizers, permeation enhancers (e.g., fatty acids, fatty acid esters, fatty alcohols and amino acids), and hydrophilic polymers (e.g., polycarbophil and polyvinylpyrolidone).
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is used such as a liposome or a transdermal enhancer.
- Exemplary delivery systems of the invention include patches, tablets, suppositories, pessaries, gels and creams, and can contain excipients such as solubilizers and enhancers (e.g., propylene glycol, bile salts and amino acids), and other vehicles (e.g., polyethylene glycol, fatty acid esters and derivatives, and hydrophilic polymers such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and hyaluronic acid).
- solubilizers and enhancers e.g., propylene glycol, bile salts and amino acids
- other vehicles e.g., polyethylene glycol, fatty acid esters and derivatives, and hydrophilic polymers such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and hyaluronic acid.
- Molecules of the invention may be formulated or complexed with polyethylenimine (e.g., linear or branched PEI) and/or polyethylenimine derivatives, including for example grafted PEIs such as galactose PEI, cholesterol PEI, antibody derivatized PEI, and polyethylene glycol PEI (PEG-PEI) derivatives thereof (see for example Ogris et al., 2001 , AAPA Pharm. Sci., 3, 1-11; Furgeson et al., 2003 , Bioconjugate Chem., 14, 840-847; Kunath et al., 2002 , Pharmaceutical Research, 19, 810-817; Choi et al., 2001 , Bull. Korean Chem.
- polyethylenimine e.g., linear or branched PEI
- polyethylenimine derivatives including for example grafted PEIs such as galactose PEI, cholesterol PEI, antibody derivatized PEI, and polyethylene
- Molecule of the invention comprises a bioconjugate, for example a nucleic acid conjugate as described in Vargeese et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0130186 A1, U.S. Pat. No. 6,528,631; U.S. Pat. No. 6,335,434; U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,886; U.S. Pat. No. 6,153,737; U.S. Pat. No. 5,214,136; U.S. Pat. No. 5,138,045, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- a bioconjugate for example a nucleic acid conjugate as described in Vargeese et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0130186 A1, U.S. Pat. No. 6,528,631; U.S. Pat. No. 6,335,434; U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,886; U.S. Pat. No. 6,153,737;
- the invention features a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more molecules of the invention in an acceptable carrier, such as a stabilizer, buffer, and the like.
- Molecules of the invention can be administered and introduced to a subject by any standard means, with or without stabilizers, buffers, and the like, to form a pharmaceutical composition.
- standard protocols for formation of liposomes can be followed.
- the compositions of the present invention can also be formulated and used as creams, gels, sprays, oils and other suitable compositions for topical, dermal, or transdermal administration as is known in the art.
- the present invention also includes pharmaceutically acceptable formulations of the compounds described.
- formulations include salts of the above compounds, e.g., acid addition salts, for example, salts of hydrochloric, hydrobromic, acetic acid, and benzene sulfonic acid.
- a pharmacological composition or formulation includes compositions or formulations in forms suitable for administration, e.g., systemic or local administration, into a cell or subject, including for example a human. Suitable forms, in part, depend upon the use or the route of entry, for example oral, transdermal, or by injection. Such forms should not prevent the composition or formulation from reaching a target cell (i.e., a cell to which the negatively charged nucleic acid is desirable for delivery). For example, pharmacological compositions injected into the blood stream should be soluble. Other factors are known in the art, and include considerations such as toxicity and forms that prevent the composition or formulation from exerting its effect.
- Molecules of the invention may be administered to subjects by systemic administration in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition or formulation.
- Systemic administration includes in vivo systemic absorption or accumulation of drugs in the blood stream followed by distribution throughout the entire body. Administration routes that lead to systemic absorption include, without limitation: intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, inhalation, oral, intrapulmonary and intramuscular. Each of these administration routes may be used to expose molecules of the invention to an accessible diseased tissue.
- a liposome or other drug carrier comprising the compounds of the instant invention can potentially localize molecules of the invention, for example, in certain tissue types, such as the tissues of the reticular endothelial system (RES).
- RES reticular endothelial system
- liposome formulations that can facilitate the association of molecules of the invention with the surface of cells, such as, lymphocytes and macrophages may also be useful. This approach can provide enhanced delivery of molecules of the invention to target cells by taking advantage of the specificity of macrophage and lymphocyte immune recognition of abnormal cells.
- composition a composition or formulation that allows for the effective distribution of molecules of the invention in the physical location most suitable for their desired activity.
- agents suitable for formulation with the molecules of the invention include: P-glycoprotein inhibitors (such as Pluronic P85); biodegradable polymers, such as poly (DL-lactide-coglycolide) microspheres for sustained release delivery (Emerich, D F et al., 1999 , Cell Transplant, 8, 47-58); and loaded nanoparticles, such as those made of polybutylcyanoacrylate.
- delivery strategies for molecules of the invention include material described in Boado et al., 1998 , J.
- the invention also features the use of the composition comprising surface-modified liposomes containing poly (ethylene glycol) lipids (PEG-modified, or long-circulating liposomes or stealth liposomes).
- PEG-modified, or long-circulating liposomes or stealth liposomes These formulations offer a method for increasing the accumulation of drugs in target tissues.
- This class of drug carriers resists opsonization and elimination by the mononuclear phagocytic system (MPS or RES), thereby enabling longer blood circulation times and enhanced tissue exposure for the encapsulated drug (Lasic et al., Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2601-2627; Ishiwata et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1995, 43, 1005-1011).
- liposomes have been shown to accumulate selectively in tumors, presumably by extravasation and capture in the neovascularized target tissues (Lasic et al., Science 1995, 267, 1275-1276; Oku et al., 1995 , Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1238, 86-90).
- the long-circulating liposomes enhance the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of DNA and RNA, particularly compared to conventional cationic liposomes which are known to accumulate in tissues of the MPS (Liu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 42, 24864-24870; Choi et al., International PCT Publication No.
- WO 96/10391 Ansell et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 96/10390; Holland et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 96/10392).
- Long-circulating liposomes are also likely to protect drugs from nuclease degradation to a greater extent compared to cationic liposomes, based on their ability to avoid accumulation in metabolically aggressive MPS tissues such as the liver and spleen.
- compositions prepared for storage or administration that include a pharmaceutically effective amount of the desired compounds in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
- Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co. (A. R. Gennaro edit. 1985), hereby incorporated by reference herein.
- preservatives, stabilizers, dyes and flavoring agents can be provided. These include sodium benzoate, sorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid.
- antioxidants and suspending agents can be used.
- a pharmaceutically effective dose is that dose required to prevent, inhibit the occurrence, or treat of a disease state (e.g., alleviate a symptom or inhibit a disease state mechanism).
- the pharmaceutically effective dose depends on the type of disease, the composition used, the route of administration, the type of mammal being treated, the physical characteristics of the specific mammal under consideration, concurrent medication, and other factors that those skilled in the medical arts will recognize.
- an amount between 0.01 mg/kg and 300 mg/kg body weight/day e.g., from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 5 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 3 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.5 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.1 mg/kg, from about 3 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, from about 2 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, etc.) of active ingredients is administered to achieve the desired physiological effect (e.g., inhibition of microRNA activity).
- the desired physiological effect e.g., inhibition of microRNA activity
- the amount of a molecule of the invention administered to a multicellular organism will vary with the desired and/or required effect.
- treatment of an affliction may require at least 70% inhibition of a microRNA in a specific tissue (e.g., prostate gland tissue).
- the invention includes methods for using molecules of the invention which yield a desired effect.
- the effect can be empirical (remission of a diseases state).
- the effect can also be measured through the measurement of the activity of one or more molecules targeted by molecules of the invention (e.g., microRNAs).
- the invention provides methods for inhibition of target molecule activity within a multicellular organism where activity of one or more target molecules is inhibited by at least 30% (e.g., from about 30% to about 99%, from about 40% to about 99%, from about 50% to about 99%, from about 60% to about 99%, from about 70% to about 99%, from about 80% to about 99%, from about 30% to about 95%, from about 40% to about 95%, from about 60% to about 95%, from about 30% to about 90%, from about 40% to about 90%, from about 50% to about 90%, from about 60% to about 90%, from about 30% to about 85%, from about 40% to about 85%, from about 50% to about 85%, from about 60% to about 85%, from about 70% to about 90%, etc.).
- at least 30% e.g., from about 30% to about 99%, from about 40% to about 99%, from about 50% to about 99%, from about 60% to about 99%, from about 70% to about 99%, from about 80% to about 99%, from about 30% to about 95%, from about 40% to
- Molecules of the invention and formulations thereof can be administered orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray, or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and/or vehicles.
- parenteral as used herein includes percutaneous, subcutaneous, intravascular (e.g., intravenous), intramuscular, or intrathecal injection or infusion techniques and the like.
- a pharmaceutical formulation comprising one or more molecule of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- One or more molecules of the invention can be present in association with one or more non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants, and if desired other active ingredients.
- compositions containing molecules of the invention can be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
- Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in a mixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
- excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydropropyl-methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents can be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example, lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate
- Aqueous suspensions can also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
- preservatives for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
- coloring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
- flavoring agents for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
- sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
- Oily suspensions can be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
- Oily suspensions can contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents and flavoring agents can be added to provide palatable oral preparations. These compositions can be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
- a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerin, glycerin, glycerin, glycerin, glycerin, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, sorbitol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol, glycerol
- compositions of the invention can also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.
- the oily phase can be a vegetable oil or a mineral oil or mixtures of these.
- Suitable emulsifying agents can be naturally-occurring gums, for example gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol, anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- the emulsions can also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
- compositions can be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
- Such suspensions can be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents that have been mentioned above.
- Sterile injectable preparation can also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
- acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- fatty acids such as oleic acid, may be used in the preparation of injectables.
- Molecules of the invention can also be administered in the form of suppositories, e.g., for rectal administration of the drug.
- Such compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
- suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
- Molecules of the invention can be administered parenterally in a sterile medium.
- Molecules of the invention depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or dissolved in the vehicle.
- adjuvants such as local anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can be dissolved in the vehicle.
- Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per subject per day).
- the amount of active ingredient that can be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form varies depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
- Dosage unit forms generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
- molecules of the invention can also be added to the animal feed or drinking water. It can be convenient to formulate the animal feed and drinking water compositions so that the animal takes in a therapeutically appropriate quantity of the composition along with its diet. It can also be convenient to present the composition as a premix for addition to the feed or drinking water.
- Molecules of the invention can also be administered to a subject in combination with other therapeutic compounds to increase the overall therapeutic effect.
- the use of multiple compounds to treat an indication can increase the beneficial effects while reducing the presence of side effects.
- the invention also comprises compositions suitable for administering molecules of the invention to specific cell types.
- ASGPr asialoglycoprotein receptor
- ASOR asialoorosomucoid
- the folate receptor is overexpressed in many cancer cells.
- Binding of such glycoproteins, synthetic glycoconjugates, or folates to the receptor takes place with an affinity that strongly depends on the degree of branching of the oligosaccharide chain, for example, triatennary structures are bound with greater affinity than biatenarry or monoatennary chains (Baenziger and Fiete, 1980 , Cell, 22, 611-620; Connolly et al., 1982 , J. Biol. Chem., 257, 939-945).
- the use of galactose, galactosamine, or folate based conjugates to transport exogenous compounds across cell membranes can provide a targeted delivery approach to, for example, the treatment of liver disease, cancers of the liver, or other cancers.
- the use of bioconjugates can also provide a reduction in the required dose of therapeutic compounds required for treatment.
- therapeutic bioavailability, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetic parameters can be modulated through the use of nucleic acid bioconjugates of the invention.
- Non-limiting examples of such bioconjugates are described in Vargeese et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0130186 A1 and Matulic-Adamic et al., U.S. Pat. No. 7,833,992, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- kits for the inhibition of one or more target nucleic acid molecules i.e., miRNAs
- the kit can be used in any of the methods of using the miRNA inhibitory molecules known or disclosed herein.
- Some embodiments of the kit are used for inhibition of a long non-coding RNA, an miRNA, a piRNA, an siRNA, an mRNA, and/or an rRNA in a cell or organism.
- the kit is used to identify a treatment for a disease or to produce a treatment for a disease in a mammal.
- RNA is designated by a capital letter (A, C, G, U); DNA is designated by a lower case letter (a, c, g, t); 2′OMe modification is designated by italics; locked nucleic acids (LNA) is designated by bold; 2′F is designated by a subscript “f”; phosphorothioate is designated by an underline; C6 amino is designated by a “N”; and 2′O-Propargyl G is designated by a “Y”.
- Table 1B gives the sequences of the complementary sequences (the target sequences)
- Table 1C gives the formats and modifications for the inhibitors
- Table 1D gives the corresponding sequences of the inhibitors.
- the examples use the Homo sapiens (hsa) microRNA sequences hsa Mir21, hsa Mir let 7c, and hsa Mir 122 as the targets and various formats of inhibitory molecules are produced to inactivate and/or inhibit these mRNAs.
- the targets were chosen because they produce high levels of microRNAs, so varying amounts of inhibition can be quantitated.
- the general sequences of the target microRNAs are as follows: Mir-21: 5′-UAGCUUAUCAGACUGAUGUUGA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:144), Let-7a: 5′-UGAGGUAGUAGGUUGUAU A GUU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:145), Let-7c: 5′-UGAGGUAGUAGGUUGUAU G GUU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:146), and Mir-122: 5′-UGGAGUGUGACAAUGGUGUUUG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:147). Note that Let-7C and Let-7a are from the same family and have almost identical sequences. They differ by just one nucleotide shown in bold and highlighted in the sequences. Table 1B shows the specific complementary sequences and modifications used in the assays in the Examples.
- the miRNA inhibitors were chemically synthesized using standard phosphoramidite-based nucleoside monomers and established solid phase oligomerization cycles according to Beaucage, S. L. and Iyer, R. P. ( Tetrahedron, 1993 (49) 6123 ; Tetrahedron, 1992 (48) 2223). RNA phosphoramidites were protected with 2′O-TBDMS groups. Synthesis of oligonucleotides was performed on a BioAutomation MerMadeTM 192 or BioAutomation MerMadeTM 12 synthesizer (BioAutomation Corp, Plano, Tex.).
- Biological Assay 1 and/or 2 were used (see Examples 1 and 3).
- HeLa cells were pre-plated at 10,000 per well in a 96-well plate.
- the next day 0.2 ⁇ l LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000 transfection agent (Life Technologies) was complexed with 40 ng of the luciferase expression plasmid (with the corresponding miRNA binding site for let7c, miR21, or let7a; Life Technologies), 40 ng of the ⁇ Gal expression plasmid and 10, 20 or 100 nM of the microRNA inhibitors (of different designs).
- the DUAL-LIGHT® assay was performed to determine how the microRNA inhibitors were able to up-regulate luciferase expression compared to other commercially available microRNA inhibitors.
- the ⁇ Gal plasmid (Life Technologies) was used to normalize for transfection efficiency.
- the sequences of the microRNA inhibitors that were tested are shown in Table 1C, Table 1D and FIG. 10 .
- the miRNA inhibitors were based on the following target-binding sequences: Anti-mir-21 (synthetic inhibitor, reverse-complement to natural sequence):5′-UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:148), Anti-let-7a (synthetic inhibitor, reverse-complement to natural sequence):5′-AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:149), Anti-let-7c (synthetic inhibitor, reverse-complement to natural sequence): 5′-AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:152), Anti-miR-122 (synthetic inhibitor, reverse-complement to natural sequence):5′-CAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCA-3′(SEQ ID NO:150).
- the negative control (neg) had the sequence: 5′-AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:151) and all of the nucleotides were 2′OMe.
- Inhibitor Y was purchased from Dharmacon.
- Inhibitor X was purchased from Exiqon. See Tables 1A-1D for sequences and formats of the targets, the inhibitors, and the controls X, Y, 2′-OMe, and Neg.
- This example provides novel hairpin miRNA inhibitor (anti-miR) formats that enabled strong inhibition of endogenous miRNAs.
- Inhibitors were prepared for two different sequences: hsa mir21 and hsa mir let7c as discussed above.
- miRNA Inhibitors with non-nucleotide loops were chemically prepared using standard solid phase phosphoramidite chemistry procedures and instrumentation for synthesis, cleavage, and deprotection. The oligonucleotides were then purified utilizing precipitation, desalting, and solid-phase extraction. Purified oligonucleotides were analyzed using analytical HPLC and mass spectrometry.
- the design of the inhibitors comprised the following (see FIG. 1 ): (i) a target binding region (BR) with perfect sequence complementarity to the guide strand of a mature miRNA made up of 21-23 2′-O-methyl modified nucleotides, and (ii) a flanking stem-loop structure at the 3′, 5′, or both 3′ and 5′ termini composed of 4-8 nucleotide long stems (stem I and stem II) covalently attached 5′ to 3′ by a non-nucleotide loop (loop L1) such as polyethylene glycol (other potential loops: alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, peptide, polyamide, polyester, dithiol, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, poly alkene, or aryl).
- Target binding sequences of the Hairpin (HP) inhibitors were as follows:
- Anti-miR-21 (SEQ ID NO: 148) 5′-UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA-3′ (22 nt)
- Anti-let-7c (SEQ ID NO: 152) 5′-AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA-3′ (22 nt).
- the Biological assay 1 is a reporter system for assaying anti-miR potency using the pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System (Life Technologies/Ambion, Austin, Tex.) ( FIG. 2 ).
- This validated reporter system contained two mammalian expression vectors:
- This vector was used for cloning and testing putative miRNA binding sites. It was also used to evaluate endogenous miRNA expression or the effects of either miRNA mimics (i.e., Pre-miRTM miRNA Precursors) or miRNA inhibitors (i.e., Anti-miRTM miRNA Inhibitors).
- FIG. 2 shows a schematic depiction of the Biological assay 1 used for evaluation of the performance of the miRNA inhibitors (anti-miRs).
- concentrations of the miRNA inhibitors upon transfection were 30, 3, and 0.3 nM.
- mRNA was transcribed inside the cells. Endogenous miRNAs, naturally present inside the cells, bound this mRNA and suppressed translation of the firefly luciferase protein. As a result little or no fLuc was detected in the sample.
- FIG. 2 shows the reporter expression in the presence of the exogenous anti-miRs (miRNA inhibitors).
- the antisense oligonucleotides were co-transfected with the pMIR-REPORT miRNA expression reporter.
- HeLa cells were pre-plated at 10,000 per well in a 96-well plate in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) high glucose (Invitrogen) supplemented with 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS)((MediaTech, Inc.) and 1% Penicillin (5000 Units)-Streptomycin (5000 ⁇ g) (Invitrogen).
- DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium
- FBS Fetal Bovine Serum
- Penicillin 5000 Units
- Streptomycin 5000 ⁇ g
- 0.2 ul LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000 transfection agent was complexed with 40 ng of the pMIR-REPORTTM Luciferase miRNA Expression Reporter Vector (with the corresponding miRNA binding site: miR21, let7c, let7a, or miR23), 40 ng of the pMIR-REPORTTM Beta-Galactosidase Reporter Control Vector and 0.003-100 nM of the chemically synthesized anti-miR (of different designs).
- the DUAL-LIGHT® assay was performed to determine how the novel anti-miRs were able to up-regulate luciferase expression, compared to other anti-miRs.
- the other anti-miRs used were a 2′-OMe modified antisense oligonucleotide (2′-OMe), anti-miR Y (Dharmacon), and anti-miR X (Exiqon).
- the Tropix® Dual-Light® Luminescent Reporter Gene Assay System for luciferase and ⁇ -galactosidase was used to quantitate firefly luciferase (fLuc) and ⁇ -galactosidase ( ⁇ -gal) activity in the same sample.
- fLuc firefly luciferase
- ⁇ -galactosidase ⁇ -gal activity
- the luciferase reporter enzyme activity was quantitated with an enhanced luciferase reaction.
- ⁇ -galactosidase reporter enzyme activity was quantitated with GALACTON-PLUS® substrate.
- the wide dynamic range of this dual assay enabled accurate measurement of fLuc and ⁇ -galactosidase concentrations over seven orders of magnitude (femtogram to nanogram range).
- the activity of the hairpin inhibitors HP#01-HP#09 was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7c target cloned), along with two controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-O-methyl modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) ( FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B ).
- 3B included hairpin inhibitors with a 5′-loop, a 3′-loop or both 5′ & 3′-loops; PEG3 (polyethyleneglycol polymer—3 monomeric units) or all-nucleotide loop; unmodified or 2′-OMe modified oligonucleotides (see also Tables 1A-1C for the sequences and formats).
- hairpin inhibitors were prepared similarly as described in Example 1 and assayed using the same in vitro reporter system to investigate the effect of the linker length, linker type, and stem length.
- the efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#10-HP#31, HP#5, and HP#8 was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- FIG. 1 The formats of the HP#10-HP#31, HP#05, and HP#08 inhibitors are depicted in FIG. 1 with the following variations: a 5′-loop or a 3′-loop; 8 versions of non-nucleotide loops and all-nucleotide loop; 3, 4, 5 by stem (see also Tables 1A-1D for formats and sequences).
- FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B The results are shown in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B and indicated the following: (1) Reverse complement oligonucleotides with 4-6 base-pair stems and non-nucleotide loops were potent inhibitors for in vitro loss of function studies of short ( ⁇ 22 nts) regulatory non-coding RNAs, particularly microRNAs (miRNAs); (2) In general, hairpin inhibitors of multiple designs (different loops, stems) very efficiently inhibited endogenous miRNAs and were more potent than the 2′-OMe modified miRNA inhibitor (2′-OMe), as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon); (3) Non-nucleotide loops were the same or better than all-nucleotide loops; L1-3, L7-8 (see Table 2) were best; (4) Inhibitors with 5′ loops were more potent than inhibitors with 3′-loop structures; and (5) Inhibitors with longer stem
- the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#10-HP#31, HP#5, and HP#8 targeting let-7c miRNA was evaluated by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression with TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with a complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- the formats of the HP#10-HP#31 inhibitors are depicted in FIG. 1 and Tables 1A-1D. Variations of the hairpin inhibitors included: a 5′-loop or a 3′-loop; 8 versions of non-nucleotide loops and all-nucleotide loop; 3, 4, 5 by stem.
- the Biological Assay 2 an endogenous assay, was used as follows: To test the novel hairpin (HP) anti-miRs, HeLa cells were pre-plated at 6,000 per well in a 96-well plate. The next day, 0.15 ul LIPOFECTAMINE® RNAIMAXTM transfection agent was complexed with 0.3-100 nM of the chemically synthesized anti-miR (of different designs) and added to the cells. 24 hrs later, cells were lysed with CELLS-TO-CTTM lysis buffer (10 uL). HMGA2 mRNA levels were measured by qRT-PCR, using TAQMAN® Gene Expression CELLS-TO-CTTM kit (Applied Biosystems).
- a 20 ⁇ L RT reaction was set up using 1 ⁇ L of the lysate (37° C. for 60 minutes, 95° C. for 5 minutes, then 4° C.), followed by a 10 ⁇ L PCR reaction with a 2 ⁇ L cDNA input using an inventoried TAQMAN® gene expression assay for HMGA2#. Samples were normalized with the Eukaryotic 18S rRNA endogenous control.
- the results (in FIG. 5 ) generally showed an increase of the HMGA2 mRNA levels relative to the negative control-transfected samples. More specifically, the results of this experiment indicated the following: (1) In general, HP inhibitors of multiple designs (different loops, stems) very efficiently inhibited endogenous miRNAs and were more potent than 2′-OMe modified miRNA inhibitor, as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon); (2) all non-nucleotide loops performed well (in particular L1 and L3), except L4, see Table 2 for loop structures; (3) inhibitors with 5′ loops were more potent than inhibitors with 3′-loop structures; and (4) inhibitors with longer stems (>4 nt) were more potent than those with 3 nt stems.
- the potency of the hairpin inhibitor HP#24 was evaluated by quantification of the fraction of the free endogenous miRNA (miR21 or let7c) with miRNA-specific TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- the format of the HP#24 inhibitor is depicted in FIG. 1 and Tables 1A-1D. The results are shown in FIG. 6A-FIG . 6 B.
- OptiMEM® medium Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.
- LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000 transfection agent Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.
- Diluted transfection agent was mixed with the inhibitors, incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes, then the 200 ⁇ L complex was added to the cells.
- the final volume in the wells was 2.5 mL, and the miRNA inhibitor concentration was 3-100 nM.
- cells were washed with 2 mL of PBS three times by rotating the plate to ensure coverage of the cells followed by treatment with 400 ⁇ L 0.05% trypsin for 3 minutes at 37° C., then the trypsin was inactivated by adding 1 mL of complete growth medium (DMEM+10% FBS). Media was swirled around and pipetted up and down to dislodge cell clumps. The cells were transferred to 1.5 mL Eppendorf tubes, pelleted at 800 g for 3 minutes, and the cell pellets were washed two times with 1 mL of PBS by flicking the tube to disrupt the pellet.
- complete growth medium DMEM+10% FBS
- the pellets were then lysed with 1.25 mL of the TAQMAN® MicroRNA CELLS-TO-CTTM lysis buffer (Applied Biosystems). The lysates were mixed by inverting the tubes five times and then incubated at room temperature for 8 minutes. The lysis reactions were stopped by adding 125 ⁇ L Stop Solution followed by inverting the tubes to mix and incubation at room temperature for another 2 minutes. Finally, RT and PCR were performed as described for quantification of endogenous miRNA levels.
- the assay for quantification of miRNAs consisted of two steps: reverse transcription (RT) and PCR.
- the RT primer from TAQMAN® MicroRNA Assays features a stem-loop design (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.) (Chen et al, 2005, v.33, p.1-9).
- a typical 10 ⁇ L RT reaction included either 10 nanogram of total purified RNA or 1 ⁇ L lysate prepared using the TAQMAN® MicroRNA Cells-to-CTTM kit and 50 nM of RT primer.
- the reaction mixture was incubated at 16° C. for 30 minutes, 42° C. for 30 minutes, 85° C. for 5 minutes, and then 4° C.
- Real-time PCR was performed using a standard TAQMAN® PCR protocol on an Applied Biosystems 7900HT Sequence Detection System.
- the 10 ⁇ L PCR reaction mixture included 1 ⁇ L RT product, 1 ⁇ TAQMAN® Universal PCR Master Mix, 0.2 ⁇ M TAQMAN® probe, 1.5 ⁇ M forward primer, and 0.7 ⁇ M reverse primer.
- the reaction was incubated at 95° C. for 10 minutes, followed by 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 60° C. for 1 minute.
- FIG. 6A-FIG . 6 B are presented in the form of a bar graphs and showed a decrease of the free miRNA levels (available for primer hybridization and thus detection)—relative to negative control-transfected samples for both targets.
- FIG. 6A shows the results for let-7c and FIG. 6B shows the mir-21 results.
- the results of this experiment indicated that the hairpin inhibitor HP#24 was more potent than the 2′-OMe modified miRNA inhibitor (2′-OMe), as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- the efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#79-HP#83 was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21, let7a or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- HP inhibitors are depicted in FIG. 1 and Tables 1A-1D.
- the variables were inhibitors with a 5′-loop or a 3′-loop; 0, 1, or 2 nt between the antisense region and the stem-loop structure.
- Biological evaluation using pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System was performed as described in Example 1.
- results shown in FIG. 7A-FIG . 7 C indicated the following: (1) For miRNA HP inhibitors with 5′-loops, introduction of an extra-nucleotide between the antisense region and the stem-loop structure did not reduce the inhibitor activity, i.e., the base stacking interaction with the miRNA strand was not crucial; (2) For HP inhibitors with 3′-loops, introduction of an extra-nucleotide between the antisense region and the stem-loop structure enhanced the anti-miR activity (compare with Example#1, where inhibitors with 3′-loops and 0 nt spacer were used); and (3) Overall, HP inhibitors of multiple designs very efficiently inhibited miRNAs. Depending on the miRNA target and assay used (reporter, endogenous, etc) the best format varied.
- the hairpin inhibitors described herein utilizing an asymmetric design for the inhibitor, with a single stem loop at the 3′ or 5′ end of the antisense region and/or wherein the stem loop had a non-nucleotide loop were compared.
- the asymmetric design had more potency then the two commercially-available inhibitors used to compare.
- the hairpin inhibitors were 34-36 nucleotides long making the manufacturing of such molecules more feasible at a lower cost, especially if using a non-nucleotide loop. Contrary to current ideas, this suggests that the base-stacking interaction is not as crucial as was thought.
- the process was likely driven primarily not by hybridization of the miRNA-antisense, but by the Ago protein (which contains an miRNA guide strand) which has certain template preferences (size, structure, etc).
- the natural targets of the Ago protein are certain mRNAs.
- modified antisense oligonucleotide-based inhibitors BTM#03-BTM#22 was evaluated using pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21, let7a or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon).
- the formats of the antisense inhibitors are depicted in FIG. 1 and Tables 1A-1D.
- the variables were inhibitors with combinations of LNA, 2′-F, 2′-OMe modification; 21 nt versus 15 nt long antisense sequence.
- Synthesis of miRNA inhibitors and biological evaluation using pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System was performed as described in Example 1. The results are shown in FIG. 8A-FIG . 8 C.
- miRNA inhibitors were prepared that were highly chemically modified (LNA, ENA and 2′-F combinations with 2′-OMe) without any hairpin structures- to compare the value of strong binding chemistry nucleotides.
- LNA chemistry and LNA/2′-OMe, LNA/2′-F combinations were more effective at inhibition of miRNAs than 2′-OMe or 2′-F anti-miR modifications;
- inhibitors with the full-length antisense sequence (21 nt) were significantly more potent than inhibitors with the shorter antisense region (15 nt);
- modified 22 nt miRNA inhibitors were either as good or worse than the hairpin inhibitors in Examples 1 and 2); and
- LNA modifications incorporated into the hairpin inhibitors may improve their potency.
- LNA modified molecules are challenging to synthesize and can be expensive.
- FIG. 9 The design of the miRNA inhibitor multimers targeting miR21 is depicted in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 .
- Biological evaluation using pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System was performed as described in Example 1. The results are shown in FIG. 11 .
- Multimerized anti-miRs were designed and tested to determine their performance. As shown in FIG. 10 , 30-45 nucleotide long anti-miRs were synthesized (enhanced with chemical modifications for stronger binding) so that the central 20-22 nt part was complementary to the target miRNA strand, and flanking sequences were used for multimeric complex formation. Upon addition of the “bridging” oligonucleotide (NBR2C:NBR1C in FIG. 9 ) (with or without LNA or other modifications to promote stronger interaction) the anti-miRs spontaneously formed multimeric complexes.
- Multimeric Anti-miRs targeting mir21 were co-transfected into HeLa cells at a concentration of 10 nM with the luciferase expression plasmid containing the mir21 binding site and ⁇ Gal plasmid (used for normalization of transfection efficiency). 24 hours later the DUAL-LIGHT® Assay was performed to monitor the effect of the anti-miR on luciferase expression. Each anti-miR was normalized to the negative control anti-miR (NC ⁇ ). Multimeric complex formation was as follows: Antisense oligonucleotide (with extra-sequences at the 3′-termini and 5′-termini—enabling complex formation, see FIG. 9 and FIG.
- Buffer #1 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl.
- Buffer #2 6 mM Hepes pH 7.4, 20 mM potassium acetate, 0.4 mM Magnesium acetate.
- Buffer#3 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 10 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA.
- the designations 1 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ , and 4 ⁇ refer to the molar excess of the “bridging” oligonucleotide over the long antisense oligonucleotide.
- the multimeric miRNA inhibitors self assembled in the specified buffer. The number of multimers was dependent upon the type of buffer used and the molar excess of the bridging oligonucleotide.
- the “bridging” oligonucleotide was 21 nt long, LNA was modified at every other position. Multimeric complexes were formed by mixing equal amounts of the long anti-miR and “bridging” oligonucleotide in annealing buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl), incubating at 95° C. for 3 minutes and cooling down at 37° C. for 1 hr.
- the biological evaluation using pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System was performed as described in Example 1.
- Hairpin inhibitor miR122 was tested in vivo as follows: Mice (3 animals/group) were injected in the tail vein with 50 mg/kg anti-miR122 (with phosphorothioate modifications, without any delivery reagent), on 3 subsequent days, and sacrificed 24 h post 3rd injection. Levels of AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, Lass6 mRNAs (reported targets for miR-122: Elmén et al, 2008 Nucl. Acids Res. v. 36, p.1153-1162; Davis et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 2009 v. 37, p. 70-77) in their livers was quantified by qRT-PCR.
- results in FIG. 12 showed the following: (1) miRNA inhibitors with phosphorothioate modifications could be used in in vivo experiments, and they induced robust inhibition of their targets in the liver, upon systemic tail vein administration. (2) phosphorothioate modifications were advantageous for in vivo experiments. Formats that were not self-deliverable in vivo could be successfully used with in vivo delivery reagents. (3) miRNA inhibitors with 5′-hairpin structures had better activity than inhibitors with 3′-hairpins in vitro and in vivo.
- the most popular reaction from the class is the copper catalyzed 1,3 dipolar cycloaddition between an alkyne and an azide to yield a substituted 1,2,3, triazole (also known as Huisgen cycloaddition).
- Potency was evaluated by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression with TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe anti-miRs, as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) as discussed in Examples 1 and 4.
- the concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection was 0.3, 3, 30 nM.
- HP#89, HP#90, HP#91, HP#92: LNA and 2′F/2OMe modified hairpin inhibitors targeting let-7c miRNA were tested for potency by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression with TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 2′-OMe anti-miR, as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). See Tables 1A-1D for formats and sequences of the inhibitors and targets. The assays were performed as in Example 4. The concentration of the miRNA inhibitors tested upon transfection was 10 nM.
- Inhibitor HPX (SEQ ID NO:103) was synthesized with non-nucleotide loop L11 (see Table 2) via copper catalyzed Huisgen 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition.
- the miRNA inhibitor targeted Let 7a miRNA.
- this method can be used to synthesize any type of inhibitor.
- the sequence and chemical structure of compound 1 is shown below. Synthesis was achieved using solid phase phosphoramidite synthesis on a MerMadeTM 192 synthesizer. Standard coupling times and cycles were employed along with I 2 /H 2 O oxidation and acetic anhydride capping on DNA T nucleoside loaded CPG columns 1 ⁇ mole (Biosearch).
- 2′OMe phosphoramidites A, C, G, and U were purchased from Chemgenes, Inc and diluted with anhydrous acetonitrile prior to use.
- the phosphoro-hexyne moiety was installed using 5′ alkyne modifier (Glen Research). After synthesis, the CPG was treated with a mixture of aqueous ammonia and methylamine for 15 minutes to cleave the oligonucleotide from the solid support.
- This mixture was further incubated for a period of 2.5 hours in the ammonia/methylamine solution to afford the removal of both the exocyclic amino protection groups (benzyl for A, acetyl for C, and dmf for G) as well as the cyanoethyl protecting groups from the phosphate backbone.
- the aqueous solution was dried via compressed air under elevated temperature to produce the crude product.
- the oligonucleotide was purified on anion exchange resin using an Agilent 1200 HPLC with NaClO 4 buffer as the eluent. The oligonucleotide was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and the molecular weight of the oligonucleotide was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems).
- This mixture was further incubated for a period of 2.5 hours in the ammonia/methylamine solution to afford the removal of both the exocyclic amino protection groups (benzyl for A, acetyl for C, and dmf for G) as well as the cyanoethyl protecting groups from the phosphate backbone.
- the aqueous solution was dried via compressed air under elevated temperature to produce the crude product.
- the oligonucleotide was purified on anion exchange resin using an Agilent 1200 HPLC with NaClO 4 buffer as the eluent. The oligonucleotide was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and molecular weight of the oligonucleotide was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems).
- Azidobutyrate NHS ester (Glen Research) in dimethylsulfoxide (15 ⁇ L, 0.17 M) was added to 0.5 umole of compound 2 in 100 mM sodium borate buffer. The solution was mixed using an orbital shaker at room temperature for a period of 4 hours.
- the oligonucleotide was purified on anion exchange resin using an Agilent 1200 HPLC with NaClO 4 buffer as the eluent. The oligonucleotide was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO).
- Inhibitor HPX (SEQ ID NO:106) was synthesized with non-nucleotide loop L11 (see Table 2) via copper catalyzed Huisgen 1,3-Dipolar cycloaddition of the non-nucleotide loop. This inhibitor targets mir21 miRNA.
- the CPG was treated with a mixture of aqueous ammonia and methylamine for 15 minutes to cleave the oligonucleotide from the solid support. This mixture was further incubated for a period of 2.5 hours in the ammonia/methylamine solution to afford the removal of both the exocyclic amino protection groups (benzyl for A, acetyl for C, and dmf for G) as well as the cyanoethyl protecting groups from the phosphate backbone.
- the aqueous solution was dried via compressed air under elevated temperature to produce the crude product.
- the oligo was purified on anion exchange resin using an Agilent 1200 HPLC with NaClO 4 buffer as the eluent. The oligonucleotide was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and molecular weight of the oligonucleotide was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems).
- miRNA Inhibitor SEQ ID NO:154 CuSO 4 (10 ⁇ L, 0.1 M), butanone (20 ⁇ L), and Tris[(1-benzyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)methyl]amine (TBTA, 5 ⁇ L, 0.1 M) was added to a solution of 4 (0.05 ⁇ mol, 0.56 mM) in phosphate buffered saline. After vortexing for 1 minute, compound 3 from Example XI (84 ⁇ L, 0.9 M) and ascorbic acid (2 ⁇ L, 0.5 M) were added to the mixture and the solution was vortexed again for 1 minute. The solution was then mixed using an orbital shaker at room temperature for a period of 2 hours. The inhibitor was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and molecular weight of the inhibitor was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems).
- TBTA Tris[(1-benzyl-1H-1,2,3-tri
- Additional hairpin inhibitors with PEG5 loops and 6 bp stems were prepared similarly to those described in Example 1 and assayed using the same in vitro reporter system to investigate the effect of the loop length on the inhibitor potency.
- the efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#130 (PEG5) was evaluated side by side with HP#81 (PEG6), using the pMIR-REPORTTM miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7a target cloned), along with a positive control—a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and a negative control.
- the formats of the HP#130 and HP#81 inhibitors are depicted in FIG. 1 . Note that the only difference was the length of their non-nucleotide loop.
- the sequence of HP#130 is the same as that of HP#81.
- the expression induced by miRNA inhibition was the Average fold change and was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger miRNA inhibition.
- the concentration of the miRNA inhibitors upon transfection was 0.3 and 3 nM and all experiments were performed in triplicate.
- microRNA inhibitors with PEG6 and PEG5 loops displayed about the same in vitro activity for miR21 and let7a targets, and both were superior to the standard antisense inhibitor without the stem-loop structure.
- the potency of the miR122-targeting HP#130 inhibitor with the PEG5 loop was evaluated in exogenous assays.
- the assays were similar to those described in Example 1. The only difference was that for miR 122, four constructs were used with cloned natural targets for miR122—RIMS1, GNPDA2, ANKRD13C, and G6PC3 fragments; in the above-described Examples #1-13, all in vitro reporters contained the cloned miRNA binding site fully complementary to the miRNA of interest.
- the HP#130 inhibitors were co-transfected with these constructs, and 24 h later the Luciferase signal was measured versus a negative control-enabling the determination of the potency of the inhibitors towards these four targets. The results are shown in FIG. 17 .
- the expression induced by miRNA inhibition was the Average Fold change and was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative).
- the concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection was 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate. The results in FIG. 17 indicated that the miR122 inhibitor was active on all four natural miR122 targets, displaying 1.5-3 fold upregulation.
- RNA TAQMAN® assays (Applied Biosystems/Life Technologies) enable accurate and robust quantification of small RNA molecules, including miRNA inhibitors.
- the purpose of this example was to explore whether chemical modifications and the 5′-hairpin structure would negatively impact the detection of these molecules.
- HP#81 inhibitors (with 5′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications) were compared to the unmodified antisense oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides with complete 2′-OMe modification, inhibitors with 3′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications, and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) featuring both 3′- and 5′-terminal loops and complete 2′-OMe modifications.
- the miRNA inhibitors in the above listed formats were synthesized for miR21 and let7c, and detected with TAQMAN® assays in a cell-free system.
- the assay for quantification of miRNA inhibitors consisted of two steps: reverse transcription (RT) and PCR.
- the RT primer from TAQMAN® MicroRNA Assays features a stem-loop design (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.).
- a typical 10 ⁇ L RT reaction included 0.5 pmol of miRNA inhibitor and 50 nM of RT primer.
- the anti-miR and stem loop primer mixture was heat denatured, incubated at 85° C. for 5 min, 60° C. for 5 min, and transferred to ice.
- the reaction mixture was incubated at 16° C. for 30 minutes, 42° C. for 30 minutes, 85° C. for 5 minutes, and then 4° C.
- Real-time PCR was performed using a standard TAQMAN® PCR protocol on an Applied Biosystems 7900HT Sequence Detection System.
- the 10 ⁇ L, PCR reaction mixture included 1 ⁇ L, RT product, 1 ⁇ TAQMAN® Universal PCR Master Mix, 0.2 ⁇ M TAQMAN® probe, 1.5 ⁇ M forward primer, and 0.7 ⁇ M reverse primer.
- the reaction was incubated at 95° C. for 10 minutes, followed by 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 60° C. for 1 minute.
- Inhibitors with 3′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications, and especially the miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) featuring both 3′- and 5′-terminal loops and complete 2′-OMe modifications were detected much less efficiently, presumably because the loop structure at the 3′-end interfered with RT primer binding and elongation.
- HP#81 miRNA inhibitors were compatible with stem-loop RT primers and Small RNA TAQMAN® assays (LT) and thus could be easily traced and quantified in the in vitro and in vivo experiments.
- HP#81 inhibitors with PEG6 loops and 6 bp stems
- An inhibitor (HP#81 format, SEQ ID NO:89) for miR-21 was tested against its intended target, miR-21, as well as miR-31, let-7a, miR-106a, miR-23a, miR-19a, miR-17, and miR-24 targets.
- An inhibitor (HP#81 format, SEQ ID NO:134) for let-7a was tested against its intended target, let-7a, as well as miR-31, miR-21, miR-106a, miR-23a, miR-19a, miR-17, and miR-24 targets.
- the experimental conditions for these exogenous assays were similar to those described in Example 1.
- FIG. 19A and FIG. 19B the expression induced by miRNA inhibition was measured as the Average Fold change and was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative).
- the concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection was 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- the expression induced by miRNA inhibition was the Average fold change and was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/ ⁇ Gal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/ ⁇ Gal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition.
- the concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection 0.3 and 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- mice The 2nd group of mice was similarly treated with single-stranded 2′-OMe miRNA inhibitors complexed with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent.
- mice The 3rd group of mice was injected with miR122 antagomirs (Krutzfeldt J. et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 2007 v.35, p.2885-2892) at 50 mg/kg, given three daily injections.
- MiR122 antagomirs were self-deliverable chemically modified siRNAs conjugated to cholesterol, and they were injected without any delivery reagent.
- mice The 4th group of mice was a negative control and the mice were injected with negative control (non-targeting) miRNA inhibitor, complexed with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent.
- FIG. 21 showed the following: (1) miRNA inhibitors were efficiently delivered to the liver upon systemic tail vein administration with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent and inhibited microRNA 122 as indicated by upregulation of four targets. (2) HP#81 inhibitors were superior to 2′-OMe antisense oligonucleotides. (3) HP#81 inhibitors delivered with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent induced better miRNA inhibition compared to Antagomirs—despite the fact that antagomir conjugates were used at a 10-fold higher dose.
- Sterol conjugates of the miRNA inhibitors such as HP#81 with limited phosphorothioate modifications and conjugated to cholesterol or any other sterol can have cell-penetrating properties, i.e. they can be used for in vitro experiments without delivery (transfection) reagents.
- Such sterol conjugates are used at 1 nanoMolar-10 microMolar concentrations, and, after incubation with the cells of interest, the amount of the oligonucleotide inside the cells is measured with Small RNA TAQMAN® assays (Cheng et al. (2009) Stem-loop RT-PCR quantification of siRNAs in vitro and in vivo.
- Oligonucleotides 19, 203-208 and biological effects such as upregulation of the mRNA targets—are measured by qRT-PCR at 24-72 h post-transfection.
- Cells are typically maintained in the appropriate growth media containing up to 10% FBS, at 37° C., and depending on the cell type, the density is usually between about 1000-30,000 cells per well of a 96 well plate.
- FIG. Identifier Inhibitor sequence inhibitor 3A SEQ ID NO: 22 GCUGAUCUCAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUGAUCUCAG c HP01 3A SEQ ID NO: 23 GCUG -L1- CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG -L1- CAG c HP02 3A SEQ ID NO: 24 GCUG -L1- CAGC UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA GCUG -L1- CAG c HP03 3A SEQ ID NO: 25 GCUGAUCUCAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA c HP04 3A SEQ ID NO: 26 GCUG -L1- CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA c HP05 3A SEQ ID NO: 27 GCUG -L1- CAGC UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP06 3A SEQ ID NO: 28 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUGA
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/085,878 filed Apr. 13, 2011, which is a non provisional of and claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. Nos. 61/323,664 filed Apr. 13, 2010 and 61/430,005 filed Jan. 5, 2011. The priority applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
- The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted in ASCII format via EFS-Web and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Apr. 4, 2011, is named LT0183US.txt and is 77,601 bytes in size.
- The invention relates generally to compositions and methods for inhibiting the function of target nucleic acids by sequence specific binding. The compositions and methods can be used for inhibition of micro RNAs and other short non-coding RNAs.
- Recent evidence suggests that the human transcriptome is not only significantly larger than previously recognized but also it is primarily composed of functional RNA transcripts which are not translated into proteins known as non-coding RNAs (ENCODE Project Consortium, Nature 2007, v.447, p.799-816). Among the more intensely studied class of endogenously expressed non-coding RNAs are the micro-RNAs (miRNAs). Mature miRNAs are relatively small (21-23 nucleotides) RNA duplexes that act as translational repressors of protein expression. The guide strand of a miRNA unites with Argonaute family proteins (Ago) to form RNA-Induced Silencing Complexes (RISC) in the cell. These sequence-specific ribonucleoprotein complexes bind target mRNAs typically in the 3′UTR and can subsequently silence gene expression either through directed mRNA degradation or by simply sequestering the target mRNA in an ineffectual form (Lee et al., Cell 1993, v.75, p.843-854; Bartel, Cell 2009 v. 136, p. 215-233). It has been demonstrated that miRNA based regulation plays a significant role in routine cellular processes including metabolism (Esau et al, Cell Met. 2006, v.3, p 87-98), development (Carthew et al., Cell 2009, v.137, p.273-282), and even apoptosis (Cheng et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 2005, v.33, p1290-1297). Further research has revealed that miRNAs play critical roles in diverse disease processes such as hepatitis C (Jopling et al., Science 2005, v.309, p.1577-1581), diabetes (Poy et al., Nature 2004, v.432, p.226-230), and most notably multiple cancer types (Hammond, Can. Chemo. Pharma. 2006 v.58, s63-s68; Calin et al., Cancer Res. 2006, v.66, p.7390-7394) including leukemia (Calin et al., PNAS 2002, v.101, p.2999-3004) and glioma (Corsten et al., Cancer Res. 2007, v.67, p.8994-9000). In addition, miRNA discovery has far surpassed miRNA phenotypic identification thus creating a “validation gap” for miRNA function (Griffiths-Jones et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 2006, v.34, p.D141-D144). Over one thousand miRNAs have now been identified in animals, but only a few individual miRNAs have been linked to specific functions.
- Given the range and degree of effects that miRNAs have on cellular processes and that a single miRNA can modulate multiple gene products (Selbach et al., Nature 2008, v.455, p.58-63), miRNAs have become attractive targets both for loss of function studies in vitro (to study miRNA function and mechanism) and potential therapeutic applications in vivo. To this end, research groups both public and private have sought to develop highly potent miRNA inhibitors (antisense oligos which bind to complementary miRNAs and selectively block silencing in cell extracts, in cultured cells, and in vivo) by utilizing one of three basic approaches: (i) antisense (AS)-based oligonucleotides that employ chemically modified sugars, bases, phosphate backbones, and/or terminal conjugates (Krutzfeldt et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 2007 v.35, p.2885-2892, Horwich et al., Nat. Protocols, 2008 v.3, p.1537-1549, Davis et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 2006, v.34, p.2294-2304); (ii) long (>34 nucleotides) oligonucleotides wherein the reverse complement (AS) strand to the miRNA is flanked on both the 3′ and 5′ end with 12-16 nucleotides which are intended to form hairpin loops (Vermeulen et al., RNA 2007, v.13, p.723-730); and (iii) Tandemic antisense RNA produced from DNA vectors with multiple miRNA binding sites per unit which behave as decoy targets for endogenous miRNAs (“miRNA sponges”, Ebert et al, Nature Methods 2007, v.4, p.721-′726). Further, 2′ O-Me oligonucleotides have been produced to be resistant to cleavage by RISC and other cellular ribonucleases (Hutvagner, et al., PloS Biol. 2004, v. 2, p. E98; Meister, et al., RNA 2004, v.10, p. 544-550). Oligonucleotides have also been made that combine 2′-deoxy and locked nucleic acid (LNA) nucleotides (Lecellier et al., Science 2005, v. 308, p.557-560). Oligonucleotides have been made that contain all 2′-O-methoxyethyl nucleotides and oligonucleotides incorporating pyrimidines bearing 2′-O-fluoromodifications (Essau et al., Cell Metab. 2006, v. 3, p.87-89; Davis et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 2006, v. 34, p.2294-2304). Further, nuclease resistant phosphorothioate backbone linkages in combination with ribose modifications have also been employed in cultured cells and in vivo in mice and non-human primates (Essau et al., Cell Metab. 2006, v. 3, p.87-89; Elmén et al., Nature, 2008, v. 452, p. 896-899).
- Life Technologies currently offers miRNA inhibitors with proprietary modifications (AntiMiRs), Exiqon offers LNA-modified short antisense inhibitors, and Dharmacon/ThermoFisher offers 2′-OMe antisense inhibitors with hairpin structure motifs at both the 3′ and 5′ ends (>55 nt). The invention discussed herein offers several novel and unique designs for miRNA inhibitors that enable superior miRNA inhibition.
- This disclosure provides compositions and methods for inactivating nucleic acid molecules. Methods of the invention involve, in part, the use of molecules with nucleic acid regions with sequence complementarity to the nucleic acid molecules which is the subject of desired inactivation (i.e., a target nucleic acid molecule). Methods of the invention can be used for inactivation of relatively short regulatory non-coding RNAs, such as micro RNAs (miRNAs), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNAs), snoRNAs, snRNAs, moRNAs, PARs, sdRNAs, tel-sRNAs, crasiRNAs, and small interfering RNAs (siRNAs). Methods of the invention can also be used for long non-coding RNAs (long ncRNAs), traditional non-coding tRNAs and ribosomal RNA (rRNA).
- In general methods of the invention include those which comprise one or more of the following steps: contacting the target RNA or DNA molecule with one or more of the composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecules set out below:
- Some embodiments of the invention are directed to composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecules which comprise one or more of the following regions: (a) a first homologous region, (b) a loop, (c) a second homologous region, and (d) a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the loop connects the first homologous region and the second homologous region and is of sufficient length to allow for the first homologous region and the second homologous region to hybridize to one another to form a double-stranded structure, and wherein the first homologous region and the second homologous region share sufficient sequence homology to allow for hybridization under physiological conditions. In some embodiments, the target is a long non-coding RNA or a short non-coding RNA. In some embodiments, the short non-coding RNA is chosen from a microRNA (miRNA), a Piwi-interacting RNA (piRNA), and a small interfering RNA (siRNA). In some embodiments, the loop is a non-nucleotide loop. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is about 60 to about 100% complementary to all or a portion of at least one target nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the first homologous region or the second homologous region is between from about 3 nucleotides to about 30 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the first homologous region is between about 4 and about 10 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon and oxygen atoms. In some embodiments, the loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol, C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, derivatives thereof and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the homologous region is separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by at least one nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (abasic). In some embodiments, the nucleotides that comprise the target-binding nucleic acid segment are modified and those modifications are chosen from, DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′OAllyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′fluoro, 2′ arabino, 2′ xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroamidates, 2′Amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, LNA-like molecules and derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the polyethylene glycol is a polyethylene glycol derivative and wherein the polyethylene glycol derivative is hexa-ethylene glycol or penta-ethylene glycol. In some embodiments, the loop is C12 alkane diol. In some embodiments, the molecule is modified and the modification adds at least one amine, imine, guanidine, or aromatic amino heterocycle. In some embodiments, the nucleotides in the homologous region and/or spacer comprises at least one 2′ O-alkyl, LNA, 2′fluoro, arabino, 2′ xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′ amino, bicyclic nucleotide, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, or halo-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, and derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between from about 10 nucleotides to about 100 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between from about 15 to about 25 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the first homologous region, the second homologous region and the loop form a stem loop structure and the stem loop structure is on the 5′ end of the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule. In some embodiments, the first homologous region, the second homologous region and the loop form a stem loop structure and the stem loop structure is on the 3′ end of the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule. In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule also includes a second stem loop structure at the 5′ end of the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule. In some embodiments, the entire molecule is between about 20 and about 150 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the inhibitory molecule is modified and the modification is a covalently linked conjugate that enhances cell penetration, endocytosis, facilitated diffusion, tissue localization, inhibitor detection, or cellular trafficking of the modified nucleic acid inhibitory molecule. In some embodiments, the inhibitory molecule further comprises one or more nucleotides on either end of the molecule.
- Some embodiments of the invention are directed to multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecules which comprises at least one or more of the following regions: (a) a first oligonucleotide and (b) a second oligonucleotide, wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region, and two regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions. In some embodiments, the sequence that will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule is separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by at least one nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (abasic). In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid molecule is a long non-coding RNA or a short non-coding RNA. In some embodiments, the first oligonucleotide is between from about 30 nucleotides to about 200 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the second oligonucleotide is between from about 6 nucleotides to about 50 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the single-stranded region is capable of binding a target nucleic acid molecule under physiological conditions.
- In some embodiments, the single-stranded region is complementary to all or a portion of the target nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the short non-coding RNA is chosen from a microRNA (miRNA), Piwi-interacting RNA, and small interfering RNA, a messenger RNA, and a ribosomal RNA. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule comprises at least one modification chosen from, DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′OAllyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′fluoro, 2′ arabino, 2′ xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′ amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, and derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the molecule further comprises one or more nucleotides on either end of the molecule. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is about 60 to about 100% complementary to all or a portion of at least one target nucleic acid.
- A further aspect of the invention is a method for inhibiting the function of a target RNA or DNA molecule, the method comprising contacting the target RNA or DNA molecule with at least one composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which comprises the following regions: a first homologous region, a loop, a second homologous region, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the loop connects the first homologous region and the second homologous region and is of sufficient length to allow for the first homologous region and the second homologous region to hybridize to one another to form a double-stranded structure, and wherein the first homologous region and the second homologous region share sufficient sequence homology to allow for hybridization under physiological conditions.
- A further aspect of the invention is a method for inhibiting the function of a target RNA or DNA molecule, the method comprising contacting the target RNA or DNA molecule with at least one multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule having at least a first oligonucleotide and a second oligonucleotide. In many instances, the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region and two regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions.
- A further aspect of the invention is a method for producing a multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule, including obtaining at least a first oligonucleotide and a second oligonucleotide, wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region, and two or more regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two or more regions of the first oligonucleotide which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule; admixing equal amounts of the first and second oligonucleotides in an appropriate buffer and allowing annealing of the two molecules, wherein the resulting multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions.
- A further aspect of the invention is a composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which includes a 5′ and/or 3′ non-nucleotide loop, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the target binding nucleic acid segment is modified to increase binding affinity to its target. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol (PEG3-PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, any combination thereof, and derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the loop is separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by at least one nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (abasic). In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid molecule is a long non-coding RNA or a short non-coding RNA. In some embodiments, the short non-coding RNA is chosen from a microRNA (miRNA), a Piwi-interacting RNA (piRNA), and a small interfering RNA (siRNA), snoRNAs, snRNAs, moRNAs, PARs, sdRNAs, tel-sRNAs, crasiRNAs, and small interfering RNAs (siRNAs). Methods of the invention can also be used for long non-coding RNAs (long ncRNAs), traditional non-coding tRNAs and ribosomal RNA (rRNA).
- In some embodiments, the nucleotides in the target binding nucleic acid segment comprises at least one 2′ O-alkyl, LNA, 2′fluoro, 2′ arabino, 2′ xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′ amino, bicyclic nucleotide, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, or halo-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, and derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is about 60 to about 100% complementary to all or a portion of at least one target nucleic acid.
- A further aspect of the invention is a method for inhibiting the function of a target RNA or DNA molecule, the method comprising contacting the target RNA or DNA molecule with at least one composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which includes a 5′ and/or 3′ non-nucleotide loop, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the target binding nucleic acid segment is modified to increase binding affinity to its target.
- A further aspect of the invention is a method for treatment of a disease, comprising administering at least one composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which includes a 5′ and/or 3′ non-nucleotide loop, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the target binding nucleic acid segment is modified to increase binding affinity to its target, in an amount effective to treat a disease, wherein treatment of the disease comprises reducing the symptoms of a disease. In some embodiments, the method also includes complexing the inhibitory molecule with a cellular delivery agent. In some embodiments, the disease is chosen from cancer, Alzheimer's disease, diabetes, and viral infections.
- A further aspect of the invention is a method for treatment of a disease, comprising administering at least one composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule which comprises the following regions: a first homologous region, a loop, a second homologous region, and a target binding nucleic acid segment which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length, wherein the loop connects the first homologous region and the second homologous region and is of sufficient length to allow for the first homologous region and the second homologous region to hybridize to one another to form a double-stranded structure, and wherein the first homologous region and the second homologous region share sufficient sequence homology to allow for hybridization under physiological conditions, in an amount effective to treat a disease, wherein treatment of the disease comprises reducing the symptoms of a disease. In some embodiments, the method also includes complexing the inhibitory molecule with a cellular delivery agent. In some embodiments, the disease is chosen from cancer, Alzheimer's disease, diabetes, and viral infections.
- A further aspect of the invention is a method for treatment of a disease, comprising administering at least one a multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule having at least a first oligonucleotide and a second oligonucleotide, wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region, and two regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid inhibitory molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions, in an amount effective to treat a disease, wherein treatment of the disease comprises reducing the symptoms of a disease. In some embodiments, the method also includes complexing the molecule with a cellular delivery agent. In some embodiments, the disease is chosen from cancer, Alzheimer's disease, diabetes, and viral infections.
-
FIG. 1 shows schematic structures of the hairpin (HP)-based miRNA inhibitors (anti-miRs) used in Examples 1-6. Two types of loops were used: one all nucleotide and the other non-nucleotide (e.g., PEG3). The top part of the figure shows the nucleic acid molecules before hybridization. The bottom part of the figure shows the structure when bound to the target nucleic acid (e.g., a miRNA). As shown in the figure,type 1 has a 5′ stem loop,type 2 has both a 5′ and 3′ stem loop, andType 3 has a 3′ stem loop. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 2 shows a schematic depiction of one of the assays used for evaluation of performance of the miRNA inhibitors (anti-miRs). The figure shows the reporter (firefly luciferase) expression in the presence of endogenous microRNAs and exogenous anti-miRs. Anti-miRs bind and inhibit the miRNAs and thus increase the firefly luciferase expression. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 3A andFIG. 3B show data derived from the Example 1 experiment in which the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#01-HP# 09 was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7c target cloned), along with two controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon).FIG. 3A : miR21 target;FIG. 3B : let7c target. The expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 4A andFIG. 4B show data derived from the Example 2 experiment in which the efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#05, HP#08, and HP#10-HP# 31 was evaluated using pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).FIG. 4A : miR21 target. Concentrations of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 3 nM (solid bar) and 0.3 nM (open bar).FIG. 4B : let7c target. Concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 0.3 nM. Average fold change is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 5 shows data derived from the Example 3 experiment in which the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#05, HP#08, and HP#10-HP# 31 targeting let-7c miRNA was evaluated by quantification of the levels of the endogenous HMGA2 mRNA transcript expression using TAQMAN® gene expression assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 0.3, 3 and 30 nM. Increase of the HMGA2 mRNA levels is shown relative to negative control-transfected samples. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 6A andFIG. 6B show data derived from the Example 4 experiment in which the potency of the hairpininhibitor HP# 24 was evaluated by quantification of the fraction of the free endogenous miRNA (miR21 or let7c) using a TAQMAN® assay. Three inhibitor controls were used: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).FIG. 6A : let-7c target.FIG. 6B : miR-21 target. Concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 3 and 30 nM. Decrease of the free miRNA levels (available for primer hybridization and thus detection) is shown relative to negative control-transfected samples. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 7A-FIG . 7C show data derived from the Example 5 experiment in which the efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#79-HP#83 was evaluated using a pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21, let7a or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).FIG. 7A : miR21 target;FIG. 7B : let7a target;FIG. 7C : let7c target. Concentrations of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 30, 3 and 0.3 nM. Average fold change is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 8A-FIG . 8C show data derived from the Example 6 experiment in which the efficiency of the modified antisense oligonucleotide-based inhibitors BTM#03-BTM#07, and BTM#22 was evaluated using a pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21, let7a or let7c target cloned), along with two controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe) and with miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon).FIG. 8A : miR21 target;FIG. 8B : let7a target;FIG. 8C : let7c target. Concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 3 nM. Average fold change is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 9 is a schematic showing formats of embodiments and inter-relationships of the inhibitors herein including hairpin inhibitors (B1 and C1) and multimeric inhibitors (B2A, B2B, and C2). Regions of the inhibitors are designated as follows: NBR=non-binding region, S=Spacer, BR=binding region, HR=homology region, Loop=nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 10 shows the formation of inhibitors used in the Example 7 experiment in which the formation of multimeric inhibitor complexes was evaluated. The long 2′-OMe modified anti-miRs (elongated at 3′ and 5′ ends—11 nt at the 5′ end and 12 nt at the 3′ end) and “bridging” oligonucleotide (21 nt) were combined and heated in the annealing buffer, followed by slow cooling to RT. The top sequence is the 2′OMe modified long anti-mir21 (SEQ ID NO:139), the middle sequence is the “bridging” oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO:140), the bottom sequence is the multimeric strand containing the target binding sequences (SEQ ID NO:141), and the “bridging” oligonucleotide (SEQ ID NO:140). All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 11 shows data derived from the Example 7 experiment assaying the inhibitory activity of antisense oligonucleotide-based multimericanti-miRs. # 1, #2, and #3 refer to different annealing buffers. Buffer #1: 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl. Buffer #2: 6 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 20 mM potassium acetate, 0.4 mM Magnesium acetate. Buffer#3: 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 10 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA. 1×, 2×, and 4× refer to the molar excess of the “bridging” oligonucleotide over the long antisense oligonucleotide. The concentration of the inhibitor was 10 nM. Three controls are: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 12 shows the derepression of miR-122 target genes AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, and Lass6 after miR-122 inhibition in mice. mRNA upregulation (%) is normalized to the negative control-injected mice. Three daily injections of 50 mg/kg of phosphorothioate (p=s) modified HP#81 and HP#83 miRNA inhibitors were used. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 13 shows the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#79, HP#85, HP#88, HP#93, and HP#96 targeting let-7a miRNA in Example 9. Potency was evaluated by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression with TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 0.3, 3, 30 nM. Increase of the HMGA2 mRNA levels is shown relative to negative control-transfected samples. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 14 shows the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#81, HP#85, HP#88, HP#93, and HP#96 in Example 9. Potency was evaluated using pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21 target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). Concentrations of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 30, 3 nM. The increase in the firefly luciferase expression induced by miRNA inhibition (the Average fold change) was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity neg/βGal activity neg). All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 15 shows the potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#81 and HP#89-HP#92 targeting let-7c miRNA in Example 10. Potency was evaluated by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression using a TAQMAN® assay. Three controls were used: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 10 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 16 shows data derived from the Example 13 experiment in which the potency of the hairpin inhibitors with a PEG6 vs a PEG5 loop was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7a target cloned), along with a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe) control. The expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition. The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 0.3 and 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 17 shows data derived from the Example 14 experiment in which the potency of miR122-targeting HP#130 inhibitor (with a PEG5 loop) was evaluated in the exogenous assays. Four constructs were used with cloned natural targets for miR122-RIMS1, GNPDA2, ANKRD13C, and G6PC3 fragments. The expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average Fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 18 shows data derived from the Example 15 experiment in which the detection of the hairpin inhibitors with Small RNA TAQMAN® assays was evaluated. HP#81 inhibitors (with 5′-stem/loop and 2′-OMe modifications) were compared to the unmodified antisense oligonucleotides (unmod), antisense oligonucleotides with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′OMe), inhibitors with 3′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications (HP#83), and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) featuring both 3′- and 5′-terminal loops and complete 2′-OMe modifications. The miRNA inhibitors in the above listed formats were synthesized for miR21 and let7c, and detected with Small RNA TAQMAN® assays in the cell-free system, in triplicates. -
FIG. 19A andFIG. 19B show data derived from the Example 16 experiment in which the specificity of HP#81 inhibitors was studied in the exogenous assays. The inhibitor for miR-21 was tested against its intended target, miR-21, as well as miR-31, miR-let-7a, miR-106a, miR-23a, miR-19a, miR-17, and miR-24 targets Inhibitor for let-7a was tested against its intended target, miR-let-7a, as well as miR-31, miR-21, miR-106a, miR-23a, miR-19a, miR-17, and miR-24 targets. The expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average Fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate.FIG. 19A : miR21 target;FIG. 19B : let7a target. -
FIG. 20A andFIG. 20B show data derived from the Example 17 experiment in which the stability of the hairpin inhibitors HP#81 was studied. Water solutions (20 μmolar) of the inhibitors targeting miR-21 and miR-23a were stored at +4° C. for 1 week, 2 months and 1 year. Their potency was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or miR23a target cloned), along with miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon).FIG. 20A : miR23a target;FIG. 20B : miR21 target. The expression induced by miRNA inhibition is the Average fold change and is calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 0.3 and 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate. -
FIG. 21 shows data derived from the Example 18 experiment in which the derepression (upregulation) of miR-122 target genes AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, and Lass6 after miR-122 inhibition in mice livers was achieved with the antisense oligonucleotides. Three daily injections of 5 mg/kg ofHP# 81 and 2′-OMe miRNA inhibitors were used, complexed with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent. A separate group of mice was injected with miR122 antagomirs at 50 mg/kg, given in three daily injections. The negative control was mice injected with a negative control (non-targeting) miRNA inhibitor, complexed with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 Reagent. mRNA upregulation was normalized to the negative control oligo-injected mice (=100%). Untreated: normal uninjected animals. All experiments were performed with 3 animals per group. -
FIG. 22 shows a number of exemplary structures of miRNA inhibitors with cholesterol attachments for use in self-delivery applications. -
FIG. 23 shows data derived from the Example 17 experiment in which the derepression (upregulation) of miR-122 target genes AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, and Lass6 was achieved after miR-122 inhibition in mice livers with the antisense oligonucleotides. Three daily injections of 50 mg/kg of HP#115 inhibitors were used. mRNA upregulation was normalized to the untreated mice (=100%). All experiments were performed with 3 animals per group. - The term “siRNA,” and “short interfering RNA” are interchangeable and refer to unimolecular nucleic acids and to nucleic acids comprised of two separate strands that are capable of inducing RNA interference. SiRNA molecules typically have a duplex region that is between 18 and 30 base pairs in length.
- The term “microRNA”, “miRNA”, and MiR” are interchangeable and refer to endogenous non-coding RNAs that are capable of regulating gene expression. It is believed that miRNAs function via RNA interference. When used herein in the context of inactivation, the use of the term microRNAs is intended to include also long non-coding RNAs, piRNAs, siRNAs, and the like. Endogenous (e.g., naturally occurring) miRNAs are typically expressed from RNA polymerase II promoters and are generated from a larger transcript.
- As used herein “piRNAs” refer to Piwi-interacting RNAs, a class of small RNAs that are believed to be involved in transcriptional silencing.
- As used herein “microRNA inhibitors,” “miRNA inhibitors,” “antisense inhibitors” “anti-miRs” and “anti-miRNAs” are interchangeable and refer to molecules that inhibit the action of miRNAs and the like.
- As used herein “alkyl” refers to a hydrocarbyl moiety that can be saturated or unsaturated (alkenyl or alkynyl), and substituted or unsubstituted. It can comprise moieties that are linear, branched, cyclic and/or heterocyclic, and contain functional groups such as ethers, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, etc. Exemplary alkyl groups include but are not limited to substituted and unsubstituted groups of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodcecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl and alkyl groups of higher number of carbons as well as 2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylbutyl, 2,4-diethylpropyl, 3-propylbutyl, 2,8-dibutyldecyl, 6,6-dimethyloctyl, 6-propyl-6-butyloctyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. The term alkyl also encompasses alkenyl groups, such as vinyl, allyl, aralkyl, and alkynyl groups.
- The term “homologous region” refers to a region of nucleic acid with homology to another nucleic acid region. Thus, whether a “homologous region” is present in a nucleic acid molecule is determined with reference to another nucleic acid region in the same or different molecule. Further, since nucleic acid is often double-stranded, the term “homologous, region”, as used herein refers to the ability of nucleic acid molecules to be capable of hybridizing to each other. As an example, a single-stranded nucleic acid molecule can have two homologous regions which are capable of hybridizing to each other. Thus, the term “homologous region” includes nucleic acid segments with complementary sequence. Homologous regions may be of a variety of lengths but will typically be between 4 and 40 (e.g., from about 4 to about 40, from about 5 to about 40, from about 5 to about 35, from about 5 to about 30, from about 5 to about 20, from about 6 to about 30, from about 6 to about 25, from about 6 to about 15, from about 7 to about 18, from about 8 to about 20, from about 8 to about 15, etc.) nucleotides in length.
- As used herein “chimeric” refers to a mixture of parts from different origins. As used herein, the term can refer to an inhibitor having combined parts of the formats shown herein, including at least one or more of any of parts designated as, but not limited to, BR's, NBR's, S's, HR1 and HR2's, NBR1 and NBR2's, and loops. Further, “chimeric” can refer to various types of nucleic acids combined into an inhibitor (such as deoxy-, ribo- or various modified nucleotides). A chimera may also refer to combinations of hairpin inhibitors, conjugated antisense inhibitors and multimeric inhibitors. Another example would be a nucleic acid molecule which contains one region from a mouse chromosome and another region generated by chemical synthesis and representing a nucleotide sequence not known to exist in nature.
- The term “sequence identity” refers to the extent to which two sequences have the same nucleotide at equivalent positions in a comparison of nucleic acid usually expressed as a percentage. Thus, two nucleic acid molecules which differ by one nucleotide over a stretch of 100 nucleotides would be said to share 99% sequence identity.
- The term “hybridization” refers to the formation of a double-stranded nucleic acid (or region) from two single-stranded nucleic acid molecules or two regions of one nucleic acid molecule.
- The term “physiological conditions” refers to environmental conditions which are not deleterious to cells such as mammalian cells and includes conditions found, for example, in the cytoplasm of cells. Many of the molecules described herein are designed to function inside cells. Examples of conditions which are not considered to be physiological are temperatures above 45° C. and pH levels above 9 and below 4. Thus, conditions inside some cellular vacuoles would not necessarily be considered to be “physiological”, as that term is used herein.
- The term “hairpin” and “stem-loop” can be used interchangeably and refer to stem-loop structures. The stem results from two sequences of nucleic acid or modified nucleic acid annealing together to generate a duplex. The loop lies between the two strands comprising the stem.
- The term “loop” refers to the part of the stem-loop between the two homologous regions (the stem) that can loop around to allow base-pairing of the two homologous regions. The loop can be composed of nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA) or non-nucleic acid material(s), referred to herein as nucleotide or non-nucleotide loops. A non-nucleotide loop can also be situated at the end of a nucleotide molecule with or without a stem structure.
- The term “target” refers to a range of molecules including but not limited to a miRNA (or pre-miRNAs), an siRNA, a piRNA, a long non-coding RNA, an mRNA, rRNA, tRNA, hnRNA, cDNA, genomic DNA, and long noncoding RNA (ncRNA).
- The term “complementary” and “complementarity” are interchangeable and refer to the ability of polynucleotides to form base pairs with one another. Base pairs are typically formed by hydrogen bonds between nucleotide units in antiparallel polynucleotide strands or regions. Complementary polynucleotide strands or regions can base pair in the Watson-Crick manner (e.g., A to T, A to U, C to G). 100% complementary refers to the situation in which each nucleotide unit of one polynucleotide strand or region can hydrogen bond with each nucleotide unit of a second polynucleotide strand or region. Less than perfect complementarity refers to the situation in which some, but not all, nucleotide units of two strands or two regions can hydrogen bond with each other and can be expressed as a percentage.
- As used herein, the “reverse complement” or “RC” refers to a sequence that will anneal/basepair or substantially anneal/basepair to a second oligonucleotide according to the rules defined by Watson-Crick base pairing and the antiparallel nature of the DNA-DNA, RNA-RNA, and RNA-DNA double helices. Thus, as an example, the reverse complement of the
RNA sequence 5′-AAUUUGC-3′ (SEQ ID NO:142) would be 5′GCAAAUU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:143). Alternative base pairing schemes including but not limited to G-U pairing can also be included in reverse complements. - The term “multimeric” refers to a nucleic acid molecule composed of several identical or different subunits held together. As used herein, the term refers to a multimeric nucleic acid molecule made up of several different sections, some single-stranded, and some double stranded.
- As used herein, the term “composite” refers to a structure or an entity made up of distinct components, such as distinct sections of nucleic acid.
- As used herein, the term “nucleotide” or “nt” refers to a base-sugar-phosphate combination. Nucleotides are monomeric units of a nucleic acid molecule (DNA and RNA). The term nucleotide includes ribonucleoside triphosphates ATP, UTP, CTG, GTP and deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates such as dATP, dCTP, dITP, dUTP, dGTP, dTTP, or derivatives thereof. Such derivatives include, for example, 2′OMe, 2′halo such as 2′fluoro or 2′bromo, LNA, ENA, or 7-deaza such as 7-deaza-dGTP or 7-deaza-dATP. The term nucleotide as used herein also refers to dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (ddNTPs) and their derivatives. Examples of dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphates include, but are not limited to, ddATP, ddCTP, ddGTP, ddITP, and ddTTP.
- As used herein, the phrase “nucleic acid molecule” refers to a sequence of contiguous nucleotides (riboNTPs, dNTPs or ddNTPs, or combinations thereof) of any length which can encode a full-length polypeptide or a fragment of any length thereof, or which can be non-coding. As used herein, the terms “nucleic acid molecule” and “polynucleotide” can be used interchangeably and include both RNA and DNA.
- As used herein, the term “oligonucleotide” refers to a synthetic or natural molecule comprising a covalently linked sequence of nucleotides which are joined by a phosphodiester bond between the 3′ position of the pentose of one nucleotide and the 5′ position of the pentose of the adjacent nucleotide.
- As used herein the term “binding affinity” refers to the affinity between two complementary nucleic acid molecules or regions within one nucleic acid molecule. Binding affinity between two complementary nucleic acids will vary with a number of factors including, length, and AT/CG content.
- The invention relates to compositions and methods for inactivating nucleic acid targets. Methods of the invention involve, in part, the use of molecules (e.g., composite inhibitory molecules) with nucleic acid regions with sequence complementarity to the nucleic acid molecule which is the subject of desired inactivation (e.g., a target nucleic acid molecule). Compositions described herein can be used for inactivation of targets that are relatively short non-coding RNAs including regulatory RNAs. Compositions described herein can be used for the inactivation of short non-coding RNAs and long non-coding RNAs. Compositions described herein can be used for the inactivation of short non-coding RNAs, such as microRNAs (miRNAs), Piwi-interacting RNAs (piRNAs), and small interfering RNAs (siRNAs). Thus, compositions of the invention can include the composite nucleic acid molecules that are microRNA inhibitors (anti-miRs). In some embodiments, compositions of the invention include at least one miRNA inhibitor and the miRNA inhibitor is produced to target all or a portion of a target nucleic acid. Though they will be referred to as miRNA inhibitors (and anti-miRs), composite nucleic acids can also act to inhibit any target including miRNAs, siRNAs, piRNAs, mRNAs, and rRNAs. Either strand of a duplexed target RNA can be targeted by miRNA inhibitors provided herein.
- In general methods of the invention include the use of nucleic acid molecules (e.g., composite nucleic acid molecules) that inactivate and/or inhibit miRNAs and other short non-coding RNAs. In some embodiments, methods of the invention involve using inhibitors of three distinct formats: hairpin inhibitors, conjugated antisense inhibitors and multimeric inhibitors. Also envisioned are mixtures and chimera thereof. In many instances, all of the formats can be specific for one or more target nucleic acid molecules (e.g., miRNA).
- In some embodiments, target nucleic acid molecules can be obtained from a sample. Samples can be derived from any number of sources. Since methods and compositions described herein can be used to inhibit the activity of miRNAs and the like, most samples will either be known or suspected to contain one or more target nucleic acid segments (i.e., miRNAs). Samples can be from viruses, virally infected cells or eukaryotic sources such as protozoa, algae, fungi (yeast and molds), plants, invertebrates (worms), insects (flies), vertebrates, fish, mammals, rodents and primates. Other sources include culture media, either cell free or cell containing as well as cell storage media. Thus, nucleic acid molecules of the invention (e.g., miRNA inhibitors) can be produced to any target within a sample and/or source.
- In some embodiments, mixtures of different nucleic acid molecules of the invention (e.g., miRNA inhibitors) that target one or more specific targets can be used. In some embodiments, mixtures of different formats disclosed herein can be used to target one or multiple targets (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight targets and/or from about two to about fifteen, from about two to about twelve, from about two to about ten, from about two to about eight, from about two to about six, from about three to about fifteen, from about three to about seven, etc. targets). For example, a mixture including a hairpin inhibitory molecule and a mixture that includes a conjugated antisense inhibitory molecule can be used. Mixtures of inhibitors can also include other types of miRNA inhibitors known in the art. In some embodiments, a mixture of various hairpin inhibitors (5′ hairpin, 3′ hairpin, and 5′ and 3′ hairpin), conjugated antisense inhibitors, and/or multimeric inhibitors can be used to target a single target. In some embodiments, a mixture of various hairpin inhibitors (5′ hairpin and 3′ hairpin) and/or multimeric inhibitors can be used to target multiple targets. In some embodiments, a single miRNA inhibitor can be used that is a chimera of a hairpin inhibitor and a multimeric inhibitor, for example, having some multimeric regions and a 3′ or 5′ hairpin on the same miRNA inhibitory molecule. In some embodiments, a single miRNA inhibitor can be used for multiple targets. For example, the target binding region can include sequences complementary to two different targets. Alternatively, a multimer can include numerous target binding regions that are complementary to one or more targets.
- As one skilled in the art would understand, similar embodiments of the invention may comprise or employ inhibitory molecules which do not inhibit the function of miRNAs. In other words, while reference is made herein to miRNAs inhibitors, the invention includes inhibitors of other classes of nucleic acid molecules. In most instances, inhibitory molecules will associate a corresponding target by hybridization. Thus, the invention includes methods by which a first molecule (e.g., a nucleic acid molecule) binds to a second molecule (e.g., a target nucleic acid molecule) and inhibits a function (e.g., transcription, translation, RNA interference, etc.) of the second nucleic acid molecule, as well as compositions of matter used in such methods.
- In some embodiments, the miRNA inhibitors, and other inhibitory molecules of the invention, reduce the amount and/or activity of one or more targets. In some embodiments, the miRNA inhibitors reduce the amount and/or activity of one or more miRNAs. In some embodiments, the miRNA inhibitors, and other inhibitory molecules of the invention, reduce the amount and/or activity of the target from about 10% to about 100%, 20% to about 100%, 30% to about 100%, 40% to about 100%, 50% to about 100%, 60% to about 100%, 70% to about 100%, 10% to about 90%, 20% to about 85%, 40% to about 84%, 60% to about 90%, including but not limited to 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99%. In some embodiments, the miRNA inhibitors, and other inhibitory molecules of the invention, act to reduce the symptoms of a disease. In some embodiments, the miRNA inhibitors, and other inhibitory molecules of the invention, act to change a phenotype of a cell, such as a developmental phenotype.
- Exemplary inhibitory molecule formats including hairpin inhibitors, multimeric inhibitors, conjugated antisense inhibitors, mixtures thereof, and chimeric inhibitors thereof are explained in more detail with reference to
FIG. 1 andFIG. 9 . - Table 1A: Codes for Formats in Tables 1B-1D
-
TABLE 1A Codes for Formats in Tables 1B-1D Base Code RNA A A RNA C C RNA G G RNA U U DNA A a DNA C c DNA G g DNA T t 2′Ome A A (ital) 2′Ome C C (ital) 2′Ome G G (ital) 2′Ome U U (ital) LNA A A (bold) LNA methyl C C (bold) LNA G G (bold) LNA T T (bold) 2′ F C C f 2′F U Uf phosphorothioate AC Gt (underlined) C6 amino N 2′O-Propargyl G Y - Embodiments of inhibitory molecule formats can include hairpin inhibitors, conjugated inhibitors, multimeric inhibitors, mixtures and chimera thereof. With reference to
FIG. 9 , the inhibitors and chimera will be discussed generally. Then each format will be discussed in more detail in the following sections A-D. -
FIG. 9 shows a schematic of certain formats of the inventions as well as the inter-relationships of the formats. The formats include a hairpin inhibitor (format B1 and C1), a conjugated antisense inhibitor (format A conjugated to at least one non-nucleic acid moiety, for example), and a multimeric inhibitor (format C2). All of the formats are based on a generic structure “A” inFIG. 9 , including at least one binding region (BR), an optional spacer (S), and at least one non-binding region (NBR or loop). The at least one non-binding region (NBR) may also be a nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop and can be at the 5′ and/or 3′ end of the binding region (BR) or both the 5′ and 3′ end. - With reference to the generic format “A” in
FIG. 9 , the binding region (BR) is the region that binds to the target and is also referred to as the target binding region, the target binding nucleic acid segment, the target binding segment and the target binding nucleic acid. The target can be any nucleic acid discussed herein as a target, including any short, non-coding nucleic acid (e.g., microRNA). The binding region can be a reverse complement (RC) to one or more target molecule(s) of interest (e.g., miRNA). In some embodiments, the length of the target binding region is optimized to obtain maximum specificity for the target (e.g., the miRNA) while retaining potency. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to all or a portion of at least one target, such that it will bind to the target (SeeFIG. 9 , Target NA in format B1). In some embodiments the portion of the target includes at least a part of the 5′ UTR or the 3′ UTR. In some embodiments the portion of the target includes at least a part of a coding region. In some embodiments the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to two or more targets. By complementary, the target binding nucleic acid segment can have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including but not limited to 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99% complementarity. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 80-100% complementarity with one target and 60% or more complementarity with at least a second target. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 100% complementarity to a portion of a single target and 60% complementarity to the rest of the target. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is at least 6 or more nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and about 200 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 9 and 25 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to: 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt and 25 nt in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 15 nt and about 25 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 and about 23 nucleotides in length. The target binding region (BR) can be modified in any way known in the art and/or discussed herein (see section entitled “Modification”). In some embodiments, the target binding region is between about 20 and about 200 nucleotides in length and the target is a long non-coding RNA. - A spacer (S in
FIG. 9 ) can be used to separate the stem loop, loop or NBR from the target binding nucleic acid segment. The spacer can be one or more nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is one or more nucleotides having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (e.g., abasic). In some embodiments, the spacer is a single nucleotide with the base A, C, G, U or T. In some embodiments the spacer is at least one universal and/or a modified base. In some embodiments, the spacer is at least one nucleotide but can be between 0 and 10 nucleotides, including, but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is one or more nucleotides and can include purine bases, a pyrimidine bases, and/or no base (e.g., abasic). One or more nucleotides in the spacer can also be modified (see “Modification” section below). Thus, for example, a conjugated antisense inhibitor can include a spacer to separate the binding region (BR) from the non-nucleotide loop (See A inFIG. 9 ). For the hairpin inhibitor, the spacer can separate the stem loop from the binding region (see B1 and C1 inFIG. 9 ). For the multimeric inhibitor, the spacer can separate the binding regions from one or more non-binding regions (see NBR inFIG. 9 ). The spacer can function to reduce or eliminate the charge repulsion of the 5′ end of the NBR or stem (homology region 1) in the respective formats for the target nucleic acid. Thus, for example, with reference toFIG. 9 , B1, the 5′ end of the target nucleic acid-bearing phosphate when bound to the binding region (BR) may be repulsed. A spacer can reduce this repulsion. The sequence of spacer S1 may be the same as the sequence of spacer S2 or the sequences may be different. - The non-binding region (NBR) in
FIG. 9 can be any nucleic acid segment that does not bind to the target (a loop, a homology region, a stem loop, or a homology region for the double-stranded part of the multimeric inhibitor). In the case of the conjugated antisense inhibitor, the NBR can be a non-nucleotide loop (see format A inFIG. 9 ) and the loop can be attached directly to the inhibitory molecule (with or without a spacer). In the case of the hairpin inhibitor, the non-binding region can be a stem loop (see format B1 and C1 inFIG. 9 ). The loop of the stem loop can be a non-nucleotide loop or a nucleotide loop. Alternatively, the NBR (non binding region) can be the part of the multimeric inhibitory molecule that is double-stranded (see NBR1 and NBR2 inFIG. 9 , B2A). In this case, while the NBR does not bind to the target, it can bind to a reverse complement NBR (NBR2C and NBR1C) to create the final multimeric molecule with single stranded regions (BR) and double stranded regions (NBR1 bound to NBR1C and NBR2 bound to NBR2C). A chimeric version of a multimeric inhibitory molecule (see C2 inFIG. 9 ) can also be envisioned to contain one or more loops—either stem loops or non-nucleotide loops as non-binding regions. - The loop in the hairpin inhibitor (see “loop” in drawing C1) functions to connect the two homology regions (HR1 and HR2 in
FIG. 9 ) or stem regions to produce a stem loop. In some embodiments, the inhibitor contains 2 or more loops. In some embodiments, the 2 or more loops can be nucleotide loops, non-nucleotide loops and/or mixtures thereof. - When the loop (see drawing “C1”) is composed of nucleic acid, this nucleic acid can be chemically modified and can be DNA or RNA. Further, the length of the loop can be adjusted to allow for association and binding between homologous regions (e.g., “HR1” and “HR2” in
FIG. 1 “C1”). Typically, nucleotide loops will be between about 3 and about 50 nucleotides in length (e.g., from about 4 to about 50, from about 6 to about 50, from about 8 to about 50, from about 10 to about 50, from about 4 to about 40, from about 4 to about 30, from about 4 to about 25, from about 4 to about 20, from about 4 to about 15, from about 5 to about 30, from about 5 to about 15, from about 6 to about 50, from about 6 to about 20, from about 8 to about 20, etc. nucleotides). - In some embodiments, the loop (in the hairpin inhibitor) is composed of non-nucleotide polymers and derivatives thereof. Briefly, the non-nucleotide loop can be of sufficient length and/or of sufficient materials to enable effective intramolecular hybridization between the homologous regions (to form a stem). The length of the loop will typically be a length which is at least the length spanned by at least 8-50 atoms (e.g., from about 8 to about 50, from about 8 to about 40, from about 8 to about 30, from about 8 to about 25, from about 8 to about 20, from about 10 to about 30, from about 12 to about 30, etc. atoms), while not being so long as to interfere with the pairing of the oligonucleotides capable of hybridizing to each other. In some embodiments, the length of the loop is the length spanned by between about 18 and about 22 atoms. In some embodiments, the loop has a backbone of covalently bonded atoms chosen from: carbon, oxygen, sulfur, phosphate, and nitrogen. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop has a backbone composed of covalently bonded carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon and oxygen atoms. In some embodiments, the loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol (PEG3-PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, derivatives thereof and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is a fluorescent dye. In some embodiments, the fluorescent dye is
CYANINE™ 5 dye,CYANINE™ 3 dye, or an Alexa Fluor emitter. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is selected from one of the structures in Table 2. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of polyethylene glycol (PEG). In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative and the polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative is penta-ethylene glycol or hexa-ethylene glycol. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is modified by attaching an amine, thiol, NGS ester, alkyne or other functional handle that could partake in a reaction post synthesis, such as labeling with a dye or biotin. Other modifications can be found in references such as: Beaucage, et al, 1992, Tetrahedron, v. 48, p. 2223-2311; Beaucage, et al, 1993, Tetrahedron, v. 49, p. 1925-1963, p6123-6194, and p.10441-10488, herein incorporated by reference. Derivatives of non-nucleotide loops can include modified non-nucleotide loops, sidechains, and cycloalkanes addition. - Table 2: Non Nucleotide Loop Structures
-
TABLE 2 Non-Nucleotide Loop Structures Linker Structure Name L1 Triethylene glycol bis-phosphate (TEG) L2 Bis-hexanol disulfide bis-phosphate L3 Hexaethylene glycol bis-phosphate L4 Tetraethylene glycol bis-phosphate L5 Propane diol bis- phosphate L6 Hexane diol bis- phosphate L7 Nonane diol bis- phosphate L8 Dodecyl diol bis- phosphate L10 Bis-propyl-amido stilbene bis-phosphate L11 4-(hydroxybutyl)- 1H-1,2,3-triazol- 1-yl)-N-(6- hydroxyhexyl) butanamide bis-phosphate L12 Pentaethylene glycol bis-phosphate - In some embodiments, (the conjugated antisense inhibitor), the non-nucleotide loop (NBR or loop in format A,
FIG. 9 ) can be any material without limitation and the size is not limiting as long as it does not interfere with binding of the binding region (BR) to its target. Thus, when the loop is on the 5′ or 3′ end of the conjugated antisense inhibitor, it can be composed of any of the materials used for a nucleotide loop or for a non-nucleotide loop on the hairpin inhibitor. - In some embodiments, the basic format A inhibitory molecule can also include a second non-binding region (NBR2) and can be separated from the binding region (BR) by an optional spacer (S) (see format B2A). With reference to format B2A, the NBR1 and NBR2 can be any sequence as long as it does not interfere with binding of the target to the binding region (BR). Further, the NBR1 and NBR2 can be any sequence as long as NBR1 does not hybridize to NBR2. In some embodiments, the NBR1 and/or NBR2 is between from about 30 nucleotides to about 200 nucleotides in length, including about 30 to about 100 nucleotides in length, and about 30 to about 50 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the NBR1 and/or NBR2 is from 5 nts to 100 nts in length, or from 5 nts to 50 nts in length or from 5 to 20 nts in length. The length of NBR1 can be the same as or different than the length of NBR2.
- Inhibitory molecules can also include a second oligonucleotide (see B2B in
FIG. 9 ) that is capable of binding to the B2A oligonucleotide as follows. The B2B oligonucleotide can contain a region that is capable of hybridizing to NBR1 (NBR1C) and a region that is capable of hybridizing to NBR2 (NBR2C). The B2B segment will be the reverse complement of these sequences and, as such, will be approximately the same length as the sequences. However, the B2B segment can be any length as long as it does not interfere with the target binding to the binding region (BR). - With reference to format C2 (the multimeric inhibitor) in
FIG. 9 , the B2A molecules can be multimerized in a head to tail manner to create the top strand in the final C2 molecule. Further, the B2B segments can be added to a mixture containing the B2A molecule and allowed to hybridize such that the resulting C2 molecule has some single-stranded regions (the BR with or without the spacer) and some double stranded regions (the B2A segment and the B2B segment). Any of the regions within the multimeric inhibitor (C2) can be modified as discussed in the section below entitled “Modification”. For example, the binding region can be modified to enhance binding to its target, and the NBR1 and NBR2 can be modified to promote binding to the NBR1C and NBR2C regions. Modifications can also be included in any part of the multimeric inhibitor, for example, to increase stability or to enhance cell uptake. - In some embodiments, the length of the B2A portion of a multimeric miRNA inhibitor is from about 30 to about 150 nt in length, including about 30 to about 100 nt in length, including about 30 to about 45 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to, about 31 nt, 32 nt, 33 nt, 34 nt, 35 nt, 36 nt, 37 nt, 38 nt, 39 nt, 40 nt, 41 nt, 42 nt, 43 nt, 44 nt, and 45 nt. In some embodiments, the length of the B2A portion of a multimeric miRNA inhibitor is from 30 nt, 40 nt, 50 nt, 60 nt, 66 nt, 70 nt, 80 nt, 90 nt, 100 nt, or more nucleotides to 175 nt, 200 nt, 250 nt, 300 nt, 350 nt, 400 nt, 500 nt, or 660 nucleotides, or any range therebetween. For example the length of the miRNA inhibitor may be from 30 nt to 250 nt, from 45 to 150 nt, from 50 to 100 nt, from 66 nt to 660 nt, from 80 to 500 nt, from 90 to 400 nt, from 100 to 300 nt, from 100 to 200 nt, or about 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 100 nucleotides.
- In some embodiments, a multimeric miRNA inhibitor is made by mixing B2A and B2B molecules in various molar ratios and allowing the molecules to anneal. Because of this, the length of the final multimeric inhibitor can vary dramatically, from a single B2A molecule to hundreds of B2A molecules long. In some embodiments, the multimeric molecules are a pool of various lengths.
- In some embodiments, chimeric molecules can be envisioned which contain various parts of the formats shown herein, including but not limited to, BR's, NBR's, S's, HR1 and HR2's, NBR1 and NBR2's, and loops. Further, the formats can include nucleotide loops or non-nucleotide loops as part of a stem-loop structure or attached at the 3′ or 5′ ends directly. The formats can also include multimers of any of the above formats and can include single and double-stranded regions such as those shown in format C2. The chimeric molecules of the invention can also include any of the modifications discussed herein and/or under the heading “Modifications” below.
- Further, the miRNA inhibitors can include a composition comprising mixtures of various formats shown in
FIG. 1 ,FIG. 9 andFIG. 10 and/or discussed herein. - MiRNA inhibitors can target one or more targets. Thus, each specific binding region can be complementary to one or more targets. Alternatively, multimers can be made that contain mixtures of B2A molecules with multiple binding regions each complementary to one or more targets.
- The various formats of the inhibitors shown in
FIG. 9 will now be discussed in more detail under the headings “A. hairpin inhibitors,” “B. conjugated antisense inhibitors,” “C. multimeric inhibitors,” and “D. chimeric inhibitors” below: - A. Hairpin Inhibitory Molecules
- Without being limited to a single hypothesis, the hairpin structure acts to “stabilize” one terminus and makes the antisense region more accessible for hybridization. Other possibilities are that the double-stranded stem region of the hairpin inhibitor (See
FIG. 1 and “B1” inFIG. 9 ) provides an opportunity for a thermodynamically favorable base-stacking interaction between the inhibitory molecule and the target miRNA. This feature can enhance the ability of inhibitory molecules to retain the hybridization to the target brought about by the canonical Watson-Crick complementarity of the strands. However, base stacking is not the only and may not be the major factor. miRNA guide strands are contained within Ago2 proteins or more sophisticated protein complexes of the RNAi machinery. When inhibitors approach the miRNA strand, hybridization is likely not the major factor; presumably the protein has a governing role. Its natural target is long and structured mRNA, so rather than binding the short antisense sequences (even though they are chemically modified and have high melting temperature) they prefer to bind longer nucleic acids. Hairpin inhibitors seem to work by acting more like the long and structured mRNA with respect to the Ago protein. Hairpin inhibitors with non-nucleotide loops have the added advantage that they are less expensive to produce than those with nucleotide loops, because during oligonucleotide synthesis, one coupling reaction is needed for a non-nucleotide loop whereas nucleotide based loops need multiple (e.g., 4-5) coupling reactions. - With reference to
FIG. 9 B1 and C1, embodiments of hairpin inhibitors include at least one loop (either nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop), a first homologous region (HR1), a second homologous region (HR2), and a target binding nucleic acid segment (BR) which is greater than 6 nucleotides in length (a composite nucleic acid). The loop (L) functions to connect the first nucleotide (HR1) and second nucleotide homologous regions (HR2) to form a double-stranded structure (a stem loop) (see C1 inFIG. 9 ). The loop can be composed of nucleotides. Alternatively, the loop can be composed of any type of non-nucleotide material. In either case, the loop is of sufficient length to allow for the first and the second homologous region to hybridize to one another to form the double stranded structure (a stem). In some embodiments, the first and second homologous regions are able to hybridize under physiological conditions. In some embodiments, the stem-loop is on the 3′ end of the nucleic acid molecule (3′ hairpin). In some embodiments, the stem-loop is on the 5′ end of the nucleic acid molecule (5′ hairpin). In some embodiments, the hairpin inhibitors include at least a second loop (either nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop), and a second stem region (including a third homologous region, and a fourth homologous region). In some embodiments, the hairpin inhibitor has a single stem-loop region either at the 3′ end or the 5′ end of the molecule. In some embodiments, the stem-loop is on the 5′ end and there is an addition of at least one nucleotide between the stem and the target binding nucleic acid segment (a spacer). In some embodiments, the stem-loop is on the 3′ end and there is an addition of at least one nucleotide between the stem and the target binding nucleic acid segment (a spacer). In some embodiments, the hairpin inhibitors are asymmetric structures including a single stem-loop. - When the loop is composed of nucleic acid, this nucleic acid can be chemically modified and can be DNA or RNA. Further, the length of the loop can be adjusted to allow for association and binding between homologous regions (e.g., “HR1” and “HR2” in
FIG. 1 andFIG. 9 ). Typically, nucleotide loops will be between 4 and 50 nucleotides in length (e.g., from about 4 to about 50, from about 6 to about 50, from about 8 to about 50, from about 10 to about 50, from about 4 to about 40, from about 4 to about 30, from about 4 to about 25, from about 4 to about 20, from about 4 to about 15, from about 5 to about 30, from about 5 to about 15, from about 6 to about 50, from about 6 to about 20, from about 8 to about 20, etc. nucleotides). In some embodiments, the loop has a 2′ position substituted with a molecule chosen from O-alkyl, fluoro, OH and H. Alternatively, the nucleic acid loop can include any of the modifications discussed herein (see section entitled “Modifications”) - The non-nucleotide loops (see “loop” in
FIG. 9 , C1) can be used to connect the homologous nucleic acid segments (HR1 and HR2 inFIG. 9 , C1). Briefly, the non-nucleotide loop can be of sufficient length and/or have a sufficient number of monomers and/or a sufficient number of atoms to enable effective intramolecular hybridization between the homologous regions (to form a stem). In some embodiments, the loop (see “loop” inFIG. 9 , C1) is composed of non-nucleotide polymers. The length of the loop will typically be a length which is at least the length spanned by at least 8-50 atoms (e.g., from about 8 to about 50, from about 8 to about 40, from about 8 to about 30, from about 8 to about 25, from about 8 to about 20, from about 10 to about 30, from about 12 to about 30, etc. atoms), while not being so long as to interfere with the pairing of the oligonucleotides capable of hybridizing to each other. In some embodiments, the length of the loop is the length spanned by between about 18 and about 22 atoms. In some embodiments, the loop has a backbone of covalently bonded atoms chosen from: Carbon, Oxygen, sulfur, phosphate, and nitrogen. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop has a backbone composed of covalently bonded carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the loop is composed of one of the molecules listed in Table 2. In some embodiments, the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon and oxygen atoms. In some embodiments, the loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG3, PEG4, PEG5, PEG6, PEG7, PEG5, PEG9, or PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, derivatives thereof and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is a fluorescent dye. In some embodiments, the fluorescent dye isCYANINE™ 5 dye,CYANINE™ 3 dye, or an Alexa Fluor emitter. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of polyethylene glycol (PEG). In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative and the polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative is tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa-, hepta-, octa-, nona-, or deca-, ethylene glycol ethylene glycol. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is C12 alkane diol. - In some embodiments, the loop can be separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by one or more nucleotide spacers (see
FIG. 9 , format A, designated as an S). The spacer can be one or more nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is a single nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (e.g., abasic). In some embodiments, the spacer is a single nucleotide with the base A, C, G, U or T. In some embodiments, the spacer is at least one nucleotide but can be between 0 and 10 nucleotides, including, but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is one or more nucleotides and can include universal bases, purine bases, a pyrimidine bases, and/or no base (e.g., abasic). One or more nucleotides in the spacer can also be modified (see “Modification” section below). The spacer can function to reduce the possibility that when the target strand binds to the binding region of the inhibitor, there will be charge repulsion between the end of the homologous region (the 3′phosphate) and the 5′ end of the target. - The first and second homologous regions are of an equivalent length such that a stem-like structure can be formed when the two regions bind (see
FIG. 1 andFIG. 9 , HR1 and HR2). In some embodiments, the length of the first and second homologous regions is between about 3 and 30 nt in length, including but not limited to 4 nt, 5 nt, 6 nt, 7 nt, 8 nt, 9 nt, 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt, 25 nt, 26 nt, 27 nt, 28 nt, 29 nt and 30 nt in length. In some embodiments, the length of the first and second homologous regions is between about 4 and about 10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the length of the first and second homologous regions is between about 4 and about 8 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the first and second homologous regions are complementary to each other such that they can hybridize under physiological conditions. In some embodiments, the first and second homologous regions have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% and 99%. In some embodiments, the first and second homologous regions are not the same length. - The target binding nucleic acid segment shown as “BR” in
FIG. 1 andFIG. 9 , can be a reverse complement (RC) to the target molecule of interest (e.g., miRNA). In some embodiments, the length of the target binding region is optimized to obtain maximum specificity for the target (e.g., the miRNA) while retaining potency. The target can be any nucleic acid discussed herein as a target, including any short, non-coding nucleic acid (e.g., microRNA). The binding region can be a reverse complement (RC) to one or more target molecule(s) of interest (e.g., miRNA). In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to all or a portion of at least one target, such that it will bind to the target (seeFIG. 9 , Target NA in format B1). By complementary, the target binding nucleic acid segment can have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including but not limited to 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99% complementarity. In some embodiments the target binding region can be complementary to more than one target. In some embodiments, the binding region can be complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments the target binding region is 100% complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 80-100% complementarity with one target and 60% or more complementarity with at least a second target. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 100% complementarity to a portion of the target and 60% complementarity to the rest. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is at least 6 or more nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and about 200 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 9 and 25 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to: 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt and 25 nt in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 15 nt and about 25 nucleotides in length In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 nt and about 23 nucleotides in length. The target binding region (BR) can be modified in any way known in the art and/or discussed herein (see section entitled “Modification”). In some embodiments, the target binding region is between about 20 and about 200 nucleotides in length and the target is a long non-coding RNA. - In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid inhibitor (hairpin) molecule can include one or more nucleotides on the 5′ or 3′ end. In some embodiments, the extra nucleotides can be selected from a purine base, a pyrimidine base or no base (e.g., abasic). In some embodiments, the extra nucleotides can be from 0 to 30 nucleotides, including but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid inhibitory (hairpin) molecule can include a non-nucleotide loop on the 5′ or 3′ end. The non-nucleotide loop can be any material discussed herein as long as it does not interfere with binding to the target nucleic acid.
- In some embodiments, the total composite nucleic acid inhibitory molecule (hairpin inhibitor) in total is between about 28 and about 200 nucleotides in length, including between about 28 and about 100 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid molecule is between about 28 and about 40 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the composite nucleic acid molecule is between about 34 and about 36 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the length does not include the non-nucleotide loop.
- In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid molecule (hairpin inhibitor) includes modifications in any part of the hairpin inhibitor, including the target binding nucleic acid (“BR” in
FIG. 9 ), the stem (“HR1” and “HR2” inFIG. 9 ), the loop (“Loop” inFIG. 9 ), the spacer (“S” inFIG. 9 ), the 5′ end and the 3′ end. Such modifications can be any modifications that do not preclude binding to the target (e.g., the miRNA). In some embodiments, the modifications increase binding to the target. Modifications can include, without limitations, an alkyl, an amine, imine, guanidine, aromatic amino heterocycle. Modifications can include DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′OAllyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′fluoro, arabino, 2′-xylo, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′ amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, ENA (e.g. aza-ENA and carbo-ENA), combinations thereof and derivatives thereof. Modifications of these types, as well as other modifications, are disclosed in US Patent Publ. Nos. 2008/0146788, 2009/0192302, and 2010/0087387, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. - Alternatively, modifications can include modifications to the nucleotides in the target binding region, particularly modifications that increase binding of the nucleotides to their target. For example, LNA-like molecules are sugar structures that are 3′ endo and are fixed in a certain conformation that is effective to bind to RNA. Exemplary modifications include at least one 2′ O-alkyl, LNA (and LNA-like molecules), 2′fluoro, phosphorothioate, phosphoroamidates, 5-alkyl- or halo substituted pyrimidines and alkyl or halo-substituted purine bases. Further exemplary modifications include DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′OAllyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′-xylo, 2′fluoro, 2′ arabino, 2′fluoro arabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′Amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, combinations thereof and modifications thereof. In some embodiments, the modifications can include addition of a 3′ alkyl amino group. In some embodiments, the addition of the 3′ alkyl amino group enhances potency of the microRNA inhibitor at lower concentrations. Exemplary modifications include LNA (and LNA-like molecules) and 2′-OMe, but many other modifications can be included. In some embodiments, the nucleotides are LNA modified at every position. In some embodiments the nucleotides are LNA modified at every other position. In some embodiments, the target binding region is 2′OMe modified. See more about modification in the section entitled “Modifications” below.
- With reference to
FIG. 1 , the hairpin inhibitors can be included in a composition as 3′hairpins (having the stem loop at the 3′ end), 5′ hairpins (having the stem loop at the 5′ end), 3′ and 5′ double hairpins and/or combinations of the three. Further, hairpin inhibitors of the invention can be included in compositions with other types of inhibitors, including multimeric and/or conjugated antisense inhibitors of the invention. The asymmetric design can also allow for specificity modulation. The ability to have two (5′ loop or 3′ loop) highly potent inhibitory molecules for each target miRNA provides not only a means for target validation but also a mechanism for studies of specificity within and among members of closely related miRNA families. 5′ inhibitors reinforce duplex formation at the 3′ end of the miRNA which can contribute to inter-familial specificity. Alternatively, 3′ inhibitors reinforce duplex formation at the 5′ end of the miRNA presumably reinforcing intra-familial specificity. Thus, mixtures can have a number of advantages. With reference herein to a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor control with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), the first 3′-nucleotide for hairpin inhibitors is unmodified as shown in tables and drawings herein. - B. Conjugated Antisense Inhibitors
- In some embodiments conjugated antisense inhibitors are envisioned. With reference to format A in
FIG. 9 , the conjugated antisense inhibitors include a target binding nucleic acid segment (BR) and at least one loop (NBR or loop), wherein the loop is not nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the loop is located at the 3′ end of the antisense inhibitor. In some embodiments, the loop is located at the 5′ end of the antisense inhibitor. In some embodiments, the loop is located at both ends of the antisense inhibitor. In some embodiments, when there are two loops, they are the same non-nucleotide loop. In some embodiments, when there are two loops, they are different non-nucleotide loops. - The target binding nucleic acid segment (see “BR” in
FIG. 9 , format A) can be a reverse complement (RC) to the target molecule of interest (e.g., miRNA). In some embodiments, the length of the target binding region is optimized to obtain maximum specificity for the target (e.g., the miRNA) while retaining potency. The target can be any nucleic acid discussed herein as a target, including any short, non-coding nucleic acid (e.g., microRNA). The binding region can be a reverse complement (RC) to one or more target molecule(s) of interest (e.g., miRNA). In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to all or a portion of at least one target, such that it will bind to the target (seeFIG. 9 , Target NA in format B1). By complementary, the target binding nucleic acid segment can have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including but not limited to 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99% complementarity. In some embodiments the target binding region can be complementary to more than one target. In some embodiments, the binding region can be complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments the target binding region is 100% complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 80-100% complementarity with one target and 60% or more complementarity with at least a second target. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 100% complementarity to a portion of the target and 60% complementarity to the rest. - In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is at least 6 or more nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and about 200 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 6 and 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 9 and 25 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to: 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt and 25 nt in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 15 nt and about 25 nucleotides in length In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 nt and about 23 nucleotides in length. The target binding region (BR) can be modified in any way known in the art and/or discussed herein (see section entitled “Modification”). In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 and about 200 nucleotides in length and the target is a long non-coding RNA.
- In some embodiments, the loop (see NBR or Loop in
FIG. 9 , format A) can be separated from the target binding nucleic acid segment by a one or more nucleotide spacer (seeFIG. 9 , format A, designated as an “S”). The spacer can be one or more nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is a single nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (e.g., abasic). In some embodiments, the spacer is a single nucleotide with the base A, C, G, U or T. In some embodiments, the spacer is at least one nucleotide but can be between 0 and 10 nucleotides, including, but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is one or more nucleotides and can include universal bases, purine bases, a pyrimidine bases, and/or no base (e.g., abasic). One or more nucleotides in the spacer can also be modified (see “Modification” section below). - In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid molecule in total (conjugated antisense inhibitor) is between about 15 and about 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 20 and about 40 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid molecule is between about 20 and about 30 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments the composite nucleic acid molecule is between about 20 and about 25 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the length does not include the non-nucleotide loop.
- In some embodiments, the loop (see “NBR” in
FIG. 9 , format A) is composed of one or more non-nucleotide polymers. In some embodiments, the loop is composed of one of the compounds listed in Table 2. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop has a backbone composed of covalently bonded carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the loop has a backbone of covalently bonded atoms chosen from: carbon, oxygen, sulfur, phosphate, and nitrogen. In some embodiments, the backbone of the loop comprises covalently bonded carbon and oxygen atoms. In some embodiments, the loop is chosen from polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG3, PEG4, PEG5, PEG6, PEG7, PEG8, PEG9, and PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl derivatives thereof and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is a fluorescent dye. In some embodiments, the fluorescent dye isCYANINE™ 5 dye,CYANINE™ 3 dye, or an Alexa Fluor emitter. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of polyethylene glycol (PEG). In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of a polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative and the polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative is a tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa-, hepta-, octa-, nona-, or deca-, ethylene glycol. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is C12 alkane diol. - In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid inhibitory (conjugated antisense) molecule can include one or more nucleotides on the 5′ or 3′ end. In some embodiments, the extra nucleotides can be selected from a purine base, a pyrimidine base or no base (e.g., abasic). In some embodiments, the extra nucleotides can be from 0 to 30 nucleotides, including but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29 nucleotides.
- C. Multimeric Inhibitors
- Without being limited to a single hypothesis, a multimeric inhibitor can act by mimicking the mRNA and thus, promoting stronger interaction with the microRNA. Multimeric inhibitors have the further advantage of not having secondary structure (in contrast to long single-stranded tandem anti-miRs, which could be chemically synthesized or transcribed in vitro) which can complicate complex formation with miRNAs. In addition, the termini of multimeric inhibitors will inherently have extra protection from RNases, and packaging and in vitro delivery of these multimers will be more efficient with many commercially available reagents because the complexes are long and rigid.
- Embodiments of multimeric inhibitors include at least a first oligonucleotide (e.g., B2A in
FIG. 9 ) and a second oligonucleotide (e.g., B2B inFIG. 9 ), wherein the first oligonucleotide comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region, and two or more regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, wherein the second oligonucleotide comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions to at least two of the two or more regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule, and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid molecule comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions. In some embodiments, the single-stranded region is capable of binding to a target nucleic acid molecule under physiological conditions. In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid is a short non-coding RNA. In some embodiments, the target nucleic acid molecule is chosen from a microRNA, a piwi-interacting RNA, a small interfering RNA, a messenger RNA, and a ribosomal RNA. - With reference to
FIG. 9 , an embodiment of a multimeric inhibitory molecule C2 is shown that is made up of a multimer of molecules B2A with three molecules of B2B hybridized thereto. Thus, a multimeric inhibitor can be made up of at least one first oligonucleotide (B2A) that comprises a target nucleic acid molecule binding region (BR), and two or more regions which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule (NBR1 and NBR2) and at least one second oligonucleotide (B2B) that comprises two regions which will hybridize under physiological conditions (NBR2C and NBR1C) to at least two of the two or more regions of the first oligonucleotides which will not hybridize to the target nucleic acid molecule (NBR1 and NBR2), and wherein the multimeric nucleic acid molecule (C2) comprises both single-stranded and double-stranded regions. Multimeric nucleic acid molecule inhibitors are therefore comprised of individual molecules that assemble into a multimeric structure. The number of individual molecules may be from 2, 3, 4, 5, to 20 or to 100 or more, or any integer range therebetween. Multimeric inhibitors may contain nicks where hybridization of two ends to a complementary nucleic acid occurs. - With reference to
FIG. 9 and in more detail, the first oligonucleotide B2A comprises at least one binding region (BR), and at least two non-binding regions (NBR1 and NBR2). The non-binding regions, while they do not bind to the target nucleic acid, can bind to other regions of the second oligonucleotide (B2B). Thus, the NBR1 is complementary to the NBR1C of the second oligonucleotide (B2B) and the NBR2 is complementary to the NBR2C of the second oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, the length of the non-binding regions is between about 3 and 30 nt in length, including but not limited to 4 nt, 5 nt, 6 nt, 7 nt, 8 nt, 9 nt, 10 nt, 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt, 25 nt, 26 nt, 27 nt, 28 nt, 29 nt and 30 nt in length. In some embodiments, the length of the non-binding regions is between about 4 and about 10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the length of the non-binding regions is between about 4 and about 8 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the non-binding regions of the first oligonucleotide are complementary to the non-binding regions on the second oligonucleotide such that they can hybridize under physiological conditions. In some embodiments, the non-binding region for the first oligonucleotide and the non-binding region on the second oligonucleotide are about 80% to about 100% complementary to each other. In some embodiments, the non-binding regions on the first oligonucleotide are complementary to the non-binding regions on the second oligonucleotide but are not the same length. - Although it is not necessary to include spacer regions, in some embodiments, the binding region (BR) of the first oligonucleotide can be separated from the one or more non-binding regions (NBR1 and/or NBR2) of the first oligonucleotide by a one or more nucleotide spacer (see
FIG. 9 , B2A, designated as an “S1” and “S2”). The spacer can be one or more nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is a single nucleotide having a purine base, a pyrimidine base, or no base (e.g., abasic). In some embodiments, the spacer is a single nucleotide with the base A, C, G, U or T. In some embodiments, the spacer is at least one nucleotide but can be between 0 and 10 nucleotides, including, but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the spacer is one or more nucleotides and can include universal bases, purine bases, a pyrimidine bases, and/or no base (e.g., abasic). One or more nucleotides in the spacer can also be modified (see “Modification” section below). The spacer can function in this inhibitory molecule to ensure that there is no charge repulsion from the 3′ phosphate of the second oligonucleotide when the target binds to the binding region (BR). - In some embodiments, the binding region binds one or more targets. The target can be any nucleic acid discussed herein as a target, including any short, non-coding nucleic acid (e.g., microRNA). The binding region can be a reverse complement (RC) to one or more target molecule(s) of interest (e.g., miRNA). In some embodiments, the length of the target binding region is optimized to obtain maximum specificity for the target (e.g., the miRNA) while retaining potency. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is complementary to all or a portion of at least one target, such that it will bind to the target (See
FIG. 9 , Target NA in format B1). By complementary, the target binding nucleic acid segment can have between about 40% to about 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including about 60% to 100% complementarity with one or more targets, including but not limited to 65%, 70%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, and 99% complementarity. In some embodiments the target binding region can be complementary to more than one target. In some embodiments, the binding region can be complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments the target binding region is 100% complementary to two or more targets. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 80-100% complementarity with one target and 60% or more complementarity with at least a second target. In some embodiments, the target binding region can have 100% complementarity to a portion of the target and 60% complementarity to the rest. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is at least 6 or more nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 9 and 50 nucleotides in length, including between about 10 and 25 nucleotides in length, including, but not limited to: 11 nt, 12 nt, 13 nt, 14 nt, 15 nt, 16 nt, 17 nt, 18 nt, 19 nt, 20 nt, 21 nt, 22 nt, 23 nt, 24 nt and 25 nt in length. In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 15 nt and about 25 nucleotides in length In some embodiments, the target binding nucleic acid segment is between about 20 nt and about 23 nucleotides in length. The target binding region (BR) can be modified in any way known in the art and/or discussed herein (see section entitled “Modification”). - In some embodiments, multimers of B2A are linked to form the multimeric top strand of the multimeric inhibitor C2 in
FIG. 9 . The multimers of the B2A molecule include binding regions (BR) separated from other binding regions (BR) by one or more non-binding regions (NBR1, NBR2, and NBR1NBR2). The binding regions may also be separated from the non-binding regions by at least one spacer. Thus, C2 shows one exemplary format of a multimeric top strand, but other embodiments can be envisioned that contain more or fewer B2A molecules and/or spacers. In some embodiments, some of the B2A molecules linked to create the multimeric top strand in C2 can contain spacers and some may not contain spacers. In some embodiments, there are one or more Binding Regions (BR), including but not limited to, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, and ten. In some embodiments there are between two and five binding regions. - In some embodiments, the first oligonucleotide is between from about 30 nucleotides to about 200 nucleotides in length, including about 30 to about 100 nucleotides in length, and about 30 to about 50 nucleotides in length.
- In some embodiments, the second oligonucleotide is between from about 10 nucleotides to about 50 nucleotides in length, including about 10 to about 30 nucleotides in length, and about 10 to about 20 nucleotides in length. In some embodiments, the second oligonucleotide does not overlap the binding region of the first oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, the second oligonucleotide is the same length as the one or more non-binding regions of the first oligonucleotide that it binds to. It is understood that if the first oligonucleotide includes one or more spacer regions that are, for example, 4 nucleotides in length, the second oligonucleotide could be one or two nucleotides longer (could bind partially to the spacer region and would not interfere with binding of the target molecule.
- In some embodiments, because of the way the multimers are formed, the total length of the multimeric anti-microRNA molecule (not including the second oligonucleotide) can vary from the length of a single B2A molecule to the length of 100-300 B2A molecules. Thus, depending on the annealing buffer, the number of monomers (B2A and B2B molecules) that multimerize can vary. Further, depending on the molar ratio of B2A:B2B molecules, the number that multimerize can vary. While the difference in size should not affect the performance, the size can be controlled, if desired, by addition of “stoppers/blockers”. The “stoppers/blockers” can be oligonucleotides that are added with the B2A and B2B molecules during annealing. The “stoppers/blockers” can contain only one part of the bridging oligo (e.g., only NBR2C without NBR1C). Optionally, a “stopper/blocker” can be a hairpin structure at the 5′ or 3′ end of the B2A molecule. Such blockers could be added to the complexes at different concentrations and restrict the average length of the complexes formed.
-
FIG. 10 shows a schematic of the production of a multimeric inhibitor. With reference toFIG. 10 , the top strand is the B2A molecule shown inFIG. 9 . The middle strand is the B2B molecule shown inFIG. 9 and the bottom molecule is C2 inFIG. 9 . Without being limited to a specific theory, the single-stranded regions of multimeric inhibitors are believed to hybridize to the active miRNA strands loaded onto the Ago protein. The multimeric inhibitor inFIG. 10 shows two binding regions (the single-stranded regions), but could contain many more depending on how many B2A molecules multimerize. - In some embodiments, modifications are included that allow for strong interactions with the target and/or strong interactions between the first and second oligonucleotides (B2A and B2B in
FIG. 9 ). Exemplary modifications include LNA (and LNA-like molecules) and 2′-OMe, but many other modifications can be included. In some embodiments, the nucleotides are LNA modified at every other position. In some embodiments, the first oligonucleotide and/or the target binding region is 2′OMe modified. - In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid inhibitory (multimeric inhibitor) molecule can include one or more nucleotides on the 5′ or 3′ end. In some embodiments, the extra nucleotides can be selected from a purine base, a pyrimidine base or no base (e.g., abasic). In some embodiments, the extra nucleotides can be from 0 to 30 nucleotides, including but not limited to, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, and 29 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the composite nucleic acid inhibitory (multimeric inhibitor) molecule can include a non-nucleotide loop on the 5′ or 3′ end. The non-nucleotide loop can be any material discussed herein as long as it does not interfere with binding to the target nucleic acid.
- In some embodiments, the multimeric molecules are formed by mixing various amounts of the long strand containing the target molecule binding region (the first oligonucleotide) with the smaller oligonucleotide (the second oligonucleotide). In some embodiments, the first and second oligonucleotides are mixed in an appropriate buffer (such as an annealing buffer) at a temperature for a time long enough to anneal. In some embodiments, the first and second oligonucleotides are denatured followed by a cool down for an amount of time to allow annealing of the two molecules. For example, a typical annealing buffer includes 10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl. A typical denaturing temperature is 95° C. for 3 min. A typical cool down temperature is 37° C. for 1 hour. In some embodiments, the first and second oligonucleotides are added in equal amounts. In some embodiments, the two are added such that there is a molar excess of the first oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, the two are added such that there is a molar excess of the second oligonucleotide. In some embodiments, the multimers spontaneously anneal to produce the final multimerized inhibitory molecules. In some embodiments, the multimers anneal to form molecules having a variety of sizes (a pool of sizes). In some embodiments, the sizes can be, from a single multimer (the length of one B2A molecule) to 100s of multimers (100s of B2A molecules in length).
- D. Chimera of Inhibitors
- In some embodiments, chimeric molecules can be envisioned which contain various parts of the formats shown herein, including but not limited to, BR's, NBR's, S's, HR1 and HR2's, NBR1 and NBR2's, and loops (see
FIG. 9 ). Further, the formats can include nucleotide loop or non-nucleotide loops as part of a stem-loop structure or attached at the 3′ or 5′ ends directly. The formats can be produced as multimers and can include single and double-stranded regions such as those shown in format C2. The chimeric molecules of the invention can also include any of the modifications discussed herein and/or under the heading “Modifications”. - In some embodiments, chimeric miRNA inhibitors are produced that have parts of conjugated antisense inhibitors coupled with parts of multimeric inhibitors. For example, parts of the multimeric inhibitor can be combined with a 3′ or 5′ non-nucleotide loop. Further, chimeric inhibitors having parts of the hairpin inhibitors mixed with parts of the multimeric inhibitors are envisioned. For example, multimeric inhibitors having 5′ or 3′ hairpin structures can be produced and used for inhibition of the microRNAs in the cell. In some embodiments, chimeric inhibitors can target one or more targets within a cell or sample.
- E. Mixtures of Inhibitors
- Compositions of miRNA inhibitors for use in miRNA inhibition can include any combinations or mixtures of the formats discussed herein. For example, combinations can include hairpin inhibitors (with nucleotide or non-nucleotide loops) mixed with conjugated antisense inhibitors and/or multimeric inhibitors. Further, combinations can include mixtures of different types of hairpin inhibitors that are complementary to the same target. In some embodiments, mixtures of miRNA inhibitors with a 5′ loop (5′ hairpin) and miRNA inhibitors with a 3′ loop (3′ hairpin) can be used. Having the loop at the 5′ end of the hairpin inhibitors can provide certain advantages over having the loop at the 3′ end of the hairpin inhibitor (and vice versa). Thus, having a mixture of the two can be particularly advantageous in some circumstances.
- The composition of the nucleic acid inhibitory molecules of the invention can vary greatly and can include homogeneous nucleic acids (e.g., all RNA), heterogeneous nucleic acids, (e.g., RNA and DNA), modified nucleic acids, and unmodified nucleic acids. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention include a mixture of modified and unmodified RNA and/or DNA.
- Any modification without limitation can be used for the nucleic acid inhibitory molecules of the invention provided they do not inactivate the inhibitory molecules. The position of the modification can vary with respect to the following: The position or positions within the strand (i.e., the nucleotide position or positions within the strand or strands), the positions of the nucleotide(s) that are modified (e.g. the sugar and/or the base), the region of the inhibitory nucleic acid that is modified (e.g., the target binding region), the number of modifications in a specific nucleic acid molecule, and what the modification accomplishes (e.g., increased binding, stability, resistance to RNase, etc.).
- In some embodiments, modifications can enhance binding of nucleic acid inhibitory molecules to their target sequences. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance cellular uptake (e.g., endocytosis) of the nucleic acid inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can cause specific cellular uptake to a specific cell or tissue. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance cell penetration of the nucleic acid inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance cell or tissue localization of the nucleic acid inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance facilitated diffusion of the nucleic acid inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance cellular trafficking of the nucleic acid inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance binding of the stem structure, thus creating a stable stem loop structure. In some embodiments, modifications can reduce the chance of degradation of the nucleic acid inhibitor within a cell or tissue. In some embodiments, modifications can reduce non-specific binding of the nucleic acid inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance binding of the double stranded regions of a multimeric inhibitor. In some embodiments, modifications can enhance inhibitor detection of the nucleic acid inhibitor, for example, by adding a tag or detection agent, such as a fluorophore or a radioactive moiety.
- In some embodiments, modifications can be found on any one or more regions on the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule. With reference to
FIG. 9 , these can include, but are not limited to: a non-binding region (NBR), a binding region (BR), a spacer (S), a homology region (HR), or a loop (nucleotide or non-nucleotide). In some embodiments, modifications are a 5′ and/or 3′ modification. In some embodiments, modifications are nucleoside modifications. In some embodiments, modifications are base modifications. In some embodiments, modifications are modifications to a non-nucleotide loop. In some embodiments, modifications are to 1 or more nucleotides within one or more regions within the nucleic acid inhibitory molecule. For example, for a 25 nt binding region, the modification may be to between 1 and 25 nucleotides, including 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, and 24 nucleotides. In some embodiments, modifications are to every other nucleotide. In some embodiments, every nucleotide in the specified region is modified. For example, in some embodiments, all of the nucleotides of the spacer region (seeFIG. 9 ) are modified. In some embodiments, all of the nucleotides that comprise both the homologous regions and the target binding regions are modified. In some embodiments, all of the nucleotides that comprise both the homologous regions and the target binding regions are 2′OMe modified. - In some embodiments, modifications include the addition of a nucleotide or non-nucleotide loop. In some embodiments, when a nucleotide loop is added, it is included as a stem-loop structure. In some embodiments, a non-nucleotide loop is composed of one or more of the following: polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG3, PEG4, PEG5, PEG6, PEG7, PEG8, PEG9, or PEG10), C2-C18 alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, nucleic acid, poly abasic nucleoside, polysaccharide, peptide, polyamide, hydrazone, oxyimine, polyester, disulfide, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, polyalkene, aryl, derivatives thereof and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop contains a fluorescent dye. In some embodiments, the fluorescent dye is
CYANINE™ 5 dye,CYANINE™ 3 dye, or an Alexa Fluor emitter. In some embodiments, the non-nucleotide loop is composed of polyethylene glycol (PEG), fluorescent dye, and a steroid. - In some embodiments, nucleic acid molecules of the invention can include one or more modifications, including but not limited to: 2′-O-alkyl modifications such as 2′-O-methyl modifications, 2′-orthoester modifications, 2′ halogen modifications (2′-fluoro), LNAs (locked nucleic acids), LNA derivatives (LNA-like molecules), dithiol, amino acids, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, sugars, carbohydrates, lipids (e.g., cholesterol) polymers (e.g., PEG), nucleotides, polynucleotides, phosphorothioates, targeted small molecules, fluorescent tags, radioactive labels, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the modification adds an amine, imine, guanidine, or aromatic amino heterocycle. In some embodiments, nucleic acid molecules can include modifications chosen from DNA, RNA, 2′OMe, 2′Oallyl, 2′O-propargyl, 2′O-alkyl, 2′fluoro, 2′arabino, 2′xylo, 2′fluoroarabino, phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, 2′amino, 5-alkyl-substituted pyrimidine, 5-halo-substituted pyrimidine, alkyl-substituted purine, halo-substituted purine, bicyclic nucleotides, 2′MOE, LNA, combinations thereof and derivatives thereof.
- In some embodiments, the modification comprises at least one or more alkyl groups. Alkyl groups can comprise moieties that are linear, branched, cyclic and/or heterocyclic, and contain functional groups such as ethers, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, etc. Exemplary alkyl groups include but are not limited to substituted and unsubstituted groups of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodcecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl and alkyl groups of higher number of carbons as well as 2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylbutyl, 2,4-diethylpropyl, 3-propylbutyl, 2,8-dibutyldecyl, 6,6-dimethyloctyl, 6-propyl-6-butyloctyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, and derivatives thereof. The term alkyl also encompasses alkenyl groups, such as vinyl, allyl, aralkyl and alkynyl groups.
- Substitutions within alkyl groups, when specified as present, can include any atom or group that can be tolerated in the alkyl moiety, including but not limited to halogens, sulfurs, thiols, thioethers, thioesters, amines (primary, secondary, or tertiary), amides, ethers, esters, alcohols and oxygen. The alkyl groups can by way of example also comprise modifications such as azo groups, keto groups, aldehyde groups, carboxyl groups, nitro, nitrosos or nitrile groups, heterocycles such as imidazole, hydrazino or hydroxylamino groups, isocyanate or cyanate groups, and sulfur containing groups such as sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfide, and disulfide. Unless otherwise specified, alkyl groups do not comprise halogens, sulfurs, thiols, thioethers, thioesters, amines, amides, ethers, esters, alcohols, oxygen, derivatives thereof and/or the modifications listed above.
- Further, alkyl groups can also contain hetero substitutions, which are substitutions of carbon atoms, by for example, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Heterocyclic substitutions refer to alkyl rings having one or more heteroatoms. Examples of heterocyclic moieties include but are not limited to morpholine, imidazole, and pyrrolidino.
- In some embodiments, modifications can enhance binding to the target nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, such modifications are within the target binding region of the inhibitory molecules of the invention. In some embodiments, the binding of the nucleic acid inhibitor is enhanced as compared to binding of the unmodified nucleic acid inhibitory molecule to its target. In some embodiments, binding is increased compared to binding to its RNA target. In some embodiments, binding is increased compared to binding to its DNA target. Examples of modifications that can enhance the binding of an RNA or DNA to its target include but are not limited to: 2′-O-alkyl modified ribonucleotides, 2′-O-methyl ribonucleotides, 2′-orthoester modifications (including but not limited to 2′-bis(hydroxyl ethyl), and 2′ halogen modifications and locked nucleic acids (LNAs and LNA-like molecules). However, it is also to be understood that binding can be enhanced by changing the sequence of a region, for example, by including more G and C bases. Thus, binding can be increased by increasing the CG content of a region. For example, to increase binding of the stem area of the stem-loop and/or the double-stranded region of the multimeric inhibitor, the sequence can be changed to include more cytosines and more guanines.
- In some embodiments, modifications can enhance cellular uptake of the nucleic acid inhibitor, specifically or nonspecifically. For example, a 3′-terminal cholesterol group appears to aid delivery of inhibitors to cells (Forstemann, et al., 2007, Cell, v. 130, p.287-29′7). Further, cholesterol conjugation may also have properties that further enhance inhibitor activity, such as improved intracellular escape from lipsomes, relocalization of the targeted miRNAs or enhancement of inhibitor stability. Exemplary modifications that can enhance cellular uptake include but are not limited to: 3′ChlA (3′ cholesterol), 3′ ChlP (3′ cholesterol), or phosphorothioates. Antisense inhibitors with complete phosphorothioate backbones have been used previously and show no toxicity in mice or primates (Elmén et al, 2008, Nature, v. 452, p.896-900; Elmén et al, 2008, Nucl. Acids Res., v. 36, p.1153-1162).
- The invention thus includes inhibitory molecules which are capable of crossing cell membranes. Such molecules will typically be nucleic acid molecules that are associated with one or more non-nucleic acid molecules. One example would be a nucleic acid molecule with a double-stranded region wherein the complementary regions are connected by a hydrophilic chemical group or collection of groups. In a specific embodiment, a loop region of a miRNA inhibitor may (1) be hydrophilic and/or (2) contain hydrophilic groups and/or regions. For example, the loop may be composed of polyethylene glycol covalently linked to one or more (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, etc.) steroid molecules (e.g., cholesterol, ergosterol, lanosterol, etc., as well as derivatives thereof). Further, instead of or in addition to steroid molecules, other hydrophobic molecules may be present (e.g., lipids such as fatty acyls, sphingolipids, prenol lipids, etc.). Thus, the invention includes methods for delivering inhibitory molecules to cells, as well as the inhibitory molecules themselves. Typically, such inhibitory molecules will contain a hydrophobic group and/or region.
- Additional lipophilic moieties which can be used for delivery of inhibitory molecules include oleyl, retinyl, cholesteryl residues, cholic acid, adamantane acetic acid, 1-pyrene butyric acid, dihydrotestosterone, 1,3-Bis-O(hexadecyl)glycerol, geranyloxyhexyl group, hexadecylglycerol, borneol, menthol, 1,3-propanediol, heptadecyl group, palmitic acid, myristic acid, O3-(oleoyl)lithocholic acid, O3-(oleoyl)cholenic acid, dimethoxytrityl, or phenoxazine. Additional compounds, and methods of use, are set out in US Patent Publication Nos. 2010/0076056, 2009/0247608 and 2009/0131360, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- In some embodiments, modifications can enhance resistance to cellular enzymes, such as RNases and DNases. For example, 2′-O-Me oligonucleotides have been shown to be resistant to cleavage by RNase A, RISC and other cellular ribonucleases (Hutvagner et al., 2004, PLoS Biol. v. 2, p. E98; Meister et al., 2004, RNA, v. 10, p.544-550). Modifications providing resistance of the nucleic acid inhibitors to nucleases include, but are not limited to, 2′-O-Me, phosphorothioates, LNA (LNA-like molecules), ENA, 2′-MOE, 2′-F, and FANA.
- In some embodiments, one or more nucleotide and/or nucleic acid molecules can be detectably labeled by well known techniques. Detectable labels include, for example, radioactive isotopes, fluorescent labels, chemiluminescent labels, bioluminescent labels and enzyme labels. Such labeled nucleic acid molecules can be used as controls to determine uptake efficiency. In many instances, the detectable label is a fluorescent molecule. In some instances, the detectable label is a fluorescent (e.g., FITC) or chemiluminescent fluorophore. Fluorescent labels, nucleic acid molecules, and methods suitable for determining, for example, transfection efficiency are disclosed in US Patent Publication No. 2006/0009409, the entire disclosures of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In some embodiments, inhibitory molecules (e.g., inhibitory nucleic acid molecules) can act as miRNA inhibitors and/or inactivators in a variety of ways. Without being bound by any one theory as to why inhibitors of the invention perform as inhibitors, they can act by preventing transcription cleavage and/or by inhibiting translation attenuation. For example, a target miRNA can silence its respective target gene by inducing either transcript cleavage (e.g., in cases where the mature miRNA and target sequence are 100% complementary) or translation attenuation (e.g., in cases where the mature miRNA and target sequence are less than 100% complementary). Thus, the miRNA inhibitors of the invention can act by inhibiting either of these actions by the miRNA.
- The inhibitory molecules (e g., inhibitory nucleic acid molecules) can be synthesized by any method that is now known, will be identified in the future, or is included in this disclosure a person of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate would be useful to synthesize the embodiments taught herein. For example, inhibitory molecules of the invention can be chemically synthesized using compositions and methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,889,136, 6,008,400, 6,111,086, and 6,590,093, which are all incorporated by reference herein.
- Synthesis methods can include nucleoside base protected 5′-O-silyl-2′-O-orthoester-3′-O-phosphoramidites to assemble the desired unmodified oligonucleotide sequences on a solid support in the 3′ to 5′ direction. miRNA inhibitors can be chemically synthesized using standard phosphoramidite-based nucleoside monomers and established solid phase oligomerization cycles according to Beaucage, S. L. and Iyer, R. P. (Tetrahedron, 1993 (49) 6123; Tetrahedron, 1992 (48) 2223). Purification of the individual oligonucleotides for in vitro screening can be carried out using high throughput desalting and alcohol precipitation techniques. Purification of the individual oligonucleotides for in vivo screening can be performed with either anion exchange or reverse-phase prep HPLC and oligonucleotides can be desalted using a semi-permeable membrane. Analytical HPLC (ion exchange or reverse-phase) can be used for determining single strand purity, MALDI mass spectrometry can be used for determining oligonucleotide identity, and UV spectroscopy can be used for quantitative determination of inhibitors. When a cytidine (C) nucleoside is modified as a bicyclo-sugar, the substituted nucleobase can be a 5′methylated cytidine residue. When a uridine (U) nucleoside is modified as a bicyclo-sugar, the substituted nucleobase can be a thymine (T) residue.
- In addition, as partially explained above, inhibitory molecules can be synthesized with an array of conjugates for enhancing delivery or allowing visualization of the molecule in a cell or organism. Exemplary conjugates for delivery include, but are not limited to: cholesterol, folate, PET, peptides, proteins, sugars, carbohydrates, and moieties or combinations of moieties that enhance cellular uptake. Additional conjugates can include fluorescent labels, such as fluoroscein, lissamine, phycoerythrin, etc., radioactive labels, or mass labels. All of the before-mentioned conjugates or labels can be associated with the 5′ or 3′ end of the inhibitory molecule or can be conjugated to internal regions.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used for inhibiting or inactivating short non-coding RNAs. In some embodiments, inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used for inhibiting or inactivating long non-coding RNAs, and small non-coding RNAs (e.g., miRNAs, piRNAs, and/or siRNAs) in any cell, tissue, or organism Inhibitory molecules can be used in basic research, for treatment of a disease, and for modeling a disease. Inhibitory molecules can be used to inhibit miRNA and/or piRNAs of the human genome implicated in diseases, such as diabetes, Alzheimer's and cancer, and miRNA and/or piRNAs associated with the genomes of pathogens (e.g., viruses, bacteria, protozoa).
- Additionally, inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used in RNA interference applications, such as diagnostics, prophylactics, and therapeutics. This can include using inhibitors in the manufacture of a medicament for prevention and/or treatment of animals, such as mammals (e.g., humans). In particular, inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used to reverse the action of long non-coding RNAs, siRNAs, miRNAs, or piRNAs in disease or therapy.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used in a diverse set of applications, including basic research. For example, inhibitory molecules can be used to validate whether one or more miRNAs or targets of miRNA can be involved in cell maintenance, cell differentiation, development, or a target for drug discovery or development. Inhibitory molecules that are specific for inhibiting a particular miRNA are introduced into a cell or organism and the cell or organism is maintained under conditions that allow for specific inhibition of the targeted molecule. The extent of any decreased expression or activity of the target is then measured along with the effect of such decreased expression or activity, and a determination is made that if expression or activity is decreased, then the target is an agent for drug discovery or development. In this manner, phenotyically desirable effects can be associated with inhibition of particular targets, and in appropriate cases toxicity and pharmacokinetic studies can be undertaken and therapeutic preparations developed.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used for loss of function studies in any cell type or tissue to identify if certain targets are involved in disease and/or differentiation.
- Inhibitory molecules can be used with diverse cell types, such as primary cells, germ cell lines, and somatic cells. For example, the cell types can be embryonic cells, oocytes, sperm cells, adipocytes, fibroblasts, myocytes, cardiomyocytes, endothelium, neurons, glia, blood cells, megakaryocytes, lymphocytes, macrophages, neutrophyls, eosinophils, basophils, mast cells, leukocytes, granulocytes, keratinocytes, chondrocytes, osteoblasts, osteoclasts, hepatocytes and cells of the endocrine or exocrine glands.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used in vivo using methods and modifications known to those of skill in the art. When used in vivo, inhibitory molecules can contain modifications that aid delivery, uptake, and/or survival intracellularly. Methods of modifying inhibitory molecules for use in vivo are presented in the section entitled “Modifications.” Further delivery reagents can be used to enhance uptake and/or delivery of the inhibitors, such as cationic lipids, and lipid-like delivery agents (Semple, et al, 2010, Nature Biotech. January 17, p.1-′7; Love et al, 2010, PNAS, v.107, p.1-6).
- Inhibitory molecules can be used as a diagnostic or characterization tool. For diagnostics, miRNA inhibitors (inhibitory molecules which block miRNA function) can be used to treat a sample from a patient that is believed to have the disease. Based on the cellular consequences to the sample, the presence of the disease can be determined. Alternatively, miRNA inhibition of a sample of primary cells from a patient can be used to identify the best course of treatment for the specific patient.
- Advantageously, inhibitory molecules can be used to inhibit a broad range of miRNAs, piRNAs, long non-coding RNAs and siRNAs. For example, inhibitory molecules can be used to inhibit miRNA and/or piRNAs of the human genome implicated in diseases, such as diabetes (Poy et al., Nature 2004, v.432, p. 226-230), Alzheimer's and cancer, and miRNA and/or piRNAs associated with the genomes of pathogens (e.g., pathogenic viruses).
- Because a growing body of evidence implicates miRNAs in cancer development, maintenance and metastasis, it is envisioned that inhibitory molecules discussed herein can be used to treat cancers. For example, Matsuhara et al. (Oncogene 2007, v. 26, p. 6099-6015) found that blocking miR-20a and miR-17-5p with antisense oligonucleotides reduced cell viability and increased the proportion of sub G1 cells. Similarly, Bommer et al. and colleagues (Curr. Biol., 2007, v. 17, p. 1290-1307) used propidium iodide stain and FACS to show that miR-34 inhibition resulted in increased viability of colon cancer cells. Ma et al. (Nature 2007, v. 449, p. 682-688) found that miR-10b expression enhanced metastasis; invasive breast cancer cells failed to migrate as far when treated with a miR-10b antisense oligonucleotide. Antisense oligonucleotides have also been used in xenograft cancer models to demonstrate that some miRNAs affect metastatic potential and in vivo growth of tumors. Corsten et al. (Cancer Res. 2007, v. 67, p. 8994-9000) saw that transplanted gliomas treated with miR-21-specific antisense oligonucleotides were sensitized to a chemotherapeutic agent. Other studies showed the involvement of miRNAs in multiple cancer types (Hammond, et al., Can. Chemo. Pharma. 2006, v. 58, s63-s68; Calin et al., Cancer Res 2006, v.66, p. 7390-7394) including leukemia (Calin et al., PNAS 2002, v.101, p. 2999-3004) and glioma (Corsten et al., Cancer Res. 2007, v.67, p.8994-9000).
- Further, multiple studies using antisense oligonucleotides suggest roles for endogenous miRNAs in viral defense or replication. Thus, it is envisioned that the miRNA inhibitors discussed herein can be used alone or in combination with an antiviral drug to treat viral infections. For example, Lecellier et al. (Science 2005, v. 308, p. 557-560) found that antisense oligonucleotide inhibition of miR-32, a miRNA with potential target sites in primate foamy cell virus genes, permitted enhanced production of viral RNA in human tissue culture cells. Similarly, inhibition of interferon-β-induced miRNAs permitted Hepatitis C viral production. However, antisense oligonucleotide inhibition of liver-specific miR-122 in cultured hepatocytes crippled Hepatitis C replication, suggesting its requirement in the Hepatitis C viral life cycle. These antisense oligonucleotide studies suggest that combinatorial expression of pro- or antiviral miRNAs may affect tissue tropism of some viruses.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used to inhibit single or multiple targets simultaneously. This can be affected by introducing pools of inhibitory molecules targeting different molecules to inhibit different targets. Alternatively, this can be affected by including more than one target in the target binding region of a single inhibitor. Different types of inhibitors can be pooled together, e.g., (i) miRNA inhibitory molecules of one design (e.g., hairpin) can be pooled with miRNA inhibitory molecules of another design (e.g., multimer), (ii) miRNA inhibitors with siRNAs, shRNA, or antisense oligos, or ribozymes, and/or deoxyribozymes can be pooled, (iii) inhibitors targeting microRNAs and inhibitors targeting other short non-coding RNAs can be pooled Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be used to inhibit targets including but not limited to: miR-20a, miR-17-5p, miR-34, miR-10b, miR-21, miR-32, miR15, miR34a, miR29abc, miR16, let7, miR33, miR221, miR222, miR26a and miR-122. Other disease-related targets can be found via a human miRNA-associated disease database (HMDD), which contains miRNA names, disease names, dysfunction, evidence, and PubMed IDs. HMDD is a publicly accessible website (cmbi.bjmu.edu.cn/hmdd).
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be administered to a cell, by any method known to one of skill in the art. For example, inhibitory molecules can be passively delivered to cells. Passive uptake can be modulated, for example, by the presence of a conjugate such as a polyethylene glycol moiety or a cholesterol moiety or any other hydrophobic moiety associated with the 5′ terminus, the 3′ terminus, or internal regions of the inhibitor. Other methods for inhibitor delivery include, but are not limited to transfection techniques (e.g., using forward for reverse transfection techniques) employing DEAE-Dextran, calcium phosphate, cationic lipids/liposomes, microinjection, electroporation, immunoporation, and coupling of the inhibitors to specific conjugates or ligands such as antibodies, peptides, antigens, or receptors. Other methods include the use of delivery reagents can be enhance uptake and/or delivery of the inhibitors, such as cationic lipids, and lipid-like delivery agents (Semple, et al, 2010, Nature Biotech. January 17, p.1-7; Love et al, 2010, PNAS, v.107, p.1-6). Other methods include complexing the inhibitor with a lipid.
- Inhibitory molecules of the invention can be administered in a dosage that is therapeutically effective to reduce symptoms of a disease, to reduce the amount and/or symptoms of a pathogen, and or to reduce the amount of siRNAs, long non-coding RNAs, miRNAs, and/or piRNAs that are being targeted. The dosages can vary from micrograms per kilogram to hundreds of milligrams per kilogram of a subject. As is known in the art, dosage will vary according to the mass of the mammal receiving the dose, the nature of the mammal receiving the dose, the severity of the disease or disorder, and the stability of the medicament in the serum of the subject, among other factors well known to persons of ordinary skill in the art. Results of the treatment can be ameliorative, palliative, prophylactic, and/or diagnostic of a particular disease or disorder. Suitable dosing regimens can be determined by, for example, administering varying amounts of one or more inhibitors in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluents by a pharmaceutically acceptable delivery route, and the amount of drug accumulated in the body of the recipient organism can be determined at various times following administration. Similarly the desired effect can be measured at various times following administration of the inhibitor and this data can be correlated with other pharmacokinetic data such as body or organ accumulation. Those of ordinary skill can determine optimum dosages, dosing regimens, and the like. The inhibitors can be administered in combination with other pharmaceuticals for treatment of a disease. In some embodiments, inhibitory molecules can be administered to a patient that has been exposed to a disease and/or to keep a patient from getting a disease they will be exposed to (proactively).
- Inhibitory molecules can be administered using any route of administration known to one of skill in the art. For example, inhibitory molecules can be administered in a cream or ointment topically, an oral preparation such as a capsule or tablet or suspension or solution, and the like. The route of administration can be intravenous intramuscular, dermal, subdermal, cutaneous, subcutaneous, intranasal, oral, rectal, by eye drops, by tissue implantation of a device that releases the inhibitor at an advantageous location, such as near an organ or tissue or cell type harboring a target nucleic acid of interest.
- The method of assessing the level of inhibition or inactivation is not limited. Thus, the effects of any inhibitory molecules can be studied by one of any number of procedures. Methods include, but are not limited to, the
biological assay - The invention also provides molecules which are capable of “self-delivery”. “Self-delivery” refers to the ability of a molecule to efficiently cross a cell membrane in the absence of the addition of a transfection reagent (e.g., 293FECTIN™, OPTIFECT™, LIPOFECTIN®, LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000, etc.). “Self-delivery” may also be measured based upon a functional effect resulting from entry into a cell by the molecule (e.g., induction of apoptosis). Self-delivery may be in vitro or in vivo. Examples of in vitro self-delivery include instances where cells in a well of a microtiter or in a culture medium flask are exposed to molecules which efficiently cross the cell membrane in the absence of a transfection reagent.
- As one skilled in the art would understand, it is generally not desirable to introduce molecules (e.g., nucleic acid molecules of the invention) into multicellular organisms (e.g., animals) in conjunction with a transfection reagent. Further, it is generally desirable to introduce the fewest possible number of compound, for example, into the blood stream of an animal required to achieve the desired goal (e.g., inhibition of miRNA function). Thus, the invention provides molecules which are designed to allow for in vivo self-delivery.
- In many instances, molecules which are capable of self-delivery will contain a hydrophobic region, hydrophobic chemical entity or set of hydrophobic chemical entities. Further, when present, hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be located anywhere on the molecules and may be attached to the molecules either covalently or non-covalently.
- With respect to molecules of the type shown in
FIG. 1 for reference, hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be located, for examples, on the 3′ terminus (attached to a hydroxyl group or a phosphate group) and/or 5′ terminus (attached to a hydroxyl group or a phosphate group). Further, hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be located in one or more loop region or attached to the sugar backbone of a stem (e.g., any one, two, three or all four stem regions) or the binding region. Thus, as an example, the invention includes molecules which contain hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities located at the 3′terminus,loop 1, andloop 2. - The number of hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities associated with each molecule capable of self-delivery can vary widely based upon factors such as the desired hydrophobic character of the final molecule and locations which contain the hydrophobic regions or entities. In specific embodiments, from about one to about fifty (e.g., from about one to about forty, from about one to about thirty, from about one to about twenty, from about one to about ten, from about two to about fifteen, from about two to about five, from about three to about eight, from about four to about ten, etc.) hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be present on each molecule capable of self-delivery. These numbers may refer to averages of hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities present on each molecule. This is so because molecules in a population may vary in the presence of functional groups as a result of factors such as incomplete chemical modification or post chemical modifcation reactions. In most instances, greater than 50% of the molecules in the population will have hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities in all of the desired locations.
- Hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities may be either directly or indirectly (e.g., through a linker) linked to a group of a nucleic acid molecule. (For example, in example 7 multimeric inhibitors are described. Sterols or any other hydrophobic groups can be attached for example to the bridging, non-functional oligonucleotide, while the functional oligonucleotide with the antisense region-targeting miRNA-could be unmodified) One example of such a group is the 2′ OH of ribose. Further, multiple (e.g., from about two to about twenty, from about two to about fifteen, from about two to about ten, from about two to about five, from about two to about three, from about three to about ten, from about four to about ten, etc.) groups of a nucleic acid molecule may contain the same or different hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities, some, all or none or which may be connected to the nucleic acid molecule through one or more linkers. Also, a specified percentage (e.g., from about 10% to about 100%, from about 20% to about 100%, from about 30% to about 100%, from about 40% to about 100%, from about 50% to about 100%, from about 10% to about 20%, from about 10% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 40%, from about 10% to about 50%, etc.) of the nucleosides present may contain the same or different hydrophobic regions or hydrophobic chemical entities.
- Hydrophobic chemical entities employed in the practice of the invention include lipids (e.g., steroids). Exemplary lipids can be simple lipids (esters of fatty acids with various alcohols); complex lipids such as phospholipids and glycolipids; derived lipids such as fatty acids, higher alcohols, lipid soluble vitamins, steroids, and hydrocarbons. To enhance the cellular uptake efficiency, the lipid may be a derived lipid, such as a fatty acid having from about 6 to about 50 (e.g., from about 10 to about 22, from about 12 to about 18, from about 6 to about 22, from about 6 to about 40, from about 10 to about 40, from about 20 to about 40, from about 20 to about 50, etc.) carbon atoms. Specific fatty acids which may be used in the practice of the invention include lauric acid, stearic acid, myristic acid, and palmitic acid. In addition, lipid conjugates such as cardiolipin, ceramides, and sphingolipids which can be attached to oligonucleotides.
- Any number of different steroids may be used in the practice of the invention. Exemplary steroids include cholesterol, acebrochol, androsterone, 5-beta-cholanic acid, progesterone, aldosterone, dehydroaldosterone, isoandrosterone, esterone, estradiol, ergosterol, dehydroergosterol, lanosterol, 4-cholesten-3-one, guggulsterone, testosterone, nortestosterone, formestane, hydroxyecdysone, ketoestriol, corticosterone, dienestrol, dihydroxypregnanone, pregnanone, copornmon, equilenin, equilin, estriol, ethinylestradiol, mestranol, moxestrol, mytatrienediol, quinestradiol, quinestrol, helvolic acid, protostadiene, fusidic acid, cycloartenol, tricallol, cucurbitanin cedrelone, euphol, dammerenediol, parkeol, dexametasone, methylprednisolone, prednisolone, hydrocortisone, parametasone, betametasone, cortisone, fluocinonide, fluorometholone, halcinonide, and budesonide, Calciferol, Cholecalciferol, Deoxycholic acid, Cholic acid, Hydrodeoxycholic acid, Lithocholic acid, Ursodeoxycholic acid, Prednisone, Dehydrocholic acid, as well as any of these molecules further substituted with one or more hydroxyl, halogen, amino, alkylamino, alkyl, carboxylic acid, ester, amide, carbonyl, alkoxyl, or cyano groups.
FIG. 22 provides a number of structures depicting attachment of cholesterol to the miRNAs of the invention. - Hydrophobic chemical entities employed in the practice of the invention include hydrocarbons with alkyl groups. As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a hydrocarbyl moiety that can be saturated or unsaturated, and substituted or unsubstituted. It may comprise moieties that are linear, branched, cyclic and/or heterocyclic, and contain functional groups such as ethers, ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, etc. Exemplary alkyl groups include but are not limited to substituted and unsubstituted groups of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl and alkyl groups of higher number of carbons, as well as 2-methylpropyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylbutyl, 2,4-diethylpropyl, 3-propylbutyl, 2,8-dibutyldecyl, 6,6-dimethyloctyl, 6-propyl-6-butyloctyl, 2-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. The term alkyl also encompasses alkenyl groups, such as vinyl, allyl, aralkyl and alkynyl groups. The alkynyl groups may be substituted.
- Substitutions within alkyl groups, when specified as present, can include any atom or group that can be tolerated in the alkyl moiety, including but not limited to halogens, sulfurs, thiols, thioethers, thioesters, amines (primary, secondary, or tertiary), amides, ethers, esters, alcohols and oxygen. The substitutions within alkyl groups can, by way of example, also comprise modifications such as azo groups, keto groups, aldehyde groups, carboxyl groups, nitro, nitroso or nitrile groups, heterocycles such as imidazole, hydrazino or hydroxylamino groups, isocyanate or cyanate groups, and sulfur containing groups such as sulfoxide, sulfone, sulfide, and disulfide. Alkyl groups may contain halogens, sulfurs, thiols, thioethers, thioesters, amines, amides, ethers, esters, alcohols, oxygen, or the modifications listed above.
- Further, alkyl groups may also contain hetero substitutions, which are substitutions of carbon atoms, by, for example, nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Heterocyclic substitutions refer to alkyl rings having one or more heteroatoms. Examples of heterocyclic moieties include but are not limited to morpholino, imidazole, and pyrrolidino. Alkyl groups may contain hetero substitutions or alkyl rings with one or more heteroatoms (i.e., heterocyclic substitutions).
- Nucleic acid molecules with enhanced capability of crossing cell membranes in the absence of a transfection reagent are set out in U.S. Pat. Publ. 2008/0085869A1, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Unmodified nucleic acid molecules have some ability to cross cell membranes. Thus, self-delivery refers to an increased ability to enter cells. Uptake can be measured from the quantitative perspective of the total amount of a molecule taken up or the qualitative perspective of functional activity associated with uptake. Qualitative uptake may not exactly correlate with quantitative uptake because the functional activities of molecules capable of self-delivery may vary from those not capable of self-delivery. Functional activities of two molecules can be compared by measurement of (1) total uptake of each molecule and (2) resulting activity. By such methods one can determine quantitative uptake from functional activity.
- Regardless of how uptake is measured, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules capable of self-delivery. Nucleic acid molecules capable of self-delivery may be taken up by cells more than 40% (e.g., from about 40% to about 90%, from about 50% to about 90%, from about 60% to about 90%, from about 70% to about 90%, from about 75% to about 90%, from about 50% to about 98%, from about 60% to about 99%, from about 70% to about 99%, etc.) more efficiently than unmodified nucleic acid molecules (e.g., nucleic acid molecules represented in
FIG. 1 ). In one embodiment, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules capable of self-delivery which are taken up at least 75% more efficiently than otherwise identical unmodified nucleic acid molecules. Quantification of uptake will generally be determined by quantification of the numbers of individual molecules (e.g., moles) present in cells. - The invention provides, in part, molecules which may be administered to a multicellular organism (e.g., a plant or animal) to achieve a specific intracellular effect (e.g., the inhibition of the function of a specific miRNA, such as MiR-122). As shown in Example 19, sterol conjugated molecules of the invention can be administered to animals, with the measurement of effect in a distant organ (i.e., liver in this instance). Thus, the invention provides methods for the systemic and organ specific delivery of molecules of the invention. The invention further provides methods for the treatment of disease.
- The invention thus includes methods for delivering nucleic acid inhibitory molecules of the invention to cells of a multicellular organism. Such delivery may be local or systemic.
- Local delivery of nucleic acid molecules (e.g., nucleic acid molecules of the invention) is well suited for afflictions where administration sites are easily accessible. Examples are such administration sites are skin and mucosal surfaces. Local delivery has the advantage of lessening potential side effects resulting from systemic administration. Further, local administration avoids first-pass hepatic clearance making it more likely that the therapeutic concentration is reached at the target site in sufficient concentrations to achieve the desired effect. Local delivery can be generally categorized into five main groups: mucosal (intranasal, intratracheal, intravaginal and intrarectal), intraocular, transdermal, intrathecal and intratumoral, any of which may be used in the practice of the invention. Local delivery also has the advantage that transfection reagents can often be readily used with limited effect on multicellular organisms. Thus, self-delivering and non-self-delivering may be easily used.
- Systemic administration may be used to deliver nucleic acid molecules (e.g., nucleic acid molecules of the invention). In many instances, such delivery would be for the treatment of diseases (e.g., cancer, metabolic disorders, etc.) where the target sites are not easily accessible to local administration. Systemic administration can be performed through, for examples, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injections. Intravenous administration, as an example, is the widely used, simple with respect to procedure, and results in rapid distribution of administered agent to various tissue sites.
- The invention thus includes methods for administering and method involving administration of molecules of the invention to multicellular organisms (e.g., animals), as well as composition used in such administration. In some embodiments, such methods include method of treating afflictions/diseases.
- The invention further includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising molecules of the invention, as well as admixtures comprising molecules of the invention and additional compounds for administration to multicellular organisms (e.g., buffers, excipients, etc).
- In some embodiments, the invention includes compositions comprising (1) one or more molecules of the invention and (2) an excipient formulation, as well as methods for preparing such compositions and methods for administering such compounds to multicellular organisms. Exemplary excipients include polymers such as cyclodextrins, lipids, cationic lipids, polyamines, phospholipids, nanoparticles, receptors, ligands, and others.
- In some embodiments, molecules of the invention as delivered to multicellular organisms as components of compositions including, for example, aqueous and nonaqueous gels, creams, multiple emulsions, microemulsions, liposomes, ointments, aqueous and nonaqueous solutions, lotions, aerosols, hydrocarbon bases and powders, and can contain excipients such as solubilizers, permeation enhancers (e.g., fatty acids, fatty acid esters, fatty alcohols and amino acids), and hydrophilic polymers (e.g., polycarbophil and polyvinylpyrolidone). In specific embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is used such as a liposome or a transdermal enhancer.
- Exemplary delivery systems of the invention include patches, tablets, suppositories, pessaries, gels and creams, and can contain excipients such as solubilizers and enhancers (e.g., propylene glycol, bile salts and amino acids), and other vehicles (e.g., polyethylene glycol, fatty acid esters and derivatives, and hydrophilic polymers such as hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and hyaluronic acid).
- Molecules of the invention may be formulated or complexed with polyethylenimine (e.g., linear or branched PEI) and/or polyethylenimine derivatives, including for example grafted PEIs such as galactose PEI, cholesterol PEI, antibody derivatized PEI, and polyethylene glycol PEI (PEG-PEI) derivatives thereof (see for example Ogris et al., 2001, AAPA Pharm. Sci., 3, 1-11; Furgeson et al., 2003, Bioconjugate Chem., 14, 840-847; Kunath et al., 2002, Pharmaceutical Research, 19, 810-817; Choi et al., 2001, Bull. Korean Chem. Soc., 22, 46-52; Bettinger et al., 1999, Bioconjugate Chem., 10, 558-561; Peterson et al., 2002, Bioconjugate Chem., 13, 845-854; Erbacher et al., 1999, Journal of Gene Medicine Preprint, 1, 1-18; Godbey et al., 1999., PNAS USA, 96, 5177-5181; Godbey et al., 1999, Journal of Controlled Release, 60, 149-160; Diebold et al., 1999, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 274, 19087-19094; Thomas and Klibanov, 2002, PNAS USA, 99, 14640-14645; and Sagara, U.S. Pat. No. 6,586,524, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Molecule of the invention comprises a bioconjugate, for example a nucleic acid conjugate as described in Vargeese et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0130186 A1, U.S. Pat. No. 6,528,631; U.S. Pat. No. 6,335,434; U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,886; U.S. Pat. No. 6,153,737; U.S. Pat. No. 5,214,136; U.S. Pat. No. 5,138,045, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- Thus, the invention features a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more molecules of the invention in an acceptable carrier, such as a stabilizer, buffer, and the like. Molecules of the invention can be administered and introduced to a subject by any standard means, with or without stabilizers, buffers, and the like, to form a pharmaceutical composition. When it is desired to use a liposome delivery mechanism, standard protocols for formation of liposomes can be followed. The compositions of the present invention can also be formulated and used as creams, gels, sprays, oils and other suitable compositions for topical, dermal, or transdermal administration as is known in the art.
- The present invention also includes pharmaceutically acceptable formulations of the compounds described. These formulations include salts of the above compounds, e.g., acid addition salts, for example, salts of hydrochloric, hydrobromic, acetic acid, and benzene sulfonic acid.
- As used herein, a pharmacological composition or formulation includes compositions or formulations in forms suitable for administration, e.g., systemic or local administration, into a cell or subject, including for example a human. Suitable forms, in part, depend upon the use or the route of entry, for example oral, transdermal, or by injection. Such forms should not prevent the composition or formulation from reaching a target cell (i.e., a cell to which the negatively charged nucleic acid is desirable for delivery). For example, pharmacological compositions injected into the blood stream should be soluble. Other factors are known in the art, and include considerations such as toxicity and forms that prevent the composition or formulation from exerting its effect.
- Molecules of the invention may be administered to subjects by systemic administration in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition or formulation. “Systemic administration” includes in vivo systemic absorption or accumulation of drugs in the blood stream followed by distribution throughout the entire body. Administration routes that lead to systemic absorption include, without limitation: intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, inhalation, oral, intrapulmonary and intramuscular. Each of these administration routes may be used to expose molecules of the invention to an accessible diseased tissue. The use of a liposome or other drug carrier comprising the compounds of the instant invention can potentially localize molecules of the invention, for example, in certain tissue types, such as the tissues of the reticular endothelial system (RES). In some instances, liposome formulations that can facilitate the association of molecules of the invention with the surface of cells, such as, lymphocytes and macrophages may also be useful. This approach can provide enhanced delivery of molecules of the invention to target cells by taking advantage of the specificity of macrophage and lymphocyte immune recognition of abnormal cells.
- By “pharmaceutically acceptable formulation” or “pharmaceutically acceptable composition” is meant, a composition or formulation that allows for the effective distribution of molecules of the invention in the physical location most suitable for their desired activity. Non-limiting examples of agents suitable for formulation with the molecules of the invention include: P-glycoprotein inhibitors (such as Pluronic P85); biodegradable polymers, such as poly (DL-lactide-coglycolide) microspheres for sustained release delivery (Emerich, D F et al., 1999, Cell Transplant, 8, 47-58); and loaded nanoparticles, such as those made of polybutylcyanoacrylate. Other non-limiting examples of delivery strategies for molecules of the invention include material described in Boado et al., 1998, J. Pharm. Sci., 87, 1308-1315; Tyler et al., 1999, FEBS Lett., 421, 280-284; Pardridge et al., 1995, PNAS USA., 92, 5592-5596; Boado, 1995, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev., 15, 73-107; Aldrian-Herrada et al., 1998, Nucleic Acids Res., 26, 4910-4916; and Tyler et al., 1999, PNAS USA., 96, 7053-7058.
- The invention also features the use of the composition comprising surface-modified liposomes containing poly (ethylene glycol) lipids (PEG-modified, or long-circulating liposomes or stealth liposomes). These formulations offer a method for increasing the accumulation of drugs in target tissues. This class of drug carriers resists opsonization and elimination by the mononuclear phagocytic system (MPS or RES), thereby enabling longer blood circulation times and enhanced tissue exposure for the encapsulated drug (Lasic et al., Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2601-2627; Ishiwata et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1995, 43, 1005-1011). Such liposomes have been shown to accumulate selectively in tumors, presumably by extravasation and capture in the neovascularized target tissues (Lasic et al., Science 1995, 267, 1275-1276; Oku et al., 1995, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1238, 86-90). The long-circulating liposomes enhance the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of DNA and RNA, particularly compared to conventional cationic liposomes which are known to accumulate in tissues of the MPS (Liu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1995, 42, 24864-24870; Choi et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 96/10391; Ansell et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 96/10390; Holland et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 96/10392). Long-circulating liposomes are also likely to protect drugs from nuclease degradation to a greater extent compared to cationic liposomes, based on their ability to avoid accumulation in metabolically aggressive MPS tissues such as the liver and spleen.
- The present invention also includes compositions prepared for storage or administration that include a pharmaceutically effective amount of the desired compounds in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. Acceptable carriers or diluents for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co. (A. R. Gennaro edit. 1985), hereby incorporated by reference herein. For example, preservatives, stabilizers, dyes and flavoring agents can be provided. These include sodium benzoate, sorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid. In addition, antioxidants and suspending agents can be used.
- A pharmaceutically effective dose is that dose required to prevent, inhibit the occurrence, or treat of a disease state (e.g., alleviate a symptom or inhibit a disease state mechanism). The pharmaceutically effective dose depends on the type of disease, the composition used, the route of administration, the type of mammal being treated, the physical characteristics of the specific mammal under consideration, concurrent medication, and other factors that those skilled in the medical arts will recognize. Generally, an amount between 0.01 mg/kg and 300 mg/kg body weight/day (e.g., from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 1 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 5 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 3 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.5 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 0.1 mg/kg, from about 3 mg/kg to about 20 mg/kg, from about 2 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, etc.) of active ingredients is administered to achieve the desired physiological effect (e.g., inhibition of microRNA activity).
- The amount of a molecule of the invention administered to a multicellular organism will vary with the desired and/or required effect. For example, treatment of an affliction may require at least 70% inhibition of a microRNA in a specific tissue (e.g., prostate gland tissue). Thus, the invention includes methods for using molecules of the invention which yield a desired effect. The effect can be empirical (remission of a diseases state). The effect can also be measured through the measurement of the activity of one or more molecules targeted by molecules of the invention (e.g., microRNAs). In such instances, the invention provides methods for inhibition of target molecule activity within a multicellular organism where activity of one or more target molecules is inhibited by at least 30% (e.g., from about 30% to about 99%, from about 40% to about 99%, from about 50% to about 99%, from about 60% to about 99%, from about 70% to about 99%, from about 80% to about 99%, from about 30% to about 95%, from about 40% to about 95%, from about 60% to about 95%, from about 30% to about 90%, from about 40% to about 90%, from about 50% to about 90%, from about 60% to about 90%, from about 30% to about 85%, from about 40% to about 85%, from about 50% to about 85%, from about 60% to about 85%, from about 70% to about 90%, etc.).
- Molecules of the invention and formulations thereof can be administered orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray, or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and/or vehicles. The term parenteral as used herein includes percutaneous, subcutaneous, intravascular (e.g., intravenous), intramuscular, or intrathecal injection or infusion techniques and the like. In addition, there is provided a pharmaceutical formulation comprising one or more molecule of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. One or more molecules of the invention can be present in association with one or more non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants, and if desired other active ingredients. Pharmaceutical compositions containing molecules of the invention can be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
- Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in a mixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydropropyl-methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents can be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example, lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. Aqueous suspensions can also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
- Oily suspensions can be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. Oily suspensions can contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents and flavoring agents can be added to provide palatable oral preparations. These compositions can be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents or suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, can also be present.
- Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase can be a vegetable oil or a mineral oil or mixtures of these. Suitable emulsifying agents can be naturally-occurring gums, for example gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides, for example soy bean, lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol, anhydrides, for example sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of the said partial esters with ethylene oxide, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions can also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
- Pharmaceutical compositions can be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. Such suspensions can be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents that have been mentioned above. Sterile injectable preparation can also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids, such as oleic acid, may be used in the preparation of injectables.
- Molecules of the invention can also be administered in the form of suppositories, e.g., for rectal administration of the drug. Such compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
- Molecules of the invention can be administered parenterally in a sterile medium. Molecules of the invention, depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or dissolved in the vehicle. Advantageously, adjuvants such as local anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can be dissolved in the vehicle.
- Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per subject per day). The amount of active ingredient that can be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form varies depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
- For administration to non-human animals, molecules of the invention can also be added to the animal feed or drinking water. It can be convenient to formulate the animal feed and drinking water compositions so that the animal takes in a therapeutically appropriate quantity of the composition along with its diet. It can also be convenient to present the composition as a premix for addition to the feed or drinking water.
- Molecules of the invention can also be administered to a subject in combination with other therapeutic compounds to increase the overall therapeutic effect. In some instances, the use of multiple compounds to treat an indication can increase the beneficial effects while reducing the presence of side effects.
- The invention also comprises compositions suitable for administering molecules of the invention to specific cell types. For example, the asialoglycoprotein receptor (ASGPr) (Wu and Wu, 1987, J. Biol. Chem. 262, 4429-4432) is unique to hepatocytes and binds branched galactose-terminal glycoproteins, such as asialoorosomucoid (ASOR). In another example, the folate receptor is overexpressed in many cancer cells. Binding of such glycoproteins, synthetic glycoconjugates, or folates to the receptor takes place with an affinity that strongly depends on the degree of branching of the oligosaccharide chain, for example, triatennary structures are bound with greater affinity than biatenarry or monoatennary chains (Baenziger and Fiete, 1980, Cell, 22, 611-620; Connolly et al., 1982, J. Biol. Chem., 257, 939-945). Lee and Lee, 1987, Glycoconjugate J., 4, 317-328, obtained this high specificity through the use of N-acetyl-D-galactosamine as the carbohydrate moiety, which has higher affinity for the receptor, compared to galactose. This “clustering effect” has also been described for the binding and uptake of mannosyl-terminating glycoproteins or glycoconjugates (Ponpipom et al., 1981, J. Med. Chem., 24, 1388-1395). The use of galactose, galactosamine, or folate based conjugates to transport exogenous compounds across cell membranes can provide a targeted delivery approach to, for example, the treatment of liver disease, cancers of the liver, or other cancers. The use of bioconjugates can also provide a reduction in the required dose of therapeutic compounds required for treatment. Furthermore, therapeutic bioavailability, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacokinetic parameters can be modulated through the use of nucleic acid bioconjugates of the invention. Non-limiting examples of such bioconjugates are described in Vargeese et al., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0130186 A1 and Matulic-Adamic et al., U.S. Pat. No. 7,833,992, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- Some embodiments of the invention provide kits for the inhibition of one or more target nucleic acid molecules (i.e., miRNAs) in a sample, including at least one hairpin inhibitor, at least one conjugated antisense inhibitory molecule, at least one multimeric inhibitory molecule, chimeric inhibitory molecules, and/or mixtures thereof. The kit can be used in any of the methods of using the miRNA inhibitory molecules known or disclosed herein. Some embodiments of the kit are used for inhibition of a long non-coding RNA, an miRNA, a piRNA, an siRNA, an mRNA, and/or an rRNA in a cell or organism. In some embodiments the kit is used to identify a treatment for a disease or to produce a treatment for a disease in a mammal.
- Having described the invention with a degree of particularity, examples will now be provided. The following examples are intended to illustrate but not limit the invention.
- The sequences and formats of the inhibitory molecules used in the following examples are presented in Tables 1A-1D. The codes for the modifications are shown in Table 1A. Briefly, RNA is designated by a capital letter (A, C, G, U); DNA is designated by a lower case letter (a, c, g, t); 2′OMe modification is designated by italics; locked nucleic acids (LNA) is designated by bold; 2′F is designated by a subscript “f”; phosphorothioate is designated by an underline; C6 amino is designated by a “N”; and 2′O-Propargyl G is designated by a “Y”. Table 1B gives the sequences of the complementary sequences (the target sequences), Table 1C gives the formats and modifications for the inhibitors and Table 1D gives the corresponding sequences of the inhibitors.
- The examples use the Homo sapiens (hsa) microRNA sequences hsa Mir21, hsa Mir let 7c, and hsa
Mir 122 as the targets and various formats of inhibitory molecules are produced to inactivate and/or inhibit these mRNAs. The targets were chosen because they produce high levels of microRNAs, so varying amounts of inhibition can be quantitated. The general sequences of the target microRNAs are as follows: Mir-21: 5′-UAGCUUAUCAGACUGAUGUUGA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:144), Let-7a: 5′-UGAGGUAGUAGGUUGUAUAGUU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:145), Let-7c: 5′-UGAGGUAGUAGGUUGUAUGGUU-3′ (SEQ ID NO:146), and Mir-122: 5′-UGGAGUGUGACAAUGGUGUUUG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:147). Note that Let-7C and Let-7a are from the same family and have almost identical sequences. They differ by just one nucleotide shown in bold and highlighted in the sequences. Table 1B shows the specific complementary sequences and modifications used in the assays in the Examples. -
TABLE 1B Complementary Sequences Sequence Complementary sequence Identifier UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA SEQ ID NO: 1 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA SEQ ID NO: 2 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc SEQ ID NO: 3 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA SEQ ID NO: 4 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA SEQ ID NO: 5 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc SEQ ID NO: 6 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAt SEQ ID NO: 7 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA SEQ ID NO: 8 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAg SEQ ID NO: 9 ACAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCA c SEQ ID NO: 10 ACAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCA SEQ ID NO: 11 ACAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCAc SEQ ID NO: 12 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA g SEQ ID NO: 13 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAY SEQ ID NO: 14 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA-Chol SEQ ID NO: 15 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAY SEQ ID NO: 16 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA-Chol SEQ ID NO: 17 AACUAUACAACCU A C T A C C T C At SEQ ID NO: 18 AA C U G U A C A AACUACUACCUCAt SEQ ID NO: 19 AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf At SEQ ID NO: 20 AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf At SEQ ID NO: 21 - The miRNA inhibitors (see Tables 1C and 1D) were chemically synthesized using standard phosphoramidite-based nucleoside monomers and established solid phase oligomerization cycles according to Beaucage, S. L. and Iyer, R. P. (Tetrahedron, 1993 (49) 6123; Tetrahedron, 1992 (48) 2223). RNA phosphoramidites were protected with 2′O-TBDMS groups. Synthesis of oligonucleotides was performed on a BioAutomation MerMade™ 192 or
BioAutomation MerMade™ 12 synthesizer (BioAutomation Corp, Plano, Tex.). Eight equivalents of activator were used for every equivalent of phosphoramidite to provide a satisfactory stepwise coupling yield of >98% per base addition. Purification of the individual oligonucleotides for in vitro screening was carried out using high throughput desalting and alcohol precipitation techniques. Purification of the individual oligonucleotides for in vivo screening was performed with either anion exchange or reverse-phase prep HPLC (Agilent 1200 series) and oligonucleotides were desalted using a semi-permeable membrane. Analytical HPLC (ion exchange or reverse-phase) was used for determining single strand purity, MALDI mass spectrometry was used for determining oligonucleotide identity, and UV spectroscopy was used for quantitative determination of inhibitors. When a cytidine (C) nucleoside was modified as a bicyclo-sugar, the substituted nucleobase was a 5′methylated cytidine residue. When a uridine (U) nucleoside was modified as a bicyclo-sugar, the substituted nucleobase was a thymine (T) residue. - To test the mRNA inhibitors
Biological Assay 1 and/or 2 were used (see Examples 1 and 3). ForBiological Assay 1, HeLa cells were pre-plated at 10,000 per well in a 96-well plate. The next day 0.2 μl LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000 transfection agent (Life Technologies) was complexed with 40 ng of the luciferase expression plasmid (with the corresponding miRNA binding site for let7c, miR21, or let7a; Life Technologies), 40 ng of the βGal expression plasmid and 10, 20 or 100 nM of the microRNA inhibitors (of different designs). 24 hours later, the DUAL-LIGHT® assay was performed to determine how the microRNA inhibitors were able to up-regulate luciferase expression compared to other commercially available microRNA inhibitors. The βGal plasmid (Life Technologies) was used to normalize for transfection efficiency. - The sequences of the microRNA inhibitors that were tested are shown in Table 1C, Table 1D and
FIG. 10 . The miRNA inhibitors were based on the following target-binding sequences: Anti-mir-21 (synthetic inhibitor, reverse-complement to natural sequence):5′-UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:148), Anti-let-7a (synthetic inhibitor, reverse-complement to natural sequence):5′-AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:149), Anti-let-7c (synthetic inhibitor, reverse-complement to natural sequence): 5′-AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:152), Anti-miR-122 (synthetic inhibitor, reverse-complement to natural sequence):5′-CAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCA-3′(SEQ ID NO:150). The negative control (neg) had the sequence: 5′-AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:151) and all of the nucleotides were 2′OMe. Inhibitor Y was purchased from Dharmacon. Inhibitor X was purchased from Exiqon. See Tables 1A-1D for sequences and formats of the targets, the inhibitors, and the controls X, Y, 2′-OMe, and Neg. - This example provides novel hairpin miRNA inhibitor (anti-miR) formats that enabled strong inhibition of endogenous miRNAs. Inhibitors were prepared for two different sequences: hsa mir21 and hsa mir let7c as discussed above. miRNA Inhibitors with non-nucleotide loops were chemically prepared using standard solid phase phosphoramidite chemistry procedures and instrumentation for synthesis, cleavage, and deprotection. The oligonucleotides were then purified utilizing precipitation, desalting, and solid-phase extraction. Purified oligonucleotides were analyzed using analytical HPLC and mass spectrometry.
- The design of the inhibitors comprised the following (see
FIG. 1 ): (i) a target binding region (BR) with perfect sequence complementarity to the guide strand of a mature miRNA made up of 21-23 2′-O-methyl modified nucleotides, and (ii) a flanking stem-loop structure at the 3′, 5′, or both 3′ and 5′ termini composed of 4-8 nucleotide long stems (stem I and stem II) covalently attached 5′ to 3′ by a non-nucleotide loop (loop L1) such as polyethylene glycol (other potential loops: alkane diol, styrene, stilbene, triazole, tetrazole, peptide, polyamide, polyester, dithiol, polyamine, polyether, peptide nucleic acid, cycloalkane, poly alkene, or aryl). Target binding sequences of the Hairpin (HP) inhibitors were as follows: -
Anti-miR-21: (SEQ ID NO: 148) 5′-UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA-3′ (22 nt), Anti-let-7c: (SEQ ID NO: 152) 5′-AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA-3′ (22 nt). - The
Biological assay 1 is a reporter system for assaying anti-miR potency using the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System (Life Technologies/Ambion, Austin, Tex.) (FIG. 2 ). This validated reporter system contained two mammalian expression vectors: - (i) The pMIR-REPORT™ Luciferase miRNA Expression Reporter Vector containing firefly luciferase (fLuc) under the control of a mammalian promoter/terminator system and a target cloning region downstream of the luciferase translation sequence. This vector was used for cloning and testing putative miRNA binding sites. It was also used to evaluate endogenous miRNA expression or the effects of either miRNA mimics (i.e., Pre-miR™ miRNA Precursors) or miRNA inhibitors (i.e., Anti-miR™ miRNA Inhibitors).
- (ii) A second vector, pMIR-REPORT™ Beta-galactosidase Reporter Control Vector (Life Technologies) was used for normalization of transfection efficiency.
-
FIG. 2 shows a schematic depiction of theBiological assay 1 used for evaluation of the performance of the miRNA inhibitors (anti-miRs). The concentrations of the miRNA inhibitors upon transfection were 30, 3, and 0.3 nM. Initially, upon transfection of the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter encoding firefly luciferase (fLuc) as well as containing the binding site for the particular miRNA, mRNA was transcribed inside the cells. Endogenous miRNAs, naturally present inside the cells, bound this mRNA and suppressed translation of the firefly luciferase protein. As a result little or no fLuc was detected in the sample. The same effect was observed if negative control anti-miR (non-targeting sequence) was co-transfected with the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter.FIG. 2 shows the reporter expression in the presence of the exogenous anti-miRs (miRNA inhibitors). In order to evaluate the efficacy of the miRNA inhibitors, the antisense oligonucleotides were co-transfected with the pMIR-REPORT miRNA expression reporter. (A pMIR-REPORT™ Beta-galactosidase Reporter Control Vector was also transfected in each well for normalization of delivery efficiency.) mRNA was transcribed inside the cells, encoding firefly luciferase as well as containing the binding site for the particular miRNA. If the inhibitors bound and inactivated the endogenous miRNA (contained within Ago complex), no translational suppression of the firefly luciferase protein occurred. As a result, high levels of fLuc were detected in the sample. By comparing the reading with the negative control sample it was possible to calculate the average fold change for each anti-miR format evaluated, and to determine which anti-miR caused the maximum increase in the fLuc signal, i.e. was the most potent. - To test the hairpin (HP) anti-miRs, HeLa cells were pre-plated at 10,000 per well in a 96-well plate in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) high glucose (Invitrogen) supplemented with 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS)((MediaTech, Inc.) and 1% Penicillin (5000 Units)-Streptomycin (5000 μg) (Invitrogen). The next day, 0.2 ul LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000 transfection agent was complexed with 40 ng of the pMIR-REPORT™ Luciferase miRNA Expression Reporter Vector (with the corresponding miRNA binding site: miR21, let7c, let7a, or miR23), 40 ng of the pMIR-REPORT™ Beta-Galactosidase Reporter Control Vector and 0.003-100 nM of the chemically synthesized anti-miR (of different designs). Twenty-four hours later, the DUAL-LIGHT® assay was performed to determine how the novel anti-miRs were able to up-regulate luciferase expression, compared to other anti-miRs. The other anti-miRs used were a 2′-OMe modified antisense oligonucleotide (2′-OMe), anti-miR Y (Dharmacon), and anti-miR X (Exiqon).
- The Tropix® Dual-Light® Luminescent Reporter Gene Assay System for luciferase and β-galactosidase (Applied Biosystems, LLC, Foster City, Calif.) was used to quantitate firefly luciferase (fLuc) and β-galactosidase (β-gal) activity in the same sample. First, the luciferase reporter enzyme activity was quantitated with an enhanced luciferase reaction. Following a 30-60 minute incubation and addition of a light emission accelerator, β-galactosidase reporter enzyme activity was quantitated with GALACTON-PLUS® substrate. The wide dynamic range of this dual assay enabled accurate measurement of fLuc and β-galactosidase concentrations over seven orders of magnitude (femtogram to nanogram range).
- By comparing the fLuc readings for specific anti-miR-transfected wells with the negative control anti-miR (non-targeting sequence)—transfected wells it was possible to calculate the average fold change for each anti-miR format evaluated, and determine which anti-miR caused the maximum increase in the fLuc signal, i.e. was the most potent. The average fold change was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative).
- The activity of the hairpin inhibitors HP#01-HP#09 (see Tables 1A-1D for format and sequence of the inhibitors and targets) was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7c target cloned), along with two controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-O-methyl modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) (
FIG. 3A andFIG. 3B ). HP#01-HP# 09 inFIG. 3A andFIG. 3B included hairpin inhibitors with a 5′-loop, a 3′-loop or both 5′ & 3′-loops; PEG3 (polyethyleneglycol polymer—3 monomeric units) or all-nucleotide loop; unmodified or 2′-OMe modified oligonucleotides (see also Tables 1A-1C for the sequences and formats). - The results of this experiment indicated the following: (1) Inhibitors with single loops (i.e., loops on only one end) were effective for inhibiting miRNA function; (2) Inhibitors with 5′ loops were typically more potent than inhibitors with 3′-loop structures; (3) PEG loops performed better than the nucleotide loops for inhibitors with double loops and single loops; (4) 2′-OMe modified inhibitors were more potent than unmodified 2′-OH inhibitors (5′-loop, 3′-loop and 3′& 5′ loops); and (5) LNA-modified antisense inhibitors worked better than 2′OMe-modified antisense inhibitors of the same length 22 nt. (Note: more versions of stems and loops were tested in Examples 2, 3, 9 and 10.)
- Additional hairpin inhibitors were prepared similarly as described in Example 1 and assayed using the same in vitro reporter system to investigate the effect of the linker length, linker type, and stem length. As in Example 1, the efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#10-
HP# 31,HP# 5, andHP# 8 was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). - The formats of the HP#10-
HP# 31, HP#05, and HP#08 inhibitors are depicted inFIG. 1 with the following variations: a 5′-loop or a 3′-loop; 8 versions of non-nucleotide loops and all-nucleotide loop; 3, 4, 5 by stem (see also Tables 1A-1D for formats and sequences). - The results are shown in
FIG. 4A andFIG. 4B and indicated the following: (1) Reverse complement oligonucleotides with 4-6 base-pair stems and non-nucleotide loops were potent inhibitors for in vitro loss of function studies of short (˜22 nts) regulatory non-coding RNAs, particularly microRNAs (miRNAs); (2) In general, hairpin inhibitors of multiple designs (different loops, stems) very efficiently inhibited endogenous miRNAs and were more potent than the 2′-OMe modified miRNA inhibitor (2′-OMe), as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon); (3) Non-nucleotide loops were the same or better than all-nucleotide loops; L1-3, L7-8 (see Table 2) were best; (4) Inhibitors with 5′ loops were more potent than inhibitors with 3′-loop structures; and (5) Inhibitors with longer stems (4-5 nt) were more potent than those with 3 nt stems. - The potency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#10-
HP# 31,HP# 5, andHP# 8 targeting let-7c miRNA was evaluated by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression with TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with a complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). - The formats of the HP#10-
HP# 31 inhibitors are depicted inFIG. 1 and Tables 1A-1D. Variations of the hairpin inhibitors included: a 5′-loop or a 3′-loop; 8 versions of non-nucleotide loops and all-nucleotide loop; 3, 4, 5 by stem. - From the literature it was known that one of the direct endogenous targets for miRNAs has-let7a and let7c, is the HMGA2 gene. A highly efficient assay was developed for measuring the endogenous gene expression levels to monitor potency of the miRNA inhibitors in vitro. Coupled with results from the reporter assays, this allowed for various conclusions regarding inhibitor formats.
- The
Biological Assay 2, an endogenous assay, was used as follows: To test the novel hairpin (HP) anti-miRs, HeLa cells were pre-plated at 6,000 per well in a 96-well plate. The next day, 0.15 ul LIPOFECTAMINE® RNAIMAX™ transfection agent was complexed with 0.3-100 nM of the chemically synthesized anti-miR (of different designs) and added to the cells. 24 hrs later, cells were lysed with CELLS-TO-CT™ lysis buffer (10 uL). HMGA2 mRNA levels were measured by qRT-PCR, using TAQMAN® Gene Expression CELLS-TO-CT™ kit (Applied Biosystems). A 20 μL RT reaction was set up using 1 μL of the lysate (37° C. for 60 minutes, 95° C. for 5 minutes, then 4° C.), followed by a 10 μL PCR reaction with a 2 μL cDNA input using an inventoried TAQMAN® gene expression assay for HMGA2#. Samples were normalized with the Eukaryotic 18S rRNA endogenous control. - By comparing the values for anti-let7 transfected wells with the negative control (non-targeting sequence) transfected wells it was possible to calculate the relative HMGA2 expression (anti-let7/negative) for each anti-miR format evaluated. The higher the relative HMGA2 expression—the more potent the miRNA inhibitor was.
- The results (in
FIG. 5 ) generally showed an increase of the HMGA2 mRNA levels relative to the negative control-transfected samples. More specifically, the results of this experiment indicated the following: (1) In general, HP inhibitors of multiple designs (different loops, stems) very efficiently inhibited endogenous miRNAs and were more potent than 2′-OMe modified miRNA inhibitor, as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon); (2) all non-nucleotide loops performed well (in particular L1 and L3), except L4, see Table 2 for loop structures; (3) inhibitors with 5′ loops were more potent than inhibitors with 3′-loop structures; and (4) inhibitors with longer stems (>4 nt) were more potent than those with 3 nt stems. - The potency of the hairpin
inhibitor HP# 24 was evaluated by quantification of the fraction of the free endogenous miRNA (miR21 or let7c) with miRNA-specific TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). - The format of the
HP# 24 inhibitor is depicted inFIG. 1 and Tables 1A-1D. The results are shown inFIG. 6A-FIG . 6B. - One of the approaches to measure the efficiency of miRNA inhibition with antisense oligonucleotides was to measure the fraction of endogenous miRNA remaining free (in the single-stranded form and thus accessible for primer binding) with TAQMAN® assays as follows:
- Twenty four hours prior to transfection, HeLa cells were pre-plated at 250,000 cells per well in 2.3 mL. The next day, synthetic miRNA inhibitors (targeting has-let7c, miR21, and a negative control) were diluted in OptiMEM® medium (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) up to 100 μL. 5 μL of LIPOFECTAMINE® 2000 transfection agent (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) was diluted in OptiMEM® medium up to 100 μL and incubated at room temperature for 5 minutes. Diluted transfection agent was mixed with the inhibitors, incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes, then the 200 μL complex was added to the cells. The final volume in the wells was 2.5 mL, and the miRNA inhibitor concentration was 3-100 nM.
- At 24 hours post-transfection, cells were washed with 2 mL of PBS three times by rotating the plate to ensure coverage of the cells followed by treatment with 400 μL 0.05% trypsin for 3 minutes at 37° C., then the trypsin was inactivated by adding 1 mL of complete growth medium (DMEM+10% FBS). Media was swirled around and pipetted up and down to dislodge cell clumps. The cells were transferred to 1.5 mL Eppendorf tubes, pelleted at 800 g for 3 minutes, and the cell pellets were washed two times with 1 mL of PBS by flicking the tube to disrupt the pellet. The pellets were then lysed with 1.25 mL of the TAQMAN® MicroRNA CELLS-TO-CT™ lysis buffer (Applied Biosystems). The lysates were mixed by inverting the tubes five times and then incubated at room temperature for 8 minutes. The lysis reactions were stopped by adding 125 μL Stop Solution followed by inverting the tubes to mix and incubation at room temperature for another 2 minutes. Finally, RT and PCR were performed as described for quantification of endogenous miRNA levels.
- The assay for quantification of miRNAs consisted of two steps: reverse transcription (RT) and PCR. The RT primer from TAQMAN® MicroRNA Assays features a stem-loop design (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.) (Chen et al, 2005, v.33, p.1-9). A typical 10 μL RT reaction (Applied Biosystems) included either 10 nanogram of total purified RNA or 1 μL lysate prepared using the TAQMAN® MicroRNA Cells-to-CT™ kit and 50 nM of RT primer. After adding the enzyme mix (at final concentrations, 0.25 mM of each dNTP, 3.33 units/μL of MULTISCRIBE™ reverse transcriptase, 1×RT buffer, 0.25 units/μL of RNase inhibitor), the reaction mixture was incubated at 16° C. for 30 minutes, 42° C. for 30 minutes, 85° C. for 5 minutes, and then 4° C. Real-time PCR was performed using a standard TAQMAN® PCR protocol on an Applied Biosystems 7900HT Sequence Detection System. The 10 μL PCR reaction mixture included 1 μL RT product, 1×TAQMAN® Universal PCR Master Mix, 0.2 μM TAQMAN® probe, 1.5 μM forward primer, and 0.7 μM reverse primer. The reaction was incubated at 95° C. for 10 minutes, followed by 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 60° C. for 1 minute.
- The data in
FIG. 6A-FIG . 6B are presented in the form of a bar graphs and showed a decrease of the free miRNA levels (available for primer hybridization and thus detection)—relative to negative control-transfected samples for both targets.FIG. 6A shows the results for let-7c andFIG. 6B shows the mir-21 results. The results of this experiment indicated that the hairpininhibitor HP# 24 was more potent than the 2′-OMe modified miRNA inhibitor (2′-OMe), as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). - This was the 3rd biological assay that showed that HP inhibitors performed similarly or better than miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon), and by far better than 2′-OMe antisense inhibitors.
- The efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#79-HP#83 was evaluated using the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21, let7a or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon).
- The formats of the HP inhibitors are depicted in
FIG. 1 and Tables 1A-1D. The variables were inhibitors with a 5′-loop or a 3′-loop; 0, 1, or 2 nt between the antisense region and the stem-loop structure. Biological evaluation using pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System was performed as described in Example 1. - The results shown in
FIG. 7A-FIG . 7C indicated the following: (1) For miRNA HP inhibitors with 5′-loops, introduction of an extra-nucleotide between the antisense region and the stem-loop structure did not reduce the inhibitor activity, i.e., the base stacking interaction with the miRNA strand was not crucial; (2) For HP inhibitors with 3′-loops, introduction of an extra-nucleotide between the antisense region and the stem-loop structure enhanced the anti-miR activity (compare withExample# 1, where inhibitors with 3′-loops and 0 nt spacer were used); and (3) Overall, HP inhibitors of multiple designs very efficiently inhibited miRNAs. Depending on the miRNA target and assay used (reporter, endogenous, etc) the best format varied. - Advantages of the Hairpin Inhibitors:
- The hairpin inhibitors described herein utilizing an asymmetric design for the inhibitor, with a single stem loop at the 3′ or 5′ end of the antisense region and/or wherein the stem loop had a non-nucleotide loop were compared. The asymmetric design had more potency then the two commercially-available inhibitors used to compare. The hairpin inhibitors were 34-36 nucleotides long making the manufacturing of such molecules more feasible at a lower cost, especially if using a non-nucleotide loop. Contrary to current ideas, this suggests that the base-stacking interaction is not as crucial as was thought. Without being bound by a specific explanation for the increased potency of the asymmetric hairpin inhibitors, the process was likely driven primarily not by hybridization of the miRNA-antisense, but by the Ago protein (which contains an miRNA guide strand) which has certain template preferences (size, structure, etc). The natural targets of the Ago protein are certain mRNAs.
- The addition of a 3′ alkyl amino group somewhat enhanced potency at lower concentrations. Comparison of inhibitors with non-nucleotide loops at the 3′ end prepared with and without a 3′ alkyl amino group showed that inhibitors with alkyl amino modification demonstrated better activity at very low concentrations (0.03 nM).
- The efficiency of the modified antisense oligonucleotide-based inhibitors BTM#03-BTM#22 was evaluated using pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21, let7a or let7c target cloned), along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon).
- The formats of the antisense inhibitors are depicted in
FIG. 1 and Tables 1A-1D. The variables were inhibitors with combinations of LNA, 2′-F, 2′-OMe modification; 21 nt versus 15 nt long antisense sequence. Synthesis of miRNA inhibitors and biological evaluation using pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System was performed as described in Example 1. The results are shown inFIG. 8A-FIG . 8C. - miRNA inhibitors were prepared that were highly chemically modified (LNA, ENA and 2′-F combinations with 2′-OMe) without any hairpin structures- to compare the value of strong binding chemistry nucleotides. The results showed that: (1) LNA chemistry and LNA/2′-OMe, LNA/2′-F combinations were more effective at inhibition of miRNAs than 2′-OMe or 2′-F anti-miR modifications; (2) inhibitors with the full-length antisense sequence (21 nt) were significantly more potent than inhibitors with the shorter antisense region (15 nt); (3) modified 22 nt miRNA inhibitors were either as good or worse than the hairpin inhibitors in Examples 1 and 2); and (4) LNA modifications incorporated into the hairpin inhibitors may improve their potency. However, LNA modified molecules are challenging to synthesize and can be expensive.
- The design of the miRNA inhibitor multimers targeting miR21 is depicted in
FIG. 9 andFIG. 10 . Biological evaluation using pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System was performed as described in Example 1. The results are shown inFIG. 11 . - Multimerized anti-miRs were designed and tested to determine their performance. As shown in
FIG. 10 , 30-45 nucleotide long anti-miRs were synthesized (enhanced with chemical modifications for stronger binding) so that the central 20-22 nt part was complementary to the target miRNA strand, and flanking sequences were used for multimeric complex formation. Upon addition of the “bridging” oligonucleotide (NBR2C:NBR1C inFIG. 9 ) (with or without LNA or other modifications to promote stronger interaction) the anti-miRs spontaneously formed multimeric complexes. - Multimeric Anti-miRs targeting mir21, prepared under different conditions, were co-transfected into HeLa cells at a concentration of 10 nM with the luciferase expression plasmid containing the mir21 binding site and βGal plasmid (used for normalization of transfection efficiency). 24 hours later the DUAL-LIGHT® Assay was performed to monitor the effect of the anti-miR on luciferase expression. Each anti-miR was normalized to the negative control anti-miR (NCα). Multimeric complex formation was as follows: Antisense oligonucleotide (with extra-sequences at the 3′-termini and 5′-termini—enabling complex formation, see
FIG. 9 andFIG. 10 ) was annealed with the “bridging” oligonucleotide at 95° C. for 3 min, followed by a 1 hour incubation at 37° C. Thedesignations # 1, #2, and #3 ofFIG. 11 refer to different annealing buffers. Buffer #1: 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl. Buffer #2: 6 mM Hepes pH 7.4, 20 mM potassium acetate, 0.4 mM Magnesium acetate. Buffer#3: 10 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 10 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA. Thedesignations 1×, 2×, and 4× refer to the molar excess of the “bridging” oligonucleotide over the long antisense oligonucleotide. The multimeric miRNA inhibitors self assembled in the specified buffer. The number of multimers was dependent upon the type of buffer used and the molar excess of the bridging oligonucleotide. - These anti-miRs had several attractive features: (1) The large size closely mimicked the natural substrate—mRNA− and thus promoted very efficient binding with miRNA/Ago; (2) Multimers did not have secondary structure that could complicate complex formation with miRNAs− in contrast to “miRNA sponges” (long tandem antisense transcripts expressed from DNA vectors); (3) The termini of multimers had extra protection from RNases; (4) Packaging and in vitro delivery of the multimers was more efficient when using certain commercially available reagents (such as PEI=polyethyleneimine), because complexes are long and rigid similarly to dsDNA; and (5) The multimers were chemically synthesized so modifications could be incorporated, enabling strong interaction with the miRNA target (2′-OMe was used, but LNA or other molecules could be used)—in contrast to “miRNA sponges”.
- A long anti-miR to mir21(45 nt)—the core 22-nt RNA, 2′OMe modified, flanked by 11 nt and 12 nt sequences, was also synthesized. The “bridging” oligonucleotide was 21 nt long, LNA was modified at every other position. Multimeric complexes were formed by mixing equal amounts of the long anti-miR and “bridging” oligonucleotide in annealing buffer (10 mM Tris pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl), incubating at 95° C. for 3 minutes and cooling down at 37° C. for 1 hr. The biological evaluation using pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA Expression Reporter Vector System was performed as described in Example 1.
- Initial evaluation of the performance of the multimers showed that they had better inhibitory activity than 2′-OMe anti-miRs, as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) (
FIG. 11 ). - Hairpin inhibitor miR122 was tested in vivo as follows: Mice (3 animals/group) were injected in the tail vein with 50 mg/kg anti-miR122 (with phosphorothioate modifications, without any delivery reagent), on 3 subsequent days, and sacrificed 24 h post 3rd injection. Levels of AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, Lass6 mRNAs (reported targets for miR-122: Elmén et al, 2008 Nucl. Acids Res. v.36, p.1153-1162; Davis et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 2009 v. 37, p. 70-77) in their livers was quantified by qRT-PCR. Data normalized to untreated mice, and Let7—additional “neg control”—is shown.
MiR122 5′HPp=s was the format HP#81, with complete phosphorothioate (P=S) modification of the target binding strand for in vivo use.MiR122 3′HPp=s was the format HP#83, with complete phosphorothioate (P=S) modification of the target binding strand for in vivo use (MiR122 5′HP format HP#81 w/o phosphorothioate modification did not show any activity). - The results in
FIG. 12 showed the following: (1) miRNA inhibitors with phosphorothioate modifications could be used in in vivo experiments, and they induced robust inhibition of their targets in the liver, upon systemic tail vein administration. (2) phosphorothioate modifications were advantageous for in vivo experiments. Formats that were not self-deliverable in vivo could be successfully used with in vivo delivery reagents. (3) miRNA inhibitors with 5′-hairpin structures had better activity than inhibitors with 3′-hairpins in vitro and in vivo. - The potency of hairpin inhibitors HP#79, HP#81, HP#96, HP#85, HP#88, HP#93, and HP#96 targeting let-7a miRNA with CLICK-IT® loops (HP#85) or CLICK-IT® chemistry at the 3′-termini (HP#88; ready for conjugation of other molecules, e.g., cholesterol or dye label) were tested. See Tables 1A-1D for the format and sequence of the inhibitors and/or the targets. Click chemistry is a class of high yielding reactions for generating new compounds. The most popular reaction from the class is the copper catalyzed 1,3 dipolar cycloaddition between an alkyne and an azide to yield a substituted 1,2,3, triazole (also known as Huisgen cycloaddition). Potency was evaluated by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression with TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe anti-miRs, as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) as discussed in Examples 1 and 4. The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection was 0.3, 3, 30 nM. Increase of the HMGA2 mRNA levels is shown relative to negative control-transfected samples. The increase in the firefly luciferase expression induced by miRNA inhibition (the Average fold change) was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity neg/βGal activity neg). (For details, see Example 1 Materials and Methods section.)
- The results in
FIG. 13 andFIG. 14 showed that (1)—hairpin inhibitors synthesized with CLICK-IT® loops (HP#85) or CLICK-IT® chemistry at the 3′-termini (HP#88; ready for conjugation of other molecules, e.g. cholesterol or dye label) have the same potency as the HP inhibitors (2)—HP conjugates with cholesterol (HP#96) are functional, and the level of activity is similar to unconjugated HP. Cholesterol can enable in vitro and in vivo delivery of these inhibitors. - HP#89, HP#90, HP#91, HP#92: LNA and 2′F/2OMe modified hairpin inhibitors targeting let-7c miRNA were tested for potency by quantification of the levels of HMGA2 mRNA expression with TAQMAN® assays, along with three controls: a 2′-OMe anti-miR, as well as miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon). See Tables 1A-1D for formats and sequences of the inhibitors and targets. The assays were performed as in Example 4. The concentration of the miRNA inhibitors tested upon transfection was 10 nM.
- The results are shown in
FIG. 15 where an increase of the HMGA2 mRNA levels is shown relative to the negative control-transfected samples. The results showed that (1) chemistries other than 2′-OMe can be used for HP inhibitors, and all of them are highly functional. However, LNA or other modifications did not result in superior performance of inhibitors, compared to 2′-OMe modifications. However, the activity of the inhibitors was at such a high level already, improvements may be very small or negligible. Withhairpin structures 2′-OMe modifications perform very well, but for single-stranded antisense oligonucleotides the LNA-modified inhibitors were superior to 2′-OMe inhibitors. Thus, the modifications that enhanced activity varied for different structures. However, in all cases, the hairpin inhibitors were significantly better than “standard” 2′-OMe inhibitors (21 nt long) and X and Y inhibitors (Exiqon and Dharmacon). - Inhibitor HPX (SEQ ID NO:103) was synthesized with non-nucleotide loop L11 (see Table 2) via copper catalyzed
Huisgen 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition. The miRNA inhibitor targetedLet 7a miRNA. However this method can be used to synthesize any type of inhibitor. The sequence and chemical structure ofcompound 1 is shown below. Synthesis was achieved using solid phase phosphoramidite synthesis on a MerMade™ 192 synthesizer. Standard coupling times and cycles were employed along with I2/H2O oxidation and acetic anhydride capping on DNA T nucleoside loadedCPG columns 1 μmole (Biosearch). 2′OMe phosphoramidites A, C, G, and U were purchased from Chemgenes, Inc and diluted with anhydrous acetonitrile prior to use. The phosphoro-hexyne moiety was installed using 5′ alkyne modifier (Glen Research). After synthesis, the CPG was treated with a mixture of aqueous ammonia and methylamine for 15 minutes to cleave the oligonucleotide from the solid support. This mixture was further incubated for a period of 2.5 hours in the ammonia/methylamine solution to afford the removal of both the exocyclic amino protection groups (benzyl for A, acetyl for C, and dmf for G) as well as the cyanoethyl protecting groups from the phosphate backbone. The aqueous solution was dried via compressed air under elevated temperature to produce the crude product. The oligonucleotide was purified on anion exchange resin using an Agilent 1200 HPLC with NaClO4 buffer as the eluent. The oligonucleotide was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and the molecular weight of the oligonucleotide was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems). - The sequence and chemical structure of
compound 2 is shown below. Synthesis was achieved using solid phase phosphoramidite synthesis on a MerMade™ 192 synthesizer. Standard coupling times and cycles were employed along with I2/H2O oxidation and acetic anhydride capping on C6 phthalimido loaded CPG (Prime Synthesis) 500 nmole columns. 2′OMe phosphoramidites A, C, G, and U were purchased from Chemgenes, Inc and diluted with anhydrous acetonitrile prior to use. After synthesis, the CPG was treated with a mixture of aqueous ammonia and methylamine for 15 minutes to cleave the oligonucleotide from the solid support. This mixture was further incubated for a period of 2.5 hours in the ammonia/methylamine solution to afford the removal of both the exocyclic amino protection groups (benzyl for A, acetyl for C, and dmf for G) as well as the cyanoethyl protecting groups from the phosphate backbone. The aqueous solution was dried via compressed air under elevated temperature to produce the crude product. The oligonucleotide was purified on anion exchange resin using an Agilent 1200 HPLC with NaClO4 buffer as the eluent. The oligonucleotide was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and molecular weight of the oligonucleotide was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems). - The sequence and chemical structure of
compound 3 is shown below. Azidobutyrate NHS ester (Glen Research) in dimethylsulfoxide (15 μL, 0.17 M) was added to 0.5 umole ofcompound 2 in 100 mM sodium borate buffer. The solution was mixed using an orbital shaker at room temperature for a period of 4 hours. The oligonucleotide was purified on anion exchange resin using an Agilent 1200 HPLC with NaClO4 buffer as the eluent. The oligonucleotide was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO). - The sequence and chemical structure of miRNA Inhibitor SEQ ID NO:103 is shown below. CuSO4 (10 μL, 0.1 M), butanone (20 μL), and Tris[(1-benzyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-4 yl)methyl]amine (TBTA, 5 μL, 0.1 M) was added to a solution of 1 (0.05 μL, 0.7 mM) in phosphate buffered saline. After vortexing for 1 minute, compound 3 (84 μL, 0.9 M) and ascorbic acid (2 μL, 0.5 M) were added to the mixture and the solution was vortexed again for 1 minute. The solution was then mixed using an orbital shaker at room temperature for a period of 2 hours. The inhibitor was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and molecular weight of the inhibitor was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems).
- Inhibitor HPX (SEQ ID NO:106) was synthesized with non-nucleotide loop L11 (see Table 2) via copper catalyzed
Huisgen 1,3-Dipolar cycloaddition of the non-nucleotide loop. This inhibitor targets mir21 miRNA. - The sequence and chemical structure of
compound 4 is shown below. Synthesis was achieved using solid phase phosphoramidite synthesis on a MerMade 192 synthesizer. Standard coupling times and cycles were employed along with I2/H2O oxidation and acetic anhydride capping on DNA C nucleoside loadedCPG columns 1 μmole (Biosearch). 2′OMe phosphoramidites A, C, G, and U were purchased from Chemgenes, Inc and diluted with anhydrous acetonitrile prior to use. The phosphoro-hexyne moiety was installed using 5′ Alkyne modifier (Glen Research). After synthesis, the CPG was treated with a mixture of aqueous ammonia and methylamine for 15 minutes to cleave the oligonucleotide from the solid support. This mixture was further incubated for a period of 2.5 hours in the ammonia/methylamine solution to afford the removal of both the exocyclic amino protection groups (benzyl for A, acetyl for C, and dmf for G) as well as the cyanoethyl protecting groups from the phosphate backbone. The aqueous solution was dried via compressed air under elevated temperature to produce the crude product. The oligo was purified on anion exchange resin using an Agilent 1200 HPLC with NaClO4 buffer as the eluent. The oligonucleotide was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and molecular weight of the oligonucleotide was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems). - miRNA Inhibitor SEQ ID NO:154. CuSO4 (10 μL, 0.1 M), butanone (20 μL), and Tris[(1-benzyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)methyl]amine (TBTA, 5 μL, 0.1 M) was added to a solution of 4 (0.05 μmol, 0.56 mM) in phosphate buffered saline. After vortexing for 1 minute,
compound 3 from Example XI (84 μL, 0.9 M) and ascorbic acid (2 μL, 0.5 M) were added to the mixture and the solution was vortexed again for 1 minute. The solution was then mixed using an orbital shaker at room temperature for a period of 2 hours. The inhibitor was then desalted utilizing ultracentrifugation cartridges (Sartorius, 2000 MWCO) and molecular weight of the inhibitor was verified with MALDI (Applied Biosystems). - Additional hairpin inhibitors with PEG5 loops and 6 bp stems were prepared similarly to those described in Example 1 and assayed using the same in vitro reporter system to investigate the effect of the loop length on the inhibitor potency. The efficiency of the hairpin inhibitors HP#130 (PEG5) was evaluated side by side with HP#81 (PEG6), using the pMIR-REPORT™ miRNA expression reporter (miR21 or let7a target cloned), along with a positive control—a 22 nt miRNA inhibitor with complete 2′-OMe modification (2′-OMe), and a negative control. The formats of the
HP# 130 and HP#81 inhibitors are depicted inFIG. 1 . Note that the only difference was the length of their non-nucleotide loop. Thus, the sequence ofHP# 130 is the same as that of HP#81. InFIG. 16 , the expression induced by miRNA inhibition was the Average fold change and was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger miRNA inhibition. The concentration of the miRNA inhibitors upon transfection was 0.3 and 3 nM and all experiments were performed in triplicate. - The results in
FIG. 16 indicated that microRNA inhibitors with PEG6 and PEG5 loops displayed about the same in vitro activity for miR21 and let7a targets, and both were superior to the standard antisense inhibitor without the stem-loop structure. -
TABLE 3 Sequences in FIGS. 16-20 SEQ loop Linker Linker FIG. ID NO: position HR I (L1) HR II HR III (L2) HR IV Target Complementary sequence 16 089 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 003 16 139 HP130 5′ GGCACG L12 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 003 16 031 2′OMe none na na na na na na mir 21 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAN (SEQ ID NO: 31) 16 064 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 16 134 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 007 16 140 HP130 5′ GGCACG L12 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 007 16 097 2′OMe none na na na na na na let7a AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 97) 16 064 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 17 141 HP130 5′ GGCACG L12 CGUGCC na na na mir122 SEQ ID NO: 012 17 064 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 18 umod 18 031 2′OMe none na na na na na na mir 21 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAN (SEQ ID NO: 31) 18 089 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 003 18 091 HP83 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGg mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 001 18 Y mir 21 18 umod 18 041 2′OMe none na na na na na na let7c AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 41) 18 100 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 006 18 102 HP83 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGg let7c SEQ ID NO: 004 18 Y let7c 19 089 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 003 19 064 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 19 134 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 007 19 064 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 20 142 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir GGAAAUCCCUGGCAAUGUGAUc 23a (SEQ ID NO: 156) 20 X 20 064 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 20 089 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 003 20 X 20 064 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 21 143 2′Ome mir122 ACAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCAN (SEQ ID NO: 157) 21 144 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir122 SEQ ID NO: 012 21 145 Antago mir122 AC AAACACCAUUGUCACACU CCA -ChoI mir (SEQ ID NO: 162) 21 064 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 23 146 HP115 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir122 AC AAACACCAUUGUCACACU CCA-ChoI (SEQ ID NO: 162) - The potency of the miR122-targeting HP#130 inhibitor with the PEG5 loop was evaluated in exogenous assays. The assays were similar to those described in Example 1. The only difference was that for
miR 122, four constructs were used with cloned natural targets for miR122—RIMS1, GNPDA2, ANKRD13C, and G6PC3 fragments; in the above-described Examples #1-13, all in vitro reporters contained the cloned miRNA binding site fully complementary to the miRNA of interest. TheHP# 130 inhibitors were co-transfected with these constructs, and 24 h later the Luciferase signal was measured versus a negative control-enabling the determination of the potency of the inhibitors towards these four targets. The results are shown inFIG. 17 . In the figure, the expression induced by miRNA inhibition was the Average Fold change and was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection was 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate. The results inFIG. 17 indicated that the miR122 inhibitor was active on all four natural miR122 targets, displaying 1.5-3 fold upregulation. - For in vitro and in vivo experiments, understanding the efficiency of miRNA inhibitor intracellular delivery, localization and distribution, helps to unravel the pathways and kinetics of the process. Small RNA TAQMAN® assays (Applied Biosystems/Life Technologies) enable accurate and robust quantification of small RNA molecules, including miRNA inhibitors. The purpose of this example was to explore whether chemical modifications and the 5′-hairpin structure would negatively impact the detection of these molecules. HP#81 inhibitors (with 5′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications) were compared to the unmodified antisense oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides with complete 2′-OMe modification, inhibitors with 3′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications, and miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) featuring both 3′- and 5′-terminal loops and complete 2′-OMe modifications. The miRNA inhibitors in the above listed formats were synthesized for miR21 and let7c, and detected with TAQMAN® assays in a cell-free system.
- The assay for quantification of miRNA inhibitors consisted of two steps: reverse transcription (RT) and PCR. The RT primer from TAQMAN® MicroRNA Assays features a stem-loop design (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.). A typical 10 μL RT reaction included 0.5 pmol of miRNA inhibitor and 50 nM of RT primer. The anti-miR and stem loop primer mixture was heat denatured, incubated at 85° C. for 5 min, 60° C. for 5 min, and transferred to ice. After adding the enzyme mix (at final concentrations, 0.25 mM of each dNTP, 3.33 units/μL of MultiScribe™ reverse transcriptase, 1×RT buffer, 0.25 units/μL of RNase inhibitor), the reaction mixture was incubated at 16° C. for 30 minutes, 42° C. for 30 minutes, 85° C. for 5 minutes, and then 4° C. Real-time PCR was performed using a standard TAQMAN® PCR protocol on an Applied Biosystems 7900HT Sequence Detection System. The 10 μL, PCR reaction mixture included 1 μL, RT product, 1×TAQMAN® Universal PCR Master Mix, 0.2 μM TAQMAN® probe, 1.5 μM forward primer, and 0.7 μM reverse primer. The reaction was incubated at 95° C. for 10 minutes, followed by 40 cycles of 95° C. for 15 seconds and 60° C. for 1 minute.
- The results are shown in
FIG. 18 . As expected, the unmodified antisense oligonucleotides were detected most efficiently (as indicated by lowest Ct values). Antisense oligonucleotides with complete 2′-OMe modification were detected slightly less efficiently. HP#81 inhibitors (with 5′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications) were also detected slightly less efficiently, with a Ct difference of <2 versus unmodified single-stranded RNA. Inhibitors with 3′-stem/loop and complete 2′-OMe modifications, and especially the miRNA inhibitor Y (Dharmacon) featuring both 3′- and 5′-terminal loops and complete 2′-OMe modifications were detected much less efficiently, presumably because the loop structure at the 3′-end interfered with RT primer binding and elongation. To summarize, HP#81 miRNA inhibitors were compatible with stem-loop RT primers and Small RNA TAQMAN® assays (LT) and thus could be easily traced and quantified in the in vitro and in vivo experiments. - The specificity of the HP#81 inhibitors (with PEG6 loops and 6 bp stems) was studied. An inhibitor (HP#81 format, SEQ ID NO:89) for miR-21 was tested against its intended target, miR-21, as well as miR-31, let-7a, miR-106a, miR-23a, miR-19a, miR-17, and miR-24 targets. An inhibitor (HP#81 format, SEQ ID NO:134) for let-7a was tested against its intended target, let-7a, as well as miR-31, miR-21, miR-106a, miR-23a, miR-19a, miR-17, and miR-24 targets. The experimental conditions for these exogenous assays were similar to those described in Example 1.
- In
FIG. 19A andFIG. 19B , the expression induced by miRNA inhibition was measured as the Average Fold change and was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection was 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate. The results shown inFIG. 19A andFIG. 19B indicated the following: HP#81 microRNA inhibitors were specific to their intended target and did not affect the levels of the unrelated miRNA targets. - Long-term stability of the HP#81 inhibitors (with PEG6 loops and 6 bp stems) was evaluated. Water solutions (20 μmolar) of the inhibitors targeting miR-21 (SEQ ID NO:89) and miR-23a (SEQ ID NO:142) were stored at +4° C. for 1 week, 2 months and 1 year. Their potency was then evaluated side-by-side with miRNA inhibitor X (Exiqon) and negative control. The experimental conditions for these exogenous assays were similar to described in Example 1: miRNA inhibitors were co-transfected in HeLa cells with reporter constructs, and the Luciferase readout allowed determination of their potency towards endogenous miRNAs.
- The expression induced by miRNA inhibition was the Average fold change and was calculated in the following way: (fLuc activity anti-miR/βGal activity anti-miR)/(fLuc activity negative/βGal activity negative). Note: the higher the bars—the stronger the miRNA inhibition. The concentration of miRNA inhibitors upon transfection: 0.3 and 3 nM. All experiments were performed in triplicate.
- The results in
FIG. 20A-FIG . 20B indicated that the HP#81 microRNA inhibitors were stable for prolonged periods of time, and there was no loss of potency after 1 year real-time storage of stock solutions in water, unfrozen, at +4° C. - Hairpin inhibitor MiR122 was tested in vivo as follows: Mice (3 animals/group) were injected in the tail vein with 5 mg/kg HP#81 anti-miR122 (without p=s modifications) complexed with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent (Life Technologies) according to the manufacturer's protocol, on 3 subsequent days, and sacrificed 24 h post 3rd injection.
- The 2nd group of mice was similarly treated with single-stranded 2′-OMe miRNA inhibitors complexed with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent.
- The 3rd group of mice was injected with miR122 antagomirs (Krutzfeldt J. et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 2007 v.35, p.2885-2892) at 50 mg/kg, given three daily injections. MiR122 antagomirs were self-deliverable chemically modified siRNAs conjugated to cholesterol, and they were injected without any delivery reagent.
- The 4th group of mice was a negative control and the mice were injected with negative control (non-targeting) miRNA inhibitor, complexed with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent.
- The 5th group of mice was the untreated group (normal uninjected animals). All experiments were performed with 3 animals per group. After the animals were sacrificed, levels of AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, Lass6 mRNAs (reported targets for miR-122: see Elmén et al, 2008 Nucl. Acids Res. v.36, p.1153-1162; and Davis et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 2009 v. 37, p. 70-77) in the livers were quantified by qRT-PCR. mRNA upregulation was normalized to the negative control oligo-injected mice (=100%).
- The results in
FIG. 21 showed the following: (1) miRNA inhibitors were efficiently delivered to the liver upon systemic tail vein administration with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent and inhibitedmicroRNA 122 as indicated by upregulation of four targets. (2) HP#81 inhibitors were superior to 2′-OMe antisense oligonucleotides. (3) HP#81 inhibitors delivered with INVIVOFECTAMINE® 2.0 reagent induced better miRNA inhibition compared to Antagomirs—despite the fact that antagomir conjugates were used at a 10-fold higher dose. - Performance of the sterol-modified hairpin inhibitors for miR122 was evaluated in vivo. The format of miRNA inhibitor HP#115 (SEQ ID NO:146) is based on HP#81 but contains phosphorothioate modifications and is conjugated to cholesterol. Mice (3 animals/group) were injected in the tail vein with 50 mg/kg anti-miR122 HP#115 (without any delivery reagent), on 3 subsequent days, and sacrificed 24 h post 3rd injection. Levels of AldoA, Hfe2, Slc35a4, Lass6 mRNAs (four reported targets for miR-122: Elmén et al, 2008 Nucl. Acids Res. v.36, p.1153-1162; Davis et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 2009 v. 37, p. 70-77) in their livers were quantified by qRT-PCR. Data were normalized to untreated mice. The results in
FIG. 23 showed the following: (1) miRNA inhibitors with cholesterol and limited phosphorothioate modifications could be used in in vivo experiments, and they induced robust inhibition of their targets in the liver, upon systemic tail vein administration, in the absence of any delivery reagents. Thus, the miRNA inhibitors showed the ability for self-delivery. In Example 20, the miRNA inhibitor-sterol conjugates are used for in vitro applications without delivery agents. - Sterol conjugates of the miRNA inhibitors, such as HP#81 with limited phosphorothioate modifications and conjugated to cholesterol or any other sterol can have cell-penetrating properties, i.e. they can be used for in vitro experiments without delivery (transfection) reagents. Such sterol conjugates are used at 1 nanoMolar-10 microMolar concentrations, and, after incubation with the cells of interest, the amount of the oligonucleotide inside the cells is measured with Small RNA TAQMAN® assays (Cheng et al. (2009) Stem-loop RT-PCR quantification of siRNAs in vitro and in vivo. Oligonucleotides, 19, 203-208) and biological effects such as upregulation of the mRNA targets—are measured by qRT-PCR at 24-72 h post-transfection. Cells are typically maintained in the appropriate growth media containing up to 10% FBS, at 37° C., and depending on the cell type, the density is usually between about 1000-30,000 cells per well of a 96 well plate.
-
TABLE 1C Inhibitor Formats and Modifications loop Link- Link- posi- er er Complementary FIG. Seq ID tion HR I (L1) HR II HR III (L2) HR IV Target sequence 3A SEQ ID NO: 22 HP01 5′ and GCUG AUCU CAGC GCUG AUCU CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 3′ 3A SEQ ID NO: 23 HP02 5′ and GCUG L1 CAGC GCUG L1 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 3′ 3A SEQ ID NO: 24 HP03 5′ and GCUG L1 CAGC GCUG L1 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 2 3′ 3A SEQ ID NO: 25 HP04 5′ GCUG AUCU CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 3A SEQ ID NO: 26 HP05 5′ GCUG L1 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 3A SEQ ID NO: 27 HP06 5′ GCUG L1 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 3A SEQ ID NO: 28 HP07 3′ na na na GCUG AUCU CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 3A SEQ ID NO: 29 HP08 3* na na na GCUG L1 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 3A SEQ ID NO: 30 HP09 3′ na na na GCUG L1 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 2 3A SEQ ID NO: 31 2′OMe None na na na na na na mir 21 UCAACAUCAGUCU GAUAAGCUAN (SEQ ID NO: 31) 3B SEQ ID NO: 32 HP01 5′ and GCUG AUCU CAGC GCUG AUCU CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 3′ 3B SEQ ID NO: 33 HP02 5′ and GCUG L1 CAGC GCUG L1 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 3′ 3B SEQ ID NO: 34 HP03 5′ and GCUG L1 CAGC GCUG L1 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 5 3′ 3B SEQ ID NO: 35 HP04 5′ GCUG AUCU CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 3B SEQ ID NO: 36 HP05 5′ GCUG L1 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 3B SEQ ID NO: 37 HP06 5′ GCUG L1 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 3B SEQ ID NO: 38 HP07 3′ na na na GCUG AUCU CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 3B SEQ ID NO: 39 HP08 3′ na na na GCUG L1 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 3B SEQ ID NO: 40 HP09 3′ na na na GCUG L1 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 5 3B SEQ ID NO: 41 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7c AACCAUACAACCUAC UACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 41) 4A SEQ ID NO: 26 HP05 5′ GCUC L1 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 29 HP08 3′ na na na GCUG L1 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 42 HP10 5′ GCG L1 CGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 43 HP11 5′ GCGUG L1 CACGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 44 HP12 5′ UGGC L1 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 45 HP13 5′ GCUG AUUCU CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 46 HP14 3′ na na na GCG L1 CGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 47 HP15 3′ na na na GCGUG L1 CACGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 48 HP16 3′ na na na UGGC L1 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 49 HP17 3′ na na na GCUG AUUCU CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 50 HP18 5′ GCUG L2 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 51 HP19 5′ GCUG L3 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 52 HP20 5′ GCUG L4 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 53 HP21 5′ GCUG L5 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 54 HP22 5′ GCUG L6 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 55 HP23 5′ GCUG L7 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 56 HP24 5′ GCUG L8 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 4A SEQ ID NO: 57 HP25 3′ na na na GCUG L2 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 58 HP26 3′ na na na GCUG L3 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 59 HP27 3′ na na na GCUG L4 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 60 HP28 3′ na na na GCUG L5 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 61 HP29 3′ na na na GCUG L6 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 62 HP30 3′ na na na GCUG L7 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 63 HP31 3′ na na na GCUG L8 CAGc mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 4A SEQ ID NO: 31 2′OMe None na na na na na na mir 21 UCAACAUCAGUCUGA UAAGCUAN (SEQ ID NO: 31) 4A Y mir 21 4A X mir 21 4A SEQ ID NO: 64 Neg None na na na na na na mir 21 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUG CCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 4B SEQ ID NO: 36 HP05 5′ GCUC TEG CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 39 HP08 3′ na na na GCUG TEG CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 65 HP10 5′ GCG L1 CGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 66 HP11 5′ GCGUG L1 CACGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 67 HP12 5′ UGGC L1 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 68 HP13 5′ GCUG AUUCU CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 69 HP14 3′ na na na GCG L1 CGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 70 HP15 3′ na na na GCGUG L1 CACGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 71 HP16 3′ na na na UGGC L1 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 72 HP17 3′ na na na GCUG AUUCU CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 73 HP18 5′ GCUG L2 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 74 HP19 5′ GCUG L3 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 75 HP20 5′ GCUG L4 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 76 HP21 5′ GCUG L5 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 77 HP22 5′ GCUG L6 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 78 HP23 5′ GCUG L7 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 79 HP24 5′ GCUG L8 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 4B SEQ ID NO: 80 HP25 3′ na na na GCUG L2 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 81 HP26 3′ na na na GCUG L3 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 82 HP27 3′ na na na GCUG L4 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 83 HP28 3′ na na na GCUG L5 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 84 HP29 3′ na na na GCUG L6 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 85 HP30 3′ na na na GCUG L7 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 4B SEQ ID NO: 86 HP31 3′ na na nd GCUG L8 CAGc let7c AACCAUACAACCUA CUACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 41) 4B SEQ ID NO: 41 2′OMe None na na let7c 4B Y let7c 4B X let7c 4B SEQ ID NO: 64 neg None na na na na na na neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUG CCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 5 SEQ ID NO: 36 HP05 5′ GCUC TEG CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 39 HP08 3′ na na na GCUG TEG CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 65 HP10 5′ GCG L1 CGC na na nd let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 66 HP11 5′ GCGUG L1 CACGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 67 HP12 5′ UGGC L1 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 68 HP13 5′ GCUG AUUCU CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 69 HP14 3′ na na na GCG L1 CGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 70 HP15 3′ na na na GCGUG L1 CACGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 71 HP16 3′ na na na UGGC L1 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 72 HP17 3′ na na na GCUG AUUCU CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 73 HP18 5′ GCUG L2 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 74 HP19 5′ GCUG L3 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 75 HP20 5′ GCUG L4 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 76 HP21 5′ GCUG L5 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 77 HP22 5′ GCUG L6 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 78 HP23 5′ GCUG L7 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 79 HP24 5′ GCUG L8 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 5 SEQ ID NO: 80 HP25 3′ na na na GCUG L2 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 81 HP26 3′ na na na GCUG L3 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 82 HP27 3′ na na na GCUG L4 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 83 HP28 3′ na na na GCUG LS CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 84 HP29 3′ na na na GCUG L6 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 85 HP30 3′ na na na GCUG L7 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 86 HP31 3′ na na na GCUG L8 CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 5 SEQ ID NO: 41 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7c AACCAUACAACCUAC UACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 41) 5 Y let7c 5 X let7c 5 SEQ ID NO: 32 HP01 5′ and GCUG AUCU CAGC GCUG AUCU CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 3′ 5 SEQ ID NO: 33 HP02 5′ and GCUG TEG CAGC GCUG AUCU CAGc let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 3′ 5 SEQ ID NO: 64 neg None na na na na na na neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUG CCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 6A SEQ ID NO: 41 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7c AACCAUACAACCUAC UACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 41) 6A Y let7c 6A X let7c 6A SEQ ID NO: 79 HP24 5′ GCUG L8 CAGC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 6 6A NT 6A SEQ ID NO: 64 Neg None na na na na na na let7c AAGUGGAUAUUGUUG CCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 6B SEQ ID NO: 31 2′OMe None na na na na na na mir 21 UCAACAUCAGUCUGA UAAGCUAN (SEQ ID NO: 31) 6B Y mir 21 6B X mir 21 6B SEQ ID NO: 56 HP24 5′ GCUG L8 CAGC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 6B NT mir 21 6B SEQ ID NO: 64 Neg None na na na na na na mir 21 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUG CCAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 7A SEQ ID NO: 87 HP79 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCCAU na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 7A SEQ ID NO: 88 HP80 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCCA na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 7A SEQ ID NO: 89 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 7A SEQ ID NO: 90 HP82 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGGN mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 7A SEQ ID NO: 91 HP83 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGg mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 1 7A SEQ ID NO: 31 2′OMe None na na na na na mir 21 UCAACAUCAGUCUGA UAAGCUAN (SEQ ID NO: 31) 7A Y na mir 21 7A X mir 21 7B SEQ ID NO: 92 HP79 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCCAU na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 7 7B SEQ ID NO: 93 HP80 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCCA na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 7 7B SEQ ID NO: 94 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 7 7B SEQ ID NO: 95 HP82 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGGN let7a SEQ ID NO: 8 78 SEQ ID NO: 96 HP83 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGg let7a SEQ ID NO: 8 7B SEQ ID NO: 97 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7a AACUAUACAACCUAC UACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 97) 7B Y let7a 7B X let7a 7C SEQ ID NO: 98 HP79 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCCAU na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 9 7C SEQ ID NO: 99 HP80 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCCA na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 9 7C SEQ ID NO: 100 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 9 7C SEQ ID NO: 101 HP82 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGGN let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 7C SEQ ID NO: 102 HP83 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGg let7c SEQ ID NO: 4 7C SEQ ID NO: 41 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7c AACCAUACAACCUAC UACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 41) 7C Y let7c 7C X let7c 8A SEQ ID NO: 103 BTM03 Na na na na na na na mir 21 UfCf AACfAUfCf AGUf CfUf GAUf AAGCfUf A (SEQ ID NO: 153) 8A SEQ ID NO: 104 BTM04 Na na na na na na ne mir 21 UfCf AACfAUfCf AGUf CfUf GAUf (SEQ ID NO: 104) 8A SEQ ID NO: 105 BTM05 Na na na na na na na mir 21 TC AA C A TC AG TCT GA T AAG CT A (SEQ ID NO: 105) 8A SEQ ID NO: 106 BTM06 Na na na na na na na mir 21 TC AA C A TC AG TCT GA T (SEQ ID NO: 155) 8A SEQ ID NO: 107 BTM07 Na na na na na na na mir 21 UfCf AACf AUfCf AGUf CfUf GAUf AAGCfUf A (SEQ ID NO: 107) 8A SEQ ID NO: 108 BTM22 Na na na na na na na mir 21 UfCf AACfAUfCf AGUf CfUf GAUf AAGCfUf AN (SEQ ID NO: 108) 8A SEQ ID NO: 31 2′OMe None na na na na na na mir 21 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAU AAGCUAN (SEQ ID NO: 31) 8A X mir 21 8A Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUG CCAUCAH (SEQ ID NO: 64) 8B SEQ ID NO: 109 BTM03 Na na na na na na na let7a AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCf Uf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf A (SEQ ID NO: 109) 8B SEQ ID NO: 110 BTM04 Na na na na na na na let7a AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCf Uf ACfUf (SEQ ID NO: 110) 8B SEQ ID NO: 111 BTM05 Na na na na na na na let7a AA CT A T A C AA CCT A CT A CCTC A (SEQ ID NO: 111) 8B SEQ ID NO: 112 BTM06 Na na na na na na na let7a AA CT A T A C AA CCT A CT (SEQ ID NO: 112) 8B SEQ ID NO: 113 BTM07 Na na na na na na na let7a AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCf Uf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf A (SEQ ID NO: 113) 8B SEQ ID NO: 114 BTM22 Na na na na na na na let7a AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCf Uf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf AN (SEQ ID NO: 114) 8B 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7a AACUAUACAACCUACU ACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 97) 8B X let7a 8B Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGC CAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 8C SEQ ID NO: 115 BTM03 Na na na na na na na let7c AACfCfAUfACfAACfCf UfACfUfACfCfUfCfA (SEQ ID NO: 115) 8C SEQ ID NO: 116 BTM04 Na na na na na na na let7c AACfCfAUfACfAACfCf UfACfUf (SEQ ID NO: 116) 8C SEQ ID NO: 117 BTM05 Na na na na na na na let7c AA CC A T A C AA CCT A CT A CCTC A (SEQ ID NO: 117) 8C SEQ ID NO: 118 BTM06 Na na na na na na na let7c AA CC A T A C AA CCT A CT (SEQ ID NO: 118) 8C SEQ ID NO: 119 BTM07 Na na na na na na na let7c AACfCf AUf ACf AACfCf Uf ACfCfUfCf A (SEQ ID NO: 119) 8C SEQ ID NO: 120 BTM22 Na na na na na na na let7c AACfCf AUf ACf AACfCf Uf ACfCfUfCf AN (SEQ ID NO: 120) 8C SEQ ID NO: 41 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7c AACCAUACAACCUACU ACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 41) 8C X let7c 8C SEQ ID NO: 64 Neg neg AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGC CAUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 64) 12 SEQ ID NO: 120 HP98 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 122 SEQ ID NO: 10 12 SEQ ID NO: 121 HP101 3′ na na na UCCGUGC L3 GCACGGN mir 122 SEQ ID NO: 11 12 SEQ ID NO: 122 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 122 SEQ ID NO: 12 12 SEQ ID NO: 123 HP98 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC nn na na let7c SEQ ID NO: 13 13 SEQ ID NO: 124 HP79 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCCAU na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 7 13 SEQ ID NO: 125 HP85 5′ GGCACG L11 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 7 13 SEQ ID NO: 126 HP88 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 14 13 SEQ ID NO: 127 HP93 5′ GGCACG L10 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 7 13 SEQ ID NO: 128 HP96 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 15 13 SEQ ID NO: 97 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7a AACUAUACAACCUAC UACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 97) 13 Y let7a 13 X let7a 14 SEQ ID NO: 129 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 14 SEQ ID NO: 130 HP85 5′ GGCACG L11 CGUGCC M na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 14 SEQ ID NO: 131 HP88 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 16 14 SEQ ID NO: 132 HP93 5′ GGCACG L10 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 3 14 SEQ ID NO: 133 HP96 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na mir 21 SEQ ID NO: 17 14 SEQ ID NO: 31 2′OMe None na na na na na na mir 21 UCAACAUCAGUCUG AUAAGCUAN (SEQ ID NO: 31) 14 X mir 21 14 Y mir 21 15 SEQ ID NO: 97 2′OMe None na na na na na na let7a AACUAUACAACCUA CUACCUCAN (SEQ ID NO: 97) 15 X 15 Y 15 SEQ ID NO: 134 HP81 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 7 15 SEQ ID NO: 135 HP89 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 18 15 SEQ ID NO: 136 HP90 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 19 15 SEQ ID NO: 137 HP91 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 20 15 SEQ ID NO: 138 HP92 5′ GGCACG L3 CGUGCC na na na let7a SEQ ID NO: 21 -
TABLE 1D Sequence miRNA FIG. Identifier Inhibitor sequence inhibitor 3A SEQ ID NO: 22 GCUGAUCUCAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUGAUCUCAGc HP01 3A SEQ ID NO: 23 GCUG-L1-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP02 3A SEQ ID NO: 24 GCUG-L1-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP03 3A SEQ ID NO: 25 GCUGAUCUCAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP04 3A SEQ ID NO: 26 GCUG-L1-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP05 3A SEQ ID NO: 27 GCUG-L1-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP06 3A SEQ ID NO: 28 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUGAUCUCAGc HP07 3A SEQ ID NO: 29 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP08 3A SEQ ID NO: 30 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP09 3A SEQ ID NO: 31 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAN 2′OMe 3B SEQ ID NO: 32 GCUGAUCUCAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUGAUCUCAGc HP01 3B SEQ ID NO: 33 GCUG-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP02 3B SEQ ID NO: 34 GCUG-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP03 3B SEQ ID NO: 35 GCUGAUCUCAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP04 3B SEQ ID NO: 36 GCUG-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP05 3B SEQ ID NO: 37 GCUG-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP06 3B SEQ ID NO: 38 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUGAUCUCAGc HP07 3B SEQ ID NO: 39 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP08 3B SEQ ID NO: 40 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP09 3B SEQ ID NO: 41 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAN 2′OMe 4A SEQ ID NO: 158 GCUC-L1-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP05 4A SEQ ID NO: 29 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP08 4A SEQ ID NO: 42 GCG-L1-CGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP10 4A SEQ ID NO: 43 GCGUG-L1-CACGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP11 4A SEQ ID NO: 44 UGGC-L1-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP12 4A SEQ ID NO: 45 GCUGAUUCUCAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP13 4A SEQ ID NO: 46 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCG-L1-CGc HP14 4A SEQ ID NO: 47 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCGUG-L1-CACGc HP15 4A SEQ ID NO: 48 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAUGGC-L1-CAGc HP16 4A SEQ ID NO: 49 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUGAUUCUCAGc HP17 4A SEQ ID NO: 50 GCUG-L2-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP18 4A SEQ ID NO: 51 GCUG-L3-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP19 4A SEQ ID NO: 52 GCUG-L4-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP20 4A SEQ ID NO: 53 GCUG-L5-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP21 4A SEQ ID NO: 54 GCUG-L6-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP22 4A SEQ ID NO: 55 GCUG-L7-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP23 4A SEQ ID NO: 56 GCUG-L8-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP24 4A SEQ ID NO: 57 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L2-CAGc HP25 4A SEQ ID NO: 58 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L3-CAGc HP26 4A SEQ ID NO: 59 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L4-CAGc HP27 4A SEQ ID NO: 60 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L5-CAGc HP28 4A SEQ ID NO: 61 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L6-CAGc HP29 4A SEQ ID NO: 62 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L7-CAGc HP30 4A SEQ ID NO: 63 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAGCUG-L8-CAGc HP31 4A SEQ ID NO: 31 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAN 2′OMe 4A SEQ ID NO: 64 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN Neg 4B SEQ ID NO: 160 GCUC-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP05 4B SEQ ID NO: 39 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP08 4B SEQ ID NO: 65 GCG-L1-CGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP10 4B SEQ ID NO: 66 GCGUG-L1-CACGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP11 4B SEQ ID NO: 67 UGGC-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP12 4B SEQ ID NO: 68 GCUGAUUCUCAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP13 4B SEQ ID NO: 69 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCG-L1-CGc HP14 4B SEQ ID NO: 70 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCGUG-L1-CACGc HP15 4B SEQ ID NO: 71 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAUGGC-L1-CAGc HP16 4B SEQ ID NO: 72 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUGAUUCUCAGc HP17 4B SEQ ID NO: 73 GCUG-L2-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP18 4B SEQ ID NO: 74 GCUG-L3-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP19 4B SEQ ID NO: 75 GCUG-L4-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP20 4B SEQ ID NO: 76 GCUG-L5-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP21 4B SEQ ID NO: 77 GCUG-L6-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP22 4B SEQ ID NO: 78 GCUG-L7-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP23 4B SEQ ID NO: 79 GCUG-L8-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP24 4B SEQ ID NO: 80 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L2-CAGc HP25 4B SEQ ID NO: 81 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L3-CAGc HP26 4B SEQ ID NO: 82 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L4-CAGc HP27 4B SEQ ID NO: 83 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L5-CAGc HP28 4B SEQ ID NO: 84 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L6-CAGc HP29 4B SEQ ID NO: 85 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L7-CAGc HP30 4B SEQ ID NO: 86 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L8-CAGc HP31 4B SEQ ID NO: 41 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAN 2′OMe 4B SEQ ID NO: 64 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN neg 5 SEQ ID NO: 36 GCUC-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP05 5 SEQ ID NO: 39 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L1-CAGc HP08 5 SEQ ID NO: 65 GCG-L1-CGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP10 5 SEQ ID NO: 66 GCGUG-L1-CACGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP11 5 SEQ ID NO: 67 UGGC-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP12 5 SEQ ID NO: 68 GCUGAUUCUCAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP13 5 SEQ ID NO: 69 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCG-L1-CGc HP14 5 SEQ ID NO: 70 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCGUG-L1-CACGc HP15 5 SEQ ID NO: 71 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAUGGC-L1-CAGc HP16 5 SEQ ID NO: 72 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUGAUUCUCAGc HP17 5 SEQ ID NO: 73 GCUG-L2-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP18 5 SEQ ID NO: 74 GCUG-L3-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP19 5 SEQ ID NO: 75 GCUG-L4-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP20 5 SEQ ID NO: 76 GCUG-L5-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP21 5 SEQ ID NO: 77 GCUG-L6-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP22 5 SEQ ID NO: 78 GCUG-L7-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP23 5 SEQ ID NO: 79 GCUG-L8-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP24 5 SEQ ID NO: 80 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L2-CAGc HP25 5 SEQ ID NO: 81 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L3-CAGc HP26 5 SEQ ID NO: 82 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L4-CAGc HP27 5 SEQ ID NO: 83 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L5-CAGc HP28 5 SEQ ID NO: 84 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L6-CAGc HP29 5 SEQ ID NO: 85 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L7-CAGc HP30 5 SEQ ID NO: 86 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUG-L8-CAGc HP31 5 SEQ ID NO: 41 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA N 2′ OMe 5 SEQ ID NO: 32 GCUGAUCUCAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUGAUCUCAGc HP01 5 SEQ ID NO: 159 GCUG-L1-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAGCUGAUCUCAGc HP02 5 SEQ ID NO: 64 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN neg 6A SEQ ID NO: 41 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA N 2′OMe 6A SEQ ID NO: 79 GCUG-L8-CAGCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAc HP24 6A SEQ ID NO: 64 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN Neg 6B SEQ ID NO: 31 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA N 2′OMe 6B SEQ ID NO: 56 GCUG-L8-CAGCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP24 6B SEQ ID NO: 64 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN Neg 7A SEQ ID NO: 87 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAUUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP79 7A SEQ ID NO: 88 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP80 7A SEQ ID NO: 89 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP81 7A SEQ ID NO: 90 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAUCCGUGC-L3-GCACGGN HP82 7A SEQ ID NO: 91 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAUCCGUGC-L3-GCACGg HP83 7A SEQ ID NO: 31 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA N 2′OMe 7B SEQ ID NO: 92 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAUAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAt HP79 7B SEQ ID NO: 93 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAt HP80 7B SEQ ID NO: 94 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAt HP81 7B SEQ ID NO: 95 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAUCCGUGC-L3-GCACGGN HP82 7B SEQ ID NO: 96 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAUCCGUGC-L3-GCACGg HP83 7B SEQ ID NO: 97 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA N 2′OMe 7C SEQ ID NO: 98 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAUAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAg HP79 7C SEQ ID NO: 99 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAg HP80 7C SEQ ID NO: 100 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAg HP81 7C SEQ ID NO: 101 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAUCCGUGC-L3-GCACGGN HP82 7C SEQ ID NO: 102 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCAUCCGUGC-L3-GCACGg HP83 7C SEQ ID NO: 41 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA N 2′OMe 8A SEQ ID NO: 153 UfCf AACf AUfCf AGUfCfUf GAUf AAGCfUf A BTM03 8A SEQ ID NO: 104 UfCf AACf AUfCf AGUfCfUf GAUf BTM04 8A SEQ ID NO: 105 TC AA C A TC AG TCT GA T AAG CT A BTM05 8A SEQ ID NO: 155 TC AA C A TC AG TCT GA T BTM06 8A SEQ ID NO: 107 UfCf AACf AUfCf AGUfCfUf GAUf AAGCfUfA BTM07 8A SEQ ID NO: 108 UfCf AACf AUfCf AGUfCfUf GAUf AAGCfUf AN BTM22 8A SEQ ID NO: 31 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA N 2′OMe 8A SEQ ID NO: 64 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN Neg 8B SEQ ID NO: 109 AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf A BTM03 8B SEQ ID NO: 110 AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf BTM04 8B SEQ ID NO: 111 AA CT A T A C AA CCT A CT A CCTC A BTM05 8B SEQ ID NO: 112 AA CTAT A C AA CCT A CT BTM06 8B SEQ ID NO: 113 AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf A BTM07 8B SEQ ID NO: 114 AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCAN BTM22 8B SEQ ID NO: 97 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA N 2′OMe 8B SEQ ID NO: 64 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN Neg 8C SEQ ID NO: 115 AACfCf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf A BTM03 8C SEQ ID NO: 116 AACfCf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf BTM04 8C SEQ ID NO: 117 AA CC A T A C AA CCT A CT A CCTC A BTM05 8C SEQ ID NO: 118 AA CC A T A C AA CCT A CT BTM06 8C SEQ ID NO: 119 AACfCf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf A BTM07 8C SEQ ID NO: 120 AACfCf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf AN BTM22 8C SEQ ID NO: 41 AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA N 2′OMe 8C SEQ ID NO: 64 AAGUGGAUAUUGUUGCCAUCAN Neg 12 SEQ ID NO: 161 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCC ACAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCA c HP98 12 SEQ ID NO: 121 ACAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCA UCCGUGC-L3-GCACGGN HP101 12 SEQ ID NO: 122 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCACAAACACCAUUGUCACACUCCAc HP81 12 SEQ ID NO: 123 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCC AACCAUACAACCUACUACCUCA g HP98 13 SEQ ID NO: 124 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAUAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAt HP79 13 SEQ ID NO: 125 GGCACG-L11-CGUGCCAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAt HP85 13 SEQ ID NO: 126 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAY HP88 13 SEQ ID NO: 127 GGCACG-L10-CGUGCCAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAt HP93 13 SEQ ID NO: 128 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA-Chol HP96 13 SEQ ID NO: 97 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA N 2′ OMe 14 SEQ ID NO: 129 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP81 14 SEQ ID NO: 130 GGCACG-L11-CGUGCCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP85 14 SEQ ID NO: 131 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAY HP88 14 SEQ ID NO: 132 GGCACG-L10-CGUGCCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUAc HP93 14 SEQ ID NO: 133 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCUCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA-Chol HP96 14 SEQ ID NO: 31 UCAACAUCAGUCUGAUAAGCUA N 2′ OMe 15 SEQ ID NO: 97 AACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCA N 2′ OMe 15 SEQ ID NO: 134 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAACUAUACAACCUACUACCUCAt HP81 15 SEQ ID NO: 135 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAACUAUACAACCU A C T A C C T C At HP89 15 SEQ ID NO: 136 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAA C U G U A C A AACUACUACCUCAt HP90 15 SEQ ID NO: 137 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCCAACfUf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf At HP91 15 SEQ ID NO: 138 GGCACG-L3-CGUGCC AACfUf AUf ACf AACfCfUf ACfUf ACfCfUfCf At HP92 - Although the invention has been described with reference to the above example, it will be understood that modifications and variations are encompassed within the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is limited only by the following claims. The entire contents of all patents, published patent applications, and other references cited herein are hereby expressly incorporated herein in their entireties by reference.
Claims (34)
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/564,573 US9410153B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2014-12-09 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
US15/217,007 US9783804B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2016-07-22 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
US15/691,721 US10023866B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2017-08-30 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US32366410P | 2010-04-13 | 2010-04-13 | |
US201161430005P | 2011-01-05 | 2011-01-05 | |
US13/085,878 US9145556B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2011-04-13 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
US14/564,573 US9410153B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2014-12-09 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/085,878 Division US9145556B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2011-04-13 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/217,007 Division US9783804B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2016-07-22 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20150166992A1 true US20150166992A1 (en) | 2015-06-18 |
US9410153B2 US9410153B2 (en) | 2016-08-09 |
Family
ID=44761390
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/085,878 Active 2031-04-24 US9145556B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2011-04-13 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
US14/564,573 Active 2031-05-18 US9410153B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2014-12-09 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
US15/217,007 Active US9783804B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2016-07-22 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
US15/691,721 Active US10023866B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2017-08-30 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/085,878 Active 2031-04-24 US9145556B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2011-04-13 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/217,007 Active US9783804B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2016-07-22 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
US15/691,721 Active US10023866B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2017-08-30 | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US9145556B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2558578B1 (en) |
DK (1) | DK2558578T3 (en) |
HK (1) | HK1182131A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2011130371A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109072240A (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2018-12-21 | 耶鲁大学 | Use the composition and method of piRNA diagnosing and treating cancer |
Families Citing this family (26)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9145556B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2015-09-29 | Life Technologies Corporation | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
AU2011325956B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2016-07-14 | The General Hospital Corporation | Polycomb-associated non-coding RNAs |
US9920317B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2018-03-20 | The General Hospital Corporation | Polycomb-associated non-coding RNAs |
AU2012308320C1 (en) | 2011-09-14 | 2018-08-23 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Multimeric oligonucleotide compounds |
US20140256794A1 (en) * | 2011-10-19 | 2014-09-11 | Riken | Activation of functional nucleic acid by specific modification |
EP2824184B1 (en) * | 2012-03-04 | 2017-09-27 | Bonac Corporation | micro-RNA INHIBITOR |
EP2850188A4 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2016-01-20 | Rana Therapeutics Inc | Compositions and methods for modulating hemoglobin gene family expression |
EA201492116A1 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2015-05-29 | Рана Терапьютикс, Инк. | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR MODULATING THE EXPRESSION OF MECP2 |
KR102028784B1 (en) * | 2012-05-16 | 2019-10-04 | 트랜슬레이트 바이오 인코포레이티드 | Compositions and methods for modulating gene expression |
CN104583401A (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2015-04-29 | Rana医疗有限公司 | Compositions and methods for modulating ATP2A2 expression |
CN104540946A (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2015-04-22 | Rana医疗有限公司 | Compositions and methods for modulating UTRN expression |
EA201492123A1 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2015-10-30 | Рана Терапьютикс, Инк. | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR MODULATING THE EXPRESSION OF THE SMN GENES FAMILY |
US10837014B2 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2020-11-17 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Compositions and methods for modulating SMN gene family expression |
CA2879683C (en) | 2012-08-03 | 2023-02-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified rnai agents |
WO2014043544A1 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2014-03-20 | Rana Therapeutics, Inc. | Multimeric oligonucleotide compounds |
JP2016528897A (en) * | 2013-08-16 | 2016-09-23 | ラナ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド | Compositions and methods for modulating RNA |
US20160369271A1 (en) * | 2013-09-17 | 2016-12-22 | Hocuslocus, Llc | Methods of using structurally interacting rna |
CA2966044A1 (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2016-05-06 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods for modulating atrx-dependent gene repression |
US10758558B2 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2020-09-01 | Translate Bio Ma, Inc. | Hybrid oligonucleotides and uses thereof |
WO2016149455A2 (en) | 2015-03-17 | 2016-09-22 | The General Hospital Corporation | The rna interactome of polycomb repressive complex 1 (prc1) |
JP6988481B2 (en) | 2016-01-26 | 2022-01-05 | 日産化学株式会社 | Single-stranded oligonucleotide |
CA3052801A1 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2018-08-09 | Nissan Chemical Corporation | Single-stranded oligonucleotide |
EP3647423A4 (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2021-03-24 | National University Corporation Tokyo Medical and Dental University | HETERO DOUBLE-STRANDED antimiR |
TWI830718B (en) * | 2018-02-09 | 2024-02-01 | 日商住友化學股份有限公司 | Method of producing nucleic acid molecule |
AU2020263487A1 (en) * | 2019-04-25 | 2021-12-16 | Avidity Biosciences, Inc. | Nucleic acid compositions and methods of multi-exon skipping |
WO2023023536A1 (en) * | 2021-08-17 | 2023-02-23 | Emory University | Conditional double stranded antisense oligonucleotides |
Family Cites Families (56)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6153737A (en) | 1990-01-11 | 2000-11-28 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Derivatized oligonucleotides having improved uptake and other properties |
US5214136A (en) | 1990-02-20 | 1993-05-25 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Anthraquinone-derivatives oligonucleotides |
US5138045A (en) | 1990-07-27 | 1992-08-11 | Isis Pharmaceuticals | Polyamine conjugated oligonucleotides |
US5500357A (en) * | 1990-11-02 | 1996-03-19 | Agency Of Industrial Science & Technology, Ministry Of International Trade & Industry | RNA transcription system using novel ribozyme |
US6335434B1 (en) | 1998-06-16 | 2002-01-01 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., | Nucleosidic and non-nucleosidic folate conjugates |
EP0649467B1 (en) * | 1992-07-02 | 1998-09-16 | HYBRIDON, Inc. | Self-stabilized oligonucleotides as therapeutic agents |
US6235886B1 (en) | 1993-09-03 | 2001-05-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of synthesis and use |
DE69431669T2 (en) | 1993-09-02 | 2003-10-23 | Ribozyme Pharm Inc | ENZYMATIC NUCLEIC ACID THAT CONTAINS NON-NUCLEOTIDS |
AU679566B2 (en) | 1993-09-03 | 1997-07-03 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Amine-derivatized nucleosides and oligonucleosides |
US5885613A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1999-03-23 | The University Of British Columbia | Bilayer stabilizing components and their use in forming programmable fusogenic liposomes |
US5820873A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1998-10-13 | The University Of British Columbia | Polyethylene glycol modified ceramide lipids and liposome uses thereof |
US5753613A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1998-05-19 | Inex Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Compositions for the introduction of polyanionic materials into cells |
US5919965A (en) | 1995-01-18 | 1999-07-06 | Genzyme Corporation | Non-nucleotide phosphorus ester oligomers |
US5889136A (en) | 1995-06-09 | 1999-03-30 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado | Orthoester protecting groups in RNA synthesis |
US6111086A (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2000-08-29 | Scaringe; Stephen A. | Orthoester protecting groups |
WO2002081628A2 (en) | 2001-04-05 | 2002-10-17 | Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated | Modulation of gene expression associated with inflammation proliferation and neurite outgrowth, using nucleic acid based technologies |
US7833992B2 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2010-11-16 | Merck Sharpe & Dohme | Conjugates and compositions for cellular delivery |
US20030130186A1 (en) | 2001-07-20 | 2003-07-10 | Chandra Vargeese | Conjugates and compositions for cellular delivery |
US6586524B2 (en) | 2001-07-19 | 2003-07-01 | Expression Genetics, Inc. | Cellular targeting poly(ethylene glycol)-grafted polymeric gene carrier |
JP4371812B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2009-11-25 | マックス−プランク−ゲゼルシャフト・ツア・フェルデルング・デア・ヴィッセンシャフテン・エー・ファオ | MicroRNA molecules |
US20060009409A1 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2006-01-12 | Woolf Tod M | Double-stranded oligonucleotides |
WO2004015075A2 (en) * | 2002-08-08 | 2004-02-19 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Short interfering rnas having a hairpin structure containing a non-nucleotide loop |
US7790867B2 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2010-09-07 | Rosetta Genomics Inc. | Vaccinia virus-related nucleic acids and microRNA |
US8017762B2 (en) | 2003-04-17 | 2011-09-13 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Modified iRNA agents |
WO2005013901A2 (en) | 2003-07-31 | 2005-02-17 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Oligomeric compounds and compositions for use in modulation of small non-coding rnas |
EP1669450B1 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2011-11-09 | AnGes MG, Inc. | Staple type oligonucleotide and drug comprising the same |
US8685946B2 (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2014-04-01 | Universiy of Massachusetts | Sequence-specific inhibition of small RNA function |
CA2554818A1 (en) | 2004-02-09 | 2005-08-25 | Thomas Jefferson University | Diagnosis and treatment of cancers with microrna located in or near cancer-associated chromosomal features |
CA2556435C (en) | 2004-02-13 | 2014-08-12 | The Rockefeller University | Anti-microrna oligonucleotide molecules |
WO2005111238A2 (en) * | 2004-04-19 | 2005-11-24 | Archemix Corporation | Aptamer-mediated intracellular delivery of therapeutic oligonucleotides |
DK1747023T4 (en) | 2004-05-04 | 2016-05-02 | Univ Leland Stanford Junior | Methods and compositions for reducing the HCV viral genome amounts in a target cell |
US7687616B1 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2010-03-30 | Rosetta Genomics Ltd | Small molecules modulating activity of micro RNA oligonucleotides and micro RNA targets and uses thereof |
CA2566519C (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2020-04-21 | Rosetta Genomics Ltd. | Micrornas and uses thereof |
US7795419B2 (en) | 2004-05-26 | 2010-09-14 | Rosetta Genomics Ltd. | Viral and viral associated miRNAs and uses thereof |
US7575863B2 (en) | 2004-05-28 | 2009-08-18 | Applied Biosystems, Llc | Methods, compositions, and kits comprising linker probes for quantifying polynucleotides |
US8394947B2 (en) | 2004-06-03 | 2013-03-12 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Positionally modified siRNA constructs |
US7592441B2 (en) | 2004-10-04 | 2009-09-22 | Rosetta Genomics Ltd | Liver cancer-related nucleic acids |
US20060211000A1 (en) | 2005-03-21 | 2006-09-21 | Sorge Joseph A | Methods, compositions, and kits for detection of microRNA |
US20070065840A1 (en) | 2005-03-23 | 2007-03-22 | Irena Naguibneva | Novel oligonucleotide compositions and probe sequences useful for detection and analysis of microRNAS and their target mRNAS |
US20060223777A1 (en) | 2005-03-29 | 2006-10-05 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Highly functional short hairpin RNA |
GB0517097D0 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2005-09-28 | Solexa Ltd | Modified nucleosides and nucleotides and uses thereof |
WO2007048046A2 (en) * | 2005-10-20 | 2007-04-26 | Protiva Biotherapeutics, Inc. | Sirna silencing of filovirus gene expression |
US20100184209A1 (en) * | 2006-02-17 | 2010-07-22 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Compositions and methods for inhibiting gene silencing by rna interference |
WO2007134181A2 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2007-11-22 | Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5'-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs |
US20100324113A1 (en) | 2006-06-01 | 2010-12-23 | Sullenger Bruce A | Delivery Method |
CA2663601C (en) | 2006-09-22 | 2014-11-25 | Dharmacon, Inc. | Duplex oligonucleotide complexes and methods for gene silencing by rna interference |
EP2134736A4 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2013-05-29 | Jyoti Chattopadhyaya | Five- and six-membered conformationally locked 2',4'- carbocyclic ribo-thymidines for the treatment of infections and cancer |
US20090092980A1 (en) * | 2007-07-20 | 2009-04-09 | Christoph Arenz | miRNA PROCESSING INHIBITOR EFFICACY ASSAYS AND SUBSTANCES |
US20090136957A1 (en) * | 2007-09-15 | 2009-05-28 | Irena Ivanovska | Methods and compositions for regulating cell cycle progression via the miR-106B family |
US20090131360A1 (en) | 2007-10-02 | 2009-05-21 | Rxi Pharmaceuticals, Corp. | Tripartite RNAi constructs |
CA2930393C (en) | 2007-12-04 | 2022-11-29 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Carbohydrate conjugates as delivery agents for oligonucleotides |
US8241854B2 (en) | 2008-05-22 | 2012-08-14 | California Institute Of Technology | Triggered RNAi |
WO2009148955A2 (en) | 2008-05-29 | 2009-12-10 | Mdrna, Inc | Multi-arm amines and uses thereof |
EP2304031A2 (en) * | 2008-06-11 | 2011-04-06 | Bionucleon S.r.l. | Inhibition of hrp-3 using modified oligonucleotides |
US8796443B2 (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2014-08-05 | Rxi Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Reduced size self-delivering RNAi compounds |
US9145556B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2015-09-29 | Life Technologies Corporation | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function |
-
2011
- 2011-04-13 US US13/085,878 patent/US9145556B2/en active Active
- 2011-04-13 EP EP11715836.0A patent/EP2558578B1/en active Active
- 2011-04-13 DK DK11715836.0T patent/DK2558578T3/en active
- 2011-04-13 WO PCT/US2011/032257 patent/WO2011130371A1/en active Application Filing
-
2013
- 2013-08-12 HK HK13109394.8A patent/HK1182131A1/en unknown
-
2014
- 2014-12-09 US US14/564,573 patent/US9410153B2/en active Active
-
2016
- 2016-07-22 US US15/217,007 patent/US9783804B2/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-08-30 US US15/691,721 patent/US10023866B2/en active Active
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109072240A (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2018-12-21 | 耶鲁大学 | Use the composition and method of piRNA diagnosing and treating cancer |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20170009232A1 (en) | 2017-01-12 |
US10023866B2 (en) | 2018-07-17 |
DK2558578T3 (en) | 2016-01-25 |
EP2558578B1 (en) | 2015-10-28 |
WO2011130371A1 (en) | 2011-10-20 |
US9783804B2 (en) | 2017-10-10 |
HK1182131A1 (en) | 2013-11-22 |
US9410153B2 (en) | 2016-08-09 |
EP2558578A1 (en) | 2013-02-20 |
US20180057814A1 (en) | 2018-03-01 |
US9145556B2 (en) | 2015-09-29 |
US20110251261A1 (en) | 2011-10-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10023866B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for inhibition of nucleic acids function | |
US10900038B2 (en) | siRNA sequence-independent modification formats for reducing off-target phenotypic effects in RNAI, and stabilized forms thereof | |
EP1986697B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for inhibiting gene silencing by rna interference | |
EP2145957A1 (en) | Compositions for enhancing delivery of double-stranded RNA to regulate gene expression in mammalian cells | |
US20070254362A1 (en) | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS EMPLOYING UNIVERSAL-BINDING NUCLEOTIDES FOR TARGETING MULTIPLE GENE VARIANTS WITH A SINGLE siRNA DUPLEX | |
JP2007504151A (en) | Nanoparticles for nucleic acid and stable double-stranded RNA introduction | |
JP2008527993A (en) | Complex comprising siRNA molecule, shRNA molecule or antisense molecule and functional entity for improved specificity and delivery | |
JPWO2009044899A1 (en) | Nucleic acids that control cell growth | |
Torres et al. | Potent and sustained cellular inhibition of miR-122 by lysine-derivatized peptide nucleic acids (PNA) and phosphorothioate locked nucleic acid (LNA)/2'-O-methyl (OMe) mixmer anti-miRs in the absence of transfection agents | |
US20230365974A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for inhibiting gys2 expression | |
WO2005014810A1 (en) | Efficient process for producing dumbbell dna | |
WO2009045469A2 (en) | Increasing erythropoietin using nucleic acids hybridizable to micro-rna and precursors thereof | |
EP2716758B1 (en) | OLIGONUCLEOTIDE DERIVATIVE, OLIGONUCLEOTIDE DERIVATIVE-CONTAINING PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR TREATMENT AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR DIAGNOSIS, AND OLIGONUCLEOTIDE DERIVATIVE FOR REGULATION OF miRNA FUNCTION | |
Brognara et al. | Molecular methods for validation of the biological activity of peptide nucleic acids targeting microRNAs | |
Marinaro et al. | Methodological Challenges in Functional Investigation and Therapeutic Use of microRNAs | |
Beane | Silencing Transcription: Promoter-Targeted Oligonucleotides Bind Chromosomal DNA Inside Cells |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: LIFE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BURNETT, CHRISTOPHER;PURI, NITIN;MAGDALENO, SUSAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20110413 TO 20110414;REEL/FRAME:036460/0867 |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 4 |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 8 |